Compare commits

..
13 Commits
905 changed files with 83999 additions and 153079 deletions

No files matched your search

-10
View File
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
# To use this config on you editor, follow the instructions at:
# http://editorconfig.org
root = true
[*]
charset = utf-8
insert_final_newline = true
indent_style = space
indent_size = 4
-16
View File
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
---
name: 'README: DO NOT IGNORE OR DELETE THE ISSUE TEMPLATE'
about: 'Chose and fill out one of the following templates!'
title: ''
labels: priority:ignored-issue-template
assignees: ''
---
We ask you to not ignore the issue template. Fill it out as good and correct as
possible. Issues that don't adhere to our request will be closed for ignoring
the issue template. This is because analyzing a bug without a log file is harder
than necessary. Low quality bug reports are noise.
Please go back and chose the proper issue template. Opening issues with this
template will be closed immediately.
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
---
name: 'Report a Linux Issue'
about: 'Create a report for a runtime related Linux Issue'
title: ''
labels: 'os:linux'
assignees: ''
---
### Important Information
Provide following Information:
- mpv version
- Linux Distribution and Version
- Source of the mpv binary
- If known which version of mpv introduced the problem
- Window Manager and version
- GPU driver and version
- Possible screenshot or video of visual glitches
If you're not using git master or the latest release, update.
Releases are listed here: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
### Reproduction steps
Try to reproduce your issue with --no-config first. If it isn't reproducible
with --no-config try to first find out which option or script causes your issue.
Describe the reproduction steps as precise as possible. It's very likely that
the bug you experience wasn't reproduced by the developer because the workflow
differs from your own.
### Expected behavior
### Actual behavior
### Log file
Make a log file made with -v -v or --log-file=output.txt, paste it to
https://0x0.st/ or attach it to the github issue, and replace this text with a
link to it.
The issue will be closed for ignoring the issue template.
### Sample files
Sample files needed to reproduce this issue can be uploaded to https://0x0.st/
or similar sites. (Only needed if the issue cannot be reproduced without it.)
Do not use garbage like "cloud storage", especially not Google Drive.
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
---
name: 'Report a macOS Issue'
about: 'Create a report for a runtime related macOS Issue'
title: ''
labels: 'os:mac'
assignees: ''
---
### Important Information
Provide following Information:
- mpv version
- macOS Version
- Source of the mpv binary or bundle
- If known which version of mpv introduced the problem
- Possible screenshot or video of visual glitches
If you're not using git master or the latest release, update.
Releases are listed here: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
### Reproduction steps
Try to reproduce your issue with --no-config first. If it isn't reproducible
with --no-config try to first find out which option or script causes your issue.
Describe the reproduction steps as precise as possible. It's very likely that
the bug you experience wasn't reproduced by the developer because the workflow
differs from your own.
### Expected behavior
### Actual behavior
### Log file
Make a log file made with -v -v or --log-file=output.txt. If you use the Bundle
from a version later than 0.32 a default log is created for your last run at
~/Library/Logs/mpv.log. You can jump to that file via the Help > Show log File…
menu. Paste the log to https://0x0.st/ or attach it to the github issue, and
replace this text with a link to it.
In the case of a crash please provide the macOS Crash Report (Backtrace).
The issue will be closed for ignoring the issue template.
### Sample files
Sample files needed to reproduce this issue can be uploaded to https://0x0.st/
or similar sites. (Only needed if the issue cannot be reproduced without it.)
Do not use garbage like "cloud storage", especially not Google Drive.
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
---
name: 'Report a Windows Issue'
about: 'Create a report for a runtime related Windows Issue'
title: ''
labels: 'os:win'
assignees: ''
---
### Important Information
Provide following Information:
- mpv version
- Windows Version
- Source of the mpv binary
- If known which version of mpv introduced the problem
- Possible screenshot or video of visual glitches
If you're not using git master or the latest release, update.
Releases are listed here: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
### Reproduction steps
Try to reproduce your issue with --no-config first. If it isn't reproducible
with --no-config try to first find out which option or script causes your issue.
Describe the reproduction steps as precise as possible. It's very likely that
the bug you experience wasn't reproduced by the developer because the workflow
differs from your own.
### Expected behavior
### Actual behavior
### Log file
Make a log file made with -v -v or --log-file=output.txt, paste it to
https://0x0.st/ or attach it to the github issue, and replace this text with a
link to it.
The issue will be closed for ignoring the issue template.
### Sample files
Sample files needed to reproduce this issue can be uploaded to https://0x0.st/
or similar sites. (Only needed if the issue cannot be reproduced without it.)
Do not use garbage like "cloud storage", especially not Google Drive.
-43
View File
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
---
name: 'Report a different Issue'
about: 'Create a report for a runtime related Issue'
title: ''
labels: ''
assignees: ''
---
### Important Information
Provide following Information:
- mpv version
- Platform and Version
- Source of the mpv binary
If you're not using git master or the latest release, update.
Releases are listed here: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
### Reproduction steps
Try to reproduce your issue with --no-config first. If it isn't reproducible
with --no-config try to first find out which option or script causes your issue.
Describe the reproduction steps as precise as possible. It's very likely that
the bug you experience wasn't reproduced by the developer because the workflow
differs from your own.
### Expected behavior
### Actual behavior
### Log file
Make a log file made with -v -v or --log-file=output.txt, paste it to
https://0x0.st/ or attach it to the github issue, and replace this text with a
link to it.
### Sample files
Sample files needed to reproduce this issue can be uploaded to https://0x0.st/
or similar sites. (Only needed if the issue cannot be reproduced without it.)
Do not use garbage like "cloud storage", especially not Google Drive.
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
---
name: 'Report a build Problem'
about: 'Create a report for a build related Issue'
title: ''
labels: 'core:waf'
assignees: ''
---
### mpv version and platform versions
If you're not using git master or the latest release, update.
Releases are listed here: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
### Reproduction steps
Describe the reproduction steps as precise as possible. It's very likely that
the bug you experience wasn't reproduced by the developer because the workflow
differs from your own.
### Expected behavior
### Actual behavior
### Log file
Upload build/config.log or ./waf configure output to https://0x0.st/ or attach
it to the github issue, and replace this text with a link to it.
The issue will be closed for ignoring the issue template.
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
---
name: 'Request a new Feature'
about: 'Create a request for a new feature'
title: ''
labels: 'meta:feature-request'
assignees: ''
---
Before requesting a new feature make sure it hasn't been requested yet.
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/labels/meta%3Afeature-request
### Expected behavior of the wanted feature
### Alternative behavior of the wanted feature
### Log file
Even if you think it's not necessary at first, it might help us later to find
possible issues. Make a log file made with -v -v or --log-file=output.txt, paste
it to https://0x0.st/ or attach it to the github issue, and replace this text
with a link to it.
-25
View File
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
---
name: 'Ask a Question'
about: 'Ask a question about mpv'
title: ''
labels: 'meta:question'
assignees: ''
---
Don't ask questions about issues, errors or problems you have and instead open
a proper issue with the right template from the previous selection.
This template is meant for questions about the workings of mpv, to clarify about
unspecified behaviour of options or command, or anything else that is not well
described and needs clarification.
Before asking a question make sure it hasn't been asked or answered yet.
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/labels/meta%3Aquestion
### Log file
Even if you think it's not necessary at first, it might help us later to find
possible issues. Make a log file made with -v -v or --log-file=output.txt, paste
it to https://0x0.st/ or attach it to the github issue, and replace this text
with a link to it.
-9
View File
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
blank_issues_enabled: false
contact_links:
- name: mpv IRC channel
url: https://mpv.io/community/
about: Feel free to ask questions here irc://irc.libera.chat/mpv
- name: mpv IRC developer channel
url: https://mpv.io/community/
about: Ask questions related to the development of mpv here
irc://irc.libera.chat/mpv-devel
-5
View File
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
Read this before you submit this pull request:
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/contribute.md
Reading this link and following the rules will get your pull request reviewed
and merged faster. Nobody wants lazy pull requests.
-207
View File
@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
name: build
on:
push:
branches:
- master
- ci
- 'release/**'
pull_request:
branches: [master]
jobs:
mingw:
runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
strategy:
matrix:
target: [i686-w64-mingw32, x86_64-w64-mingw32]
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v3
# Increase -N suffix here to force full rebuild after changes
- uses: actions/cache@v3
with:
path: mingw_prefix/
key: "${{ matrix.target }}-6"
- name: Install dependencies
run: |
sudo apt-get update
sudo apt-get install -y autoconf automake pkg-config g++-mingw-w64 gcc-multilib meson nasm
./bootstrap.py
- name: Build libraries
run: |
./ci/build-mingw64.sh
env:
TARGET: ${{ matrix.target }}
- name: Build with meson
run: |
./ci/build-mingw64.sh meson
env:
TARGET: ${{ matrix.target }}
- name: Print meson log
if: ${{ failure() }}
run: |
cat ./build/meson-logs/meson-log.txt
- name: Build with waf
run: |
./ci/build-mingw64.sh waf pack
env:
TARGET: ${{ matrix.target }}
- name: Print waf log
if: ${{ failure() }}
run: |
cat ./build/config.log
- uses: actions/upload-artifact@v3
with:
name: mpv-${{ matrix.target }}
path: mpv-git-*.zip
macos:
runs-on: ${{ matrix.os }}
strategy:
matrix:
cc:
- "clang"
os:
- "macos-11"
- "macos-12"
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v3
- name: Remove stray upstream python binary symlinks under /usr/local
run: |
find /usr/local/bin -lname '*/Library/Frameworks/Python.framework/*' -delete -print
brew unlink python && brew link --overwrite python
- name: Install dependencies
run: |
brew update
brew install autoconf automake pkg-config libtool python freetype fribidi little-cms2 lua@5.1 libass ffmpeg meson
- name: Build with meson
run: |
./ci/build-macos.sh meson
env:
CC: "${{ matrix.cc }}"
TRAVIS_OS_NAME: "${{ matrix.os }}"
- name: Print meson log
if: ${{ failure() }}
run: |
cat ./build/meson-logs/meson-log.txt
- name: Build with waf
run: |
./ci/build-macos.sh waf
env:
CC: "${{ matrix.cc }}"
TRAVIS_OS_NAME: "${{ matrix.os }}"
- name: Print waf log
if: ${{ failure() }}
run: |
cat ./build/config.log
linux:
runs-on: "ubuntu-22.04"
container:
image: "registry.opensuse.org/home/mia/images/images/mpv-ci:stable-deps"
env:
CC: "${{ matrix.cc }}"
strategy:
matrix:
cc:
- "gcc"
- "clang"
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v3
- name: Install dependencies
run: |
./bootstrap.py
# workaround to avoid "fatal: unsafe repository" error
git config --global --add safe.directory "$GITHUB_WORKSPACE"
- name: Build with meson
run: |
./ci/build-tumbleweed.sh meson
- name: Print meson log
if: ${{ failure() }}
run: |
cat ./build/meson-logs/meson-log.txt
- name: Build with waf
run: |
./ci/build-tumbleweed.sh waf
- name: Print waf log
if: ${{ failure() }}
run: |
cat ./build/config.log
freebsd:
runs-on: macos-12 # until https://github.com/actions/runner/issues/385
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v3
- name: Test in FreeBSD VM
uses: vmactions/freebsd-vm@v0
with:
usesh: true
prepare: |
# Requested in ci/build-freebsd.sh
pkg install -y \
cmake \
evdev-proto \
ffmpeg \
libplacebo \
libxkbcommon \
libXinerama \
libxpresent \
luajit \
meson \
openal-soft \
pkgconf \
python3 \
sdl2 \
sndio \
vulkan-headers \
wayland-protocols \
#
# Optionally auto-enabled
pkg install -y \
alsa-lib \
jackit \
libXv \
libarchive \
libbluray \
libcaca \
libcdio-paranoia \
libdvdnav \
mujs \
pipewire \
pulseaudio \
rubberband \
sekrit-twc-zimg \
uchardet \
v4l_compat \
#
run: |
./ci/build-freebsd.sh
- name: Print meson log
if: ${{ failure() }}
run: |
cat ./build/meson-logs/meson-log.txt
- name: Print waf log
if: ${{ failure() }}
run: |
cat ./build/config.log
+1 -3
View File
@@ -15,11 +15,11 @@
/tags
/TAGS
/video/out/x11_icon.inc
/video/out/opengl/nnedi3_weights.inc
/demux/ebml_defs.c
/demux/ebml_types.h
/sub/osd_font.h
/player/lua/*.inc
/player/builtin_conf.inc
/DOCS/man/mpv.1
/DOCS/man/mpv.aux
/DOCS/man/mpv.log
@@ -36,5 +36,3 @@
/old_build
/Makefile
/subprojects
+62
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
language: c
os:
- linux
- osx
env:
matrix:
- LIBAV=libav-stable
- LIBAV=libav-git
- LIBAV=ffmpeg-stable
- LIBAV=ffmpeg-git
global:
# Coverity token
- secure: "H21mSRlMhk4BKS0xHZvCFGJxteCP0hRVUxTuNfM2Z9HBsyutuLEYMtViLO86VtM+Tqla3xXPzUdS4ozLwI72Ax/5ZUDXACROj73yW6QhFB5D6rLut12+FjqC7M33Qv2hl0xwgNBmR5dsm1ToP37+Wn+ecJQNvN8fkTXF+HVzOEw="
compiler:
- clang
- gcc
branches:
only:
- master
- ci
- coverity_scan
matrix:
exclude:
- os: osx
env: LIBAV=libav-stable
- os: osx
env: LIBAV=libav-git
- os: osx
env: LIBAV=ffmpeg-git
- os: osx
compiler: gcc
- os: linux
env: LIBAV=ffmpeg-stable
- os: linux
compiler: clang
before_install: ./travis-deps libass-stable $LIBAV
script:
- ./bootstrap.py
- ./waf configure
- ./waf build
notifications:
email: false
irc:
channels:
- "irc.freenode.org#mpv-devel"
on_success: change
on_failure: always
addons:
coverity_scan:
project:
name: "mpv-player/mpv"
description: "Build submitted via Travis CI"
notification_email: mpv-team@googlegroups.com
build_command_prepend: "./bootstrap.py && ./waf configure"
build_command: "./waf build"
branch_pattern: coverity_scan
+32
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
Reporting bugs
==============
- State your platform and mpv version.
- Make sure you're actually using the latest mpv release. Linux distributions
in particular love redistributing ancient and unmaintained mpv releases.
- Attach a log file made with ``-v`` or ``--log-file=output.txt``.
- Avoid attaching text files packed in archive files (zip/rar/...), unless
explicitly asked so. There are better means, such as using http://sprunge.us
- If you think this is file specific, upload a sample file and link it.
- Don't report multiple unrelated/barely related bugs in one issue.
- If you don't get a reply after days, be sure to post a new message to the
issue - it could have been overlooked or forgotten.
- Read: https://mpv.io/bug-reports/
Asking questions
================
Preferably, asking questions should be done via IRC (#mpv on irc.freenode.net),
but asking questions by opening a github issue is also barely tolerated.
When asking on IRC (#mpv on irc.freenode.net), don't ask to ask, just state
your problem. Stay long enough until someone gets a chance to reply. Sometimes
it can take hours.
Sending patches
===============
See: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/contribute.md
In particular, be aware that all changes to GPL code must come with the
implicit agreement that they might be LGPLv2.1+ relicensed at a later point.
+21 -65
View File
@@ -1,74 +1,30 @@
mpv is a fork of mplayer2, which is a fork of MPlayer.
mpv as a whole is licensed under the GNU General Public License GPL version 2
or later (called GPLv2+ in this document, see LICENSE.GPL for full license
text) by default, or the GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL version 2 or
later (LGPLv2.1+ in this document, see LICENSE.LGPL for full license text) if
built with the --enable-lgpl configure switch.
mpv as a whole is licensed as GPL version 2 or later (see LICENSE). Most source
files are GPLv2+, but some files are available under a more liberal license,
such as LGPLv2.1+, BSD, MIT, ISC, and possibly others. Look at the copyright
header of each source file, and grep the sources for "Copyright" if you need
to know details. Files without Copyright notice are licensed as LGPLv2.1+.
Most source files are LGPLv2.1+ or GPLv2+, but some files are available under
more liberal licenses, such as BSD, MIT, ISC, and possibly others. Look at the
copyright header of each source file, and grep the sources for "Copyright" if
you need to know details. C source files without Copyright notice are usually
licensed as LGPLv2.1+. Also see the list of files with specific licenses below
(not all files can have a standard license header).
All new contributions must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed, or if the changes are done on
GPL code, must come with the implicit agreement that the project can relicense
the code to LGPLv2.1+ at a later point without asking the contributor. (This
is a safeguard for making potential relicensing of the project to LGPLv2.1+
easier.) Using a more liberal license compatible to LGPLv2.1+ is also ok.
All new contributions must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed. Using a more liberal license
compatible to LGPLv2.1+ is also ok.
Changes done to GPL code must come with the implicit/explicit agreement that the
project can relicense the changes to LGPLv2.1+ at a later point without asking
the contributor. This is a safeguard for making potential relicensing of
remaining GPL code to LGPLv2.1+ easier.
See DOCS/contribute.md for binding rules wrt. licensing for contributions.
Some GPLv3 or LGPLv3 code in mpv can be enabled by building with --enable-gpl3,
and in this case, the resulting binaries must be distributed under GPLv3.
For information about authors and contributors, consult the git log, which
contains the complete SVN and CVS history as well.
Note that mplayer2 as a whole is licensed under GPLv3+. This is because it uses
a copy of talloc (part of Samba), which is LGPLv3+, and the next compatible
license for this mix is GPLv3+.
MPlayer as a whole is licensed under GPLv2 (incompatible to GPLv3!), because
some files are licensed to GPLv2 (and _not_ any later version of the license).
In particular, this affects the file libmpdemux/demux_ty_osd.c. It is disabled
under mplayer2, and has been removed from mpv.
"v2.1+" in this context means "version 2.1 or later".
Some libraries are GPLv2+ or GPLv3+ only. Building mpv with Samba support makes
it GPLv3+.
mpv can be built as LGPLv2.1+ with the --enable-lgpl configure option. To add
a LGPL mode to mpv, MPlayer code had to be relicensed from GPLv2+ to LGPLv2.1+
by asking the MPlayer authors for permission. Since permission could not be
obtained from everyone, LGPL mode disables the following features, some of
them quite central:
- Linux X11 video output
- BSD audio output via OSS
- NVIDIA/Linux hardware decoding (vdpau, although nvdec usually works)
- Linux TV input
- minor features: jack, DVD, CDDA, SMB, CACA, legacy direct3d VO
Some of these will be fixed in the future. The intended use for LGPL mode is
with libmpv, and currently it's not recommended to build mpv CLI in LGPL mode
at all.
The following files are still GPL only (--enable-lgpl disables them):
audio/out/ao_jack.c will stay GPL
audio/out/ao_oss.c will stay GPL
stream/dvb* must stay GPL
stream/stream_cdda.c unknown
stream/stream_dvb.* must stay GPL
stream/stream_dvdnav.c unknown
video/out/vo_caca.c unknown
video/out/vo_direct3d.c unknown
video/out/vo_vaapi.c probably impossible (some company's code)
video/out/vo_vdpau.c probably impossible (nVidia's code)
video/out/vo_x11.c probably impossible
video/out/vo_xv.c probably impossible
video/out/x11_common.* probably impossible
video/vdpau.c hard (GPL-only parts must be ifdefed)
video/vdpau.h unknown
video/vdpau_mixer.* actual code must be rewritten
DOCS/man/ GPLv2+
bootstrap.py unknown license, probably GPLv2+ or LGPLv2+
etc/mplayer-input.conf unknown license, probably GPLv2+
mpv.desktop unknown license, probably GPLv2+
etc/restore-old-bindings.conf unknown license, probably GPLv2+
None of the cases listed above affect the final binary if it's built as
LGPL. Linked libraries still can affect the final license (for example if
FFmpeg was built as GPL).
-70
View File
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
# Differences Between Meson and Waf
mpv currently supports two different build systems: waf and meson. In general,
option names between both build systems are mostly the same. In most cases,
``--enable-foo`` in waf becomes ``-Dfoo=enabled`` in meson. Likewise,
``--disable-foo`` becomes ``-Dfoo=disabled``. For the rest of this document,
Waf options will be noted as ``--foo`` while meson options are noted as
``foo``.
## Universal Options
Meson has several [universal options](https://mesonbuild.com/Builtin-options.html#universal-options)
that you get for free. In some cases, these overlapped with custom waf options.
* ``--libmpv-static`` and ``--libmpv-shared`` were combined into one option:
``libmpv``. Use ``default_library`` to control if you want to build static or
shared libraries.
* Waf had a boolean ``--optimize`` option. In meson, this is a universal option,
``optimization``, which can take several different values. In mpv's meson
build, the default is ``2``.
* Instead of ``--debug-build``, meson simply calls it ``debug``. It is enabled
by default.
## Changed Options
* The legacy lua names (``52``, ``52deb``, etc.) for ``--lua`` are not
supported in the meson build. Instead, pass the generic pkg-config values
such as ``lua52``, ``lua5.2``, etc.
* ``--lgpl`` was changed to ``gpl``. If ``gpl`` is false, the build is LGPL2.1+.
### Boolean Options
The following options are all booleans that accept ``true`` or ``false``
instead of ``enabled`` or ``disabled``.
* ``build-date``
* ``cplayer``
* ``gpl``
* ``libmpv``
* ``ta-leak-report``
* ``tests``
## Removed Options
There are options removed with no equivalent in the meson build.
* ``--asm`` was removed since it doesn't do anything.
* ``--android`` was removed since meson knows if the machine is android.
* ``--clang-compilation-database`` was removed. Meson can do this on its own
by invoking ninja (``ninja -t compdb``).
* ``--tvos`` was removed since it doesn't do anything.
* ``--static-build`` was removed. Use ``default_library``.
* ``--swift-static`` was removed. The swift library always dynamically links.
## Renamed Options
These are some other options that were renamed.
* ``--gl-wayland`` was renamed to ``egl-wayland``.
* ``--swift`` was renamed to ``swift-build``.
## Other
* The meson build supports passing the ``SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH`` environment variable
during the compilation step for those who want reproducibility without having to
disable the build date.
* The ``Configuration`` line shown by ``mpv -v`` does not show everything passed on
cli since meson does not have any easy way to access a user's argv. Instead, it
simply shows whatever the value of ``prefix`` is regardless if it was specified
or not.
+1 -160
View File
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ The version number is the same as used for MPV_CLIENT_API_VERSION (see
``client.h`` how to convert between major/minor version numbers and the flat
32 bit integer).
Also, read the section ``Compatibility`` in ``client.h``, and compatibility.rst.
Also, read the section ``Compatibility`` in ``client.h``.
Options, commands, properties
=============================
@@ -32,165 +32,6 @@ API changes
::
--- mpv 0.35.0 ---
2.0 - remove headers/functions of the obsolete opengl_cb API
- remove mpv_opengl_init_params.extra_exts field
- remove deprecated mpv_detach_destroy. Use mpv_destroy instead.
- remove obsolete mpv_suspend and mpv_resume
- remove deprecated SCRIPT_INPUT_DISPATCH, PAUSE and UNPAUSE, TRACKS_CHANGED
TRACK_SWITCHED, METADATA_UPDATE, CHAPTER_CHANGE events
--- mpv 0.33.0 ---
1.109 - add MPV_RENDER_API_TYPE_SW and related (software rendering API)
- inactivate the opengl_cb API (always fails to initialize now)
The opengl_cb API was deprecated over 2 years ago. Use the render API
instead.
1.108 - Deprecate MPV_EVENT_IDLE
- add mpv_event_start_file
- add the following fields to mpv_event_end_file: playlist_entry_id,
playlist_insert_id, playlist_insert_num_entries
- add mpv_event_to_node()
- add mpv_client_id()
1.107 - Remove the deprecated qthelper.hpp. This was obviously not part of the
libmpv API, only an "additionally" provided helper, thus this is not
considered an API change. If you are maintaining a project that relies
on this header, you can simply download this file and adjust the
include statement to use it instead:
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mpv-player/mpv/v0.32.0/libmpv/qthelper.hpp
It is a good idea to write better wrappers for your use, though.
--- mpv 0.31.0 ---
1.107 - Deprecate MPV_EVENT_TICK
--- mpv 0.30.0 ---
1.106 - Add cancel_fn to mpv_stream_cb_info
1.105 - Fix deadlock problems with MPV_RENDER_PARAM_ADVANCED_CONTROL and if
the "vd-lavc-dr" option is enabled (which it is by default).
There were no actual API changes.
API users on older API versions and mpv releases should set
"vd-lavc-dr" to "no" to avoid these issues.
API users must still adhere to the tricky rules documented in render.h
to avoid other deadlocks.
1.104 - Deprecate struct mpv_opengl_drm_params. Replaced by mpv_opengl_drm_params_v2
- Deprecate MPV_RENDER_PARAM_DRM_DISPLAY. Replaced by MPV_RENDER_PARAM_DRM_DISPLAY_V2.
1.103 - redo handling of async commands
- add mpv_event_command and make it possible to return values from
commands issued with mpv_command_async() or mpv_command_node_async()
- add mpv_abort_async_command()
1.102 - rename struct mpv_opengl_drm_osd_size to mpv_opengl_drm_draw_surface_size
- rename MPV_RENDER_PARAM_DRM_OSD_SIZE to MPV_RENDER_PARAM_DRM_DRAW_SURFACE_SIZE
--- mpv 0.29.0 ---
1.101 - add MPV_RENDER_PARAM_ADVANCED_CONTROL and related API
- add MPV_RENDER_PARAM_NEXT_FRAME_INFO and related symbols
- add MPV_RENDER_PARAM_BLOCK_FOR_TARGET_TIME
- add MPV_RENDER_PARAM_SKIP_RENDERING
- add mpv_render_context_get_info()
1.100 - bump API number to avoid confusion with mpv release versions
- actually apply the GL_MP_MPGetNativeDisplay change for the new render
API. This also means compatibility for anything but x11 and wayland
through the old opengl-cb GL_MP_MPGetNativeDisplay method is now
unsupported.
- deprecate mpv_get_wakeup_pipe(). It's complex, but easy to replace
using normal API (just set a wakeup callback to a function which
writes to a pipe).
- add a 1st class hook API, which replaces the hacky mpv_command()
based one. The old API is deprecated and will be removed soon. The
old API was never meant to be stable, while the new API is.
1.29 - the behavior of mpv_terminate_destroy() and mpv_detach_destroy()
changes subtly (see documentation in the header file). In particular,
mpv_detach_destroy() will not leave the player running in all
situations anymore (it gets closer to refcounting).
- rename mpv_detach_destroy() to mpv_destroy() (the old function will
remain valid as deprecated alias)
- add mpv_create_weak_client(), which makes use of above changes
- MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN is now returned exactly once if a mpv_handle
should terminate, instead of spamming the event queue with this event
1.28 - deprecate the render opengl_cb API, and replace it with render.h
and render_gl.h. The goal is allowing support for APIs other than
OpenGL. The old API is emulated with the new API.
Likewise, the "opengl-cb" VO is renamed to "libmpv".
mpv_get_sub_api() is deprecated along the opengl_cb API.
The new API is relatively similar, but not the same. The rough
equivalents are:
mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl => mpv_render_context_create
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback => mpv_render_context_set_update_callback
mpv_opengl_cb_draw => mpv_render_context_render
mpv_opengl_cb_report_flip => mpv_render_context_report_swap
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl => mpv_render_context_free
The VO opengl-cb is also renamed to "libmpv".
Also, the GL_MP_MPGetNativeDisplay pseudo extension is not used by the
render API anymore, and the old opengl-cb API only handles the "x11"
and "wl" names anymore. Support for everything else has been removed.
The new render API uses proper API parameters, e.g. for X11 you pass
MPV_RENDER_PARAM_X11_DISPLAY directly.
- deprecate the qthelper.hpp header file. This provided some C++ helper
utility functions for Qt with use of libmpv. There is no reason to
keep this in the mpv git repository, nor to make it part of the libmpv
API. If you're using this header, you can safely copy it into your
project - it uses only libmpv public API. Alternatively, it could be
maintained in a separate repository by interested parties.
1.27 - make opengl-cb the default VO. This causes a subtle behavior change
if the API user called mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(), but does not set
the "vo" option. Before, it would still have used another VO (like
on the CLI, e.g. vo=gpu). Now it'll behave as if vo=opengl-cb was
used.
--- mpv 0.28.0 ---
1.26 - remove glMPGetNativeDisplay("drm") support
- add mpv_opengl_cb_window_pos and mpv_opengl_cb_drm_params and
support via glMPGetNativeDisplay() for using it
- make --stop-playback-on-init-failure=no the default in libmpv (just
like in mpv CLI)
--- mpv 0.27.0 ---
1.25 - remove setting "no-" options via mpv_set_option*(). (See corresponding
deprecation in 0.23.0.)
--- mpv 0.25.0 ---
1.24 - add a MPV_ENABLE_DEPRECATED preprocessor symbol, which can be defined
by the user to exclude deprecated API symbols from the C headers
--- mpv 0.23.0 ---
1.24 - the deprecated mpv_suspend() and mpv_resume() APIs now do nothing.
--- mpv 0.22.0 ---
1.23 - deprecate setting "no-" options via mpv_set_option*(). For example,
instead of "no-video=" you should set "video=no".
- do not override the SIGPIPE signal handler anymore. This was done as
workaround for the FFmpeg TLS code, which has been fixed long ago.
- deprecate mpv_suspend() and mpv_resume(). They will be stubbed out
in mpv 0.23.0.
- make mpv_set_property() work to some degree before mpv_initialize().
It can now be used instead of mpv_set_option().
- semi-deprecate mpv_set_option()/mpv_set_option_string(). You should
use mpv_set_property() instead. There are some deprecated properties
which conflict with some options (see client.h remarks on
mpv_set_option()), for which mpv_set_option() might still be required.
In future mpv releases, the conflicting deprecated options/properties
will be removed, and mpv_set_option() will internally translate API
calls to mpv_set_property().
- qthelper.hpp: deprecate get_property_variant, set_property_variant,
set_option_variant, command_variant, and replace them with
get_property, set_property, command.
--- mpv 0.19.0 ---
1.22 - add stream_cb API for custom protocols
--- mpv 0.18.1 ---
---- - remove "status" log level from mpv_request_log_messages() docs. This
is 100% equivalent to "v". The behavior is still the same, thus no
actual API change.
--- mpv 0.18.0 ---
1.21 - mpv_set_property() changes behavior with MPV_FORMAT_NODE. Before this
change it rejected mpv_nodes with format==MPV_FORMAT_STRING if the
property was not a string or did not have special mechanisms in place
the function failed. Now it always invokes the option string parser,
and mpv_node with a basic data type works exactly as if the function
is invoked with that type directly. This new behavior is equivalent
to mpv_set_option().
This also affects the mp.set_property_native() Lua function.
- generally, setting choice options/properties with "yes"/"no" options
can now be set as MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
- reading a choice property as MPV_FORMAT_NODE will now return a
MPV_FORMAT_FLAG value if the choice is "yes" (true) or "no" (false)
This implicitly affects Lua and JSON IPC interfaces as well.
- big changes to vo-cmdline on vo_opengl and vo_opengl_hq (but not
vo_opengl_cb): options are now normally not reset, but applied on top
of the current options. The special undocumented value "-" still
works, but now resets all options to before any vo-cmdline command
has been called.
--- mpv 0.12.0 ---
1.20 - deprecate "GL_MP_D3D_interfaces"/"glMPGetD3DInterface", and introduce
"GL_MP_MPGetNativeDisplay"/"glMPGetNativeDisplay" (this is a
+14
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
All examples in this directory and its sub-directories are licensed
under one of the following licenses:
WTFPL, ISC, Ms-PL, AGPLv3, BSD (any)
Pick any license of your liking, and disregard the others.
(The full text of each license is available on this website:
http://opensource.org/licenses/alphabetical )
Additionally, you may consider the example code to be public domain.
You are free to use any of the example code without further
requirements or need for attribution.
+114
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
# Client API examples
All these examples use the mpv client API through libmpv.
## Where are the docs?
The libmpv C API is documented directly in the header files (on normal Unix
systems, this is in `/usr/include/mpv/client.h`.
libmpv merely gives you access to mpv's command interface, which is documented
here:
* Options (`mpv_set_option()` and friends): http://mpv.io/manual/master/#options
* Commands (`mpv_command()` and friends): http://mpv.io/manual/master/#list-of-input-commands
* Properties (`mpv_set_property()` and friends): http://mpv.io/manual/master/#properties
Essentially everything is done with them, including loading a file, retrieving
playback progress, and so on.
## Methods of embedding the video window
All of these examples concentrate on how to integrate mpv's video renderers
with your own GUI. This is generally the hardest part. libmpv enforces a
somewhat efficient video output method, rather than e.g. returning a RGBA
surface in memory for each frame. The latter would be prohibitively inefficient,
because it would require conversion on the CPU. The goal is also not requiring
the API users to reinvent their own video rendering/scaling/presentation
mechanisms.
There are currently 2 methods of embedding video.
### Native window embedding
This uses the platform's native method of nesting multiple windows. For example,
Linux/X11 can nest a window from a completely different process. The nested
window can redraw contents on its own, and receive user input if the user
interacts with this window.
libmpv lets you specify a parent window for its own video window via the `wid`
option. Then libmpv will create its window with your window as parent, and
render its video inside of it.
This method is highly OS-dependent. Some behavior is OS-specific. There are
problems with focusing on X11 (the ancient X11 focus policy mismatches with
that of modern UI toolkits - it's normally worked around, but this is not
easily possible with raw window embedding). It seems to have stability problems
on OSX when using the Qt toolkit.
### OpenGL embedding
This method lets you use libmpv's OpenGL renderer directly. You create an
OpenGL context, and then use `mpv_opengl_cb_draw()` to render the video on
each frame.
This is more complicated, because libmpv will work directly on your own OpenGL
state. It's also not possible to have mpv automatically receive user input.
You will have to simulate this with the `mouse`/`keypress`/`keydown`/`keyup`
commands.
You also get much more flexibility. For example, you can actually render your
own OSD on top of the video, something that is not possible with raw window
embedding.
### Which one to use?
Due to the various platform-specific behavior and problems (in particular on
OSX), OpenGL embedding is recommended. If you're not comfortable with requiring
OpenGL, or want to support "direct" video output such as vdpau (which might
win when it comes to performance and energy-saving), you should probably
support both methods if possible.
## List of examples
### simple
Very primitive terminal-only example. Shows some most basic API usage.
### cocoa
Shows how to embed the mpv video window in Objective-C/Cocoa.
### cocoa-openglcb
Similar to the cocoa sample, but shows how to integrate mpv's OpenGL renderer
using libmpv's opengl-cb API. Since it does not require complicated interaction
with Cocoa elements from different libraries, it's more robust.
### qt
Shows how to embed the mpv video window in Qt (using normal desktop widgets).
### qt_opengl
Shows how to use mpv's OpenGL video renderer in Qt. This uses the opengl-cb API
for video. Since it does not rely on embedding "foreign" native Windows, it's
usually more robust, potentially faster, and it's easier to control how your
GUI interacts with the video. You can do your own OpenGL rendering on top of
the video as well.
### qml
Shows how to use mpv's OpenGL video renderer in QtQuick2 with QML. Uses the
opengl-cb API for video. Since the video is a normal QML element, it's trivial
to create OSD overlays with QML-native graphical elements as well.
### qml_direct
Alternative example, which typically avoids a FBO indirection. Might be
slightly faster, but is less flexible and harder to use. In particular, the
video is not a normal QML element. Uses the opengl-cb API for video.
### sdl
Show how to embed the mpv OpenGL renderer in SDL. Uses the opengl-cb API for
video.
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
// Plays a video from the command line in an opengl view in its own window.
// Build with: clang -o cocoa-openglcb cocoa-openglcb.m `pkg-config --libs --cflags mpv` -framework Cocoa -framework OpenGL
#import <mpv/client.h>
#import <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
#import <stdio.h>
#import <stdlib.h>
#import <OpenGL/gl.h>
#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
static inline void check_error(int status)
{
if (status < 0) {
printf("mpv API error: %s\n", mpv_error_string(status));
exit(1);
}
}
static void *get_proc_address(void *ctx, const char *name)
{
CFStringRef symbolName = CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, name, kCFStringEncodingASCII);
void *addr = CFBundleGetFunctionPointerForName(CFBundleGetBundleWithIdentifier(CFSTR("com.apple.opengl")), symbolName);
CFRelease(symbolName);
return addr;
}
static void glupdate(void *ctx);
@interface MpvClientOGLView : NSOpenGLView
@property mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpvGL;
- (instancetype)initWithFrame:(NSRect)frame;
- (void)drawRect;
- (void)fillBlack;
@end
@implementation MpvClientOGLView
- (instancetype)initWithFrame:(NSRect)frame
{
// make sure the pixel format is double buffered so we can use
// [[self openGLContext] flushBuffer].
NSOpenGLPixelFormatAttribute attributes[] = {
NSOpenGLPFADoubleBuffer,
0
};
self = [super initWithFrame:frame
pixelFormat:[[NSOpenGLPixelFormat alloc] initWithAttributes:attributes]];
if (self) {
[self setAutoresizingMask:NSViewWidthSizable|NSViewHeightSizable];
// swap on vsyncs
GLint swapInt = 1;
[[self openGLContext] setValues:&swapInt forParameter:NSOpenGLCPSwapInterval];
[[self openGLContext] makeCurrentContext];
self.mpvGL = nil;
}
return self;
}
- (void)fillBlack
{
glClearColor(0, 0, 0, 0);
glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT);
}
- (void)drawRect
{
if (self.mpvGL)
mpv_opengl_cb_draw(self.mpvGL, 0, self.bounds.size.width, -self.bounds.size.height);
else
[self fillBlack];
[[self openGLContext] flushBuffer];
}
- (void)drawRect:(NSRect)dirtyRect
{
[self drawRect];
}
@end
@interface CocoaWindow : NSWindow
@property(retain, readonly) MpvClientOGLView *glView;
@property(retain, readonly) NSButton *pauseButton;
@end
@implementation CocoaWindow
- (BOOL)canBecomeMainWindow { return YES; }
- (BOOL)canBecomeKeyWindow { return YES; }
- (void)initOGLView {
NSRect bounds = [[self contentView] bounds];
// window coordinate origin is bottom left
NSRect glFrame = NSMakeRect(bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y + 30, bounds.size.width, bounds.size.height - 30);
_glView = [[MpvClientOGLView alloc] initWithFrame:glFrame];
[self.contentView addSubview:_glView];
NSRect buttonFrame = NSMakeRect(bounds.origin.x, bounds.origin.y, 60, 30);
_pauseButton = [[NSButton alloc] initWithFrame:buttonFrame];
_pauseButton.buttonType = NSToggleButton;
// button target has to be the delegate (it holds the mpv context
// pointer), so that's set later.
_pauseButton.action = @selector(togglePause:);
_pauseButton.title = @"Pause";
_pauseButton.alternateTitle = @"Play";
[self.contentView addSubview:_pauseButton];
}
@end
@interface AppDelegate : NSObject <NSApplicationDelegate>
{
mpv_handle *mpv;
dispatch_queue_t queue;
CocoaWindow *window;
}
@end
static void wakeup(void *);
@implementation AppDelegate
- (void)createWindow {
int mask = NSTitledWindowMask|NSClosableWindowMask|
NSMiniaturizableWindowMask|NSResizableWindowMask;
window = [[CocoaWindow alloc]
initWithContentRect:NSMakeRect(0, 0, 1280, 720)
styleMask:mask
backing:NSBackingStoreBuffered
defer:NO];
// force a minimum size to stop opengl from exploding.
[window setMinSize:NSMakeSize(200, 200)];
[window initOGLView];
[window setTitle:@"cocoa-openglcb example"];
[window makeMainWindow];
[window makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
NSMenu *m = [[NSMenu alloc] initWithTitle:@"AMainMenu"];
NSMenuItem *item = [m addItemWithTitle:@"Apple" action:nil keyEquivalent:@""];
NSMenu *sm = [[NSMenu alloc] initWithTitle:@"Apple"];
[m setSubmenu:sm forItem:item];
[sm addItemWithTitle: @"quit" action:@selector(terminate:) keyEquivalent:@"q"];
[NSApp setMenu:m];
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
}
- (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification {
[NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyRegular];
atexit_b(^{
// Because activation policy has just been set to behave like a real
// application, that policy must be reset on exit to prevent, among
// other things, the menubar created here from remaining on screen.
[NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyProhibited];
});
// Read filename
NSArray *args = [NSProcessInfo processInfo].arguments;
if (args.count < 2) {
NSLog(@"Expected filename on command line");
exit(1);
}
NSString *filename = args[1];
[self createWindow];
window.pauseButton.target = self;
mpv = mpv_create();
if (!mpv) {
printf("failed creating context\n");
exit(1);
}
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-media-keys", "yes"));
// request important errors
check_error(mpv_request_log_messages(mpv, "warn"));
check_error(mpv_initialize(mpv));
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb"));
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpvGL = mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpvGL) {
puts("libmpv does not have the opengl-cb sub-API.");
exit(1);
}
// pass the mpvGL context to our view
window.glView.mpvGL = mpvGL;
int r = mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpvGL, NULL, get_proc_address, NULL);
if (r < 0) {
puts("gl init has failed.");
exit(1);
}
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpvGL, glupdate, (__bridge void *)window.glView);
// Deal with MPV in the background.
queue = dispatch_queue_create("mpv", DISPATCH_QUEUE_SERIAL);
dispatch_async(queue, ^{
// Register to be woken up whenever mpv generates new events.
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, wakeup, (__bridge void *)self);
// Load the indicated file
const char *cmd[] = {"loadfile", filename.UTF8String, NULL};
check_error(mpv_command(mpv, cmd));
});
}
static void glupdate(void *ctx)
{
MpvClientOGLView *glView = (__bridge MpvClientOGLView *)ctx;
// I'm still not sure what the best way to handle this is, but this
// works.
dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
[glView drawRect];
});
}
- (void) handleEvent:(mpv_event *)event
{
switch (event->event_id) {
case MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN: {
mpv_detach_destroy(mpv);
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(window.glView.mpvGL);
mpv = NULL;
printf("event: shutdown\n");
break;
}
case MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE: {
struct mpv_event_log_message *msg = (struct mpv_event_log_message *)event->data;
printf("[%s] %s: %s", msg->prefix, msg->level, msg->text);
}
default:
printf("event: %s\n", mpv_event_name(event->event_id));
}
}
- (void)togglePause:(NSButton *)button
{
if (mpv) {
switch (button.state) {
case NSOffState:
{
int pause = 0;
mpv_set_property(mpv, "pause", MPV_FORMAT_FLAG, &pause);
}
break;
case NSOnState:
{
int pause = 1;
mpv_set_property(mpv, "pause", MPV_FORMAT_FLAG, &pause);
}
break;
default:
NSLog(@"This should never happen.");
}
}
}
- (void) readEvents
{
dispatch_async(queue, ^{
while (mpv) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE)
break;
[self handleEvent:event];
}
});
}
static void wakeup(void *context)
{
AppDelegate *a = (__bridge AppDelegate *) context;
[a readEvents];
}
// quit when the window is closed.
- (BOOL)applicationShouldTerminateAfterLastWindowClosed:(NSApplication *)app
{
return YES;
}
- (NSApplicationTerminateReply)applicationShouldTerminate:(NSApplication *)sender
{
NSLog(@"Terminating.");
const char *args[] = {"quit", NULL};
mpv_command(mpv, args);
[window.glView clearGLContext];
return NSTerminateNow;
}
@end
// Delete this if you already have a main.m.
int main(int argc, const char * argv[]) {
@autoreleasepool {
NSApplication *app = [NSApplication sharedApplication];
AppDelegate *delegate = [AppDelegate new];
app.delegate = delegate;
[app run];
}
return 0;
}
+209
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
// Plays a video from the command line in a view provided by the client
// application.
// Build with: clang -o cocoabasic cocoabasic.m `pkg-config --libs --cflags mpv` -framework cocoa
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
static inline void check_error(int status)
{
if (status < 0) {
printf("mpv API error: %s\n", mpv_error_string(status));
exit(1);
}
}
#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
@interface CocoaWindow : NSWindow
@end
@implementation CocoaWindow
- (BOOL)canBecomeMainWindow { return YES; }
- (BOOL)canBecomeKeyWindow { return YES; }
@end
@interface AppDelegate : NSObject <NSApplicationDelegate>
{
mpv_handle *mpv;
dispatch_queue_t queue;
NSWindow *w;
NSView *wrapper;
}
@end
static void wakeup(void *);
@implementation AppDelegate
- (void)createWindow {
int mask = NSTitledWindowMask|NSClosableWindowMask|
NSMiniaturizableWindowMask|NSResizableWindowMask;
self->w = [[CocoaWindow alloc]
initWithContentRect:NSMakeRect(0,0, 1280, 720)
styleMask:mask
backing:NSBackingStoreBuffered
defer:NO];
[self->w setTitle:@"cocoabasic example"];
[self->w makeMainWindow];
[self->w makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
NSRect frame = [[self->w contentView] bounds];
self->wrapper = [[NSView alloc] initWithFrame:frame];
[self->wrapper setAutoresizingMask:NSViewWidthSizable|NSViewHeightSizable];
[[self->w contentView] addSubview:self->wrapper];
[self->wrapper release];
NSMenu *m = [[NSMenu alloc] initWithTitle:@"AMainMenu"];
NSMenuItem *item = [m addItemWithTitle:@"Apple" action:nil keyEquivalent:@""];
NSMenu *sm = [[NSMenu alloc] initWithTitle:@"Apple"];
[m setSubmenu:sm forItem:item];
[sm addItemWithTitle: @"mpv_command('stop')" action:@selector(mpv_stop) keyEquivalent:@""];
[sm addItemWithTitle: @"mpv_command('quit')" action:@selector(mpv_quit) keyEquivalent:@""];
[sm addItemWithTitle: @"quit" action:@selector(terminate:) keyEquivalent:@"q"];
[NSApp setMenu:m];
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
}
- (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification {
[NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyRegular];
atexit_b(^{
// Because activation policy has just been set to behave like a real
// application, that policy must be reset on exit to prevent, among
// other things, the menubar created here from remaining on screen.
[NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyProhibited];
});
// Read filename
NSArray *args = [NSProcessInfo processInfo].arguments;
if (args.count < 2) {
NSLog(@"Expected filename on command line");
exit(1);
}
NSString *filename = args[1];
[self createWindow];
// Deal with MPV in the background.
queue = dispatch_queue_create("mpv", DISPATCH_QUEUE_SERIAL);
dispatch_async(queue, ^{
mpv = mpv_create();
if (!mpv) {
printf("failed creating context\n");
exit(1);
}
int64_t wid = (intptr_t) self->wrapper;
check_error(mpv_set_option(mpv, "wid", MPV_FORMAT_INT64, &wid));
// Maybe set some options here, like default key bindings.
// NOTE: Interaction with the window seems to be broken for now.
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-default-bindings", "yes"));
// for testing!
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-media-keys", "yes"));
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-cursor", "no"));
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-vo-keyboard", "yes"));
// request important errors
check_error(mpv_request_log_messages(mpv, "warn"));
check_error(mpv_initialize(mpv));
// Register to be woken up whenever mpv generates new events.
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, wakeup, (__bridge void *) self);
// Load the indicated file
const char *cmd[] = {"loadfile", filename.UTF8String, NULL};
check_error(mpv_command(mpv, cmd));
});
}
- (void) handleEvent:(mpv_event *)event
{
switch (event->event_id) {
case MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN: {
mpv_detach_destroy(mpv);
mpv = NULL;
printf("event: shutdown\n");
break;
}
case MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE: {
struct mpv_event_log_message *msg = (struct mpv_event_log_message *)event->data;
printf("[%s] %s: %s", msg->prefix, msg->level, msg->text);
}
case MPV_EVENT_VIDEO_RECONFIG: {
dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
NSArray *subviews = [self->wrapper subviews];
if ([subviews count] > 0) {
// mpv's events view
NSView *eview = [self->wrapper subviews][0];
[self->w makeFirstResponder:eview];
}
});
}
default:
printf("event: %s\n", mpv_event_name(event->event_id));
}
}
- (void) readEvents
{
dispatch_async(queue, ^{
while (mpv) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE)
break;
[self handleEvent:event];
}
});
}
static void wakeup(void *context) {
AppDelegate *a = (__bridge AppDelegate *) context;
[a readEvents];
}
// Ostensibly, mpv's window would be hooked up to this.
- (BOOL) windowShouldClose:(id)sender
{
return NO;
}
- (void) mpv_stop
{
if (mpv) {
const char *args[] = {"stop", NULL};
mpv_command(mpv, args);
}
}
- (void) mpv_quit
{
if (mpv) {
const char *args[] = {"quit", NULL};
mpv_command(mpv, args);
}
}
@end
// Delete this if you already have a main.m.
int main(int argc, const char * argv[]) {
@autoreleasepool {
NSApplication *app = [NSApplication sharedApplication];
AppDelegate *delegate = [AppDelegate new];
app.delegate = delegate;
[app run];
}
return 0;
}
+136
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
#include "main.h"
#include <stdexcept>
#include <clocale>
#include <QObject>
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QOpenGLContext>
#include <QGuiApplication>
#include <QtGui/QOpenGLFramebufferObject>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickWindow>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickView>
class MpvRenderer : public QQuickFramebufferObject::Renderer
{
static void *get_proc_address(void *ctx, const char *name) {
(void)ctx;
QOpenGLContext *glctx = QOpenGLContext::currentContext();
if (!glctx)
return NULL;
return (void *)glctx->getProcAddress(QByteArray(name));
}
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
QQuickWindow *window;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
public:
MpvRenderer(const MpvObject *obj)
: mpv(obj->mpv), window(obj->window()), mpv_gl(obj->mpv_gl)
{
int r = mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpv_gl, NULL, get_proc_address, NULL);
if (r < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize OpenGL");
}
virtual ~MpvRenderer()
{
// Until this call is done, we need to make sure the player remains
// alive. This is done implicitly with the mpv::qt::Handle instance
// in this class.
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(mpv_gl);
}
void render()
{
QOpenGLFramebufferObject *fbo = framebufferObject();
window->resetOpenGLState();
mpv_opengl_cb_draw(mpv_gl, fbo->handle(), fbo->width(), fbo->height());
window->resetOpenGLState();
}
};
MpvObject::MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent)
: QQuickFramebufferObject(parent), mpv_gl(0)
{
mpv = mpv::qt::Handle::FromRawHandle(mpv_create());
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("could not create mpv context");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "terminal", "yes");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "msg-level", "all=v");
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize mpv context");
// Make use of the MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB API.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb");
// Request hw decoding, just for testing.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "hwdec", "auto");
// Setup the callback that will make QtQuick update and redraw if there
// is a new video frame. Use a queued connection: this makes sure the
// doUpdate() function is run on the GUI thread.
mpv_gl = (mpv_opengl_cb_context *)mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpv_gl)
throw std::runtime_error("OpenGL not compiled in");
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, MpvObject::on_update, (void *)this);
connect(this, &MpvObject::onUpdate, this, &MpvObject::doUpdate,
Qt::QueuedConnection);
}
MpvObject::~MpvObject()
{
if (mpv_gl)
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, NULL, NULL);
}
void MpvObject::on_update(void *ctx)
{
MpvObject *self = (MpvObject *)ctx;
emit self->onUpdate();
}
// connected to onUpdate(); signal makes sure it runs on the GUI thread
void MpvObject::doUpdate()
{
update();
}
void MpvObject::command(const QVariant& params)
{
mpv::qt::command_variant(mpv, params);
}
void MpvObject::setProperty(const QString& name, const QVariant& value)
{
mpv::qt::set_property_variant(mpv, name, value);
}
QQuickFramebufferObject::Renderer *MpvObject::createRenderer() const
{
window()->setPersistentOpenGLContext(true);
window()->setPersistentSceneGraph(true);
return new MpvRenderer(this);
}
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
QGuiApplication app(argc, argv);
// Qt sets the locale in the QGuiApplication constructor, but libmpv
// requires the LC_NUMERIC category to be set to "C", so change it back.
std::setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
qmlRegisterType<MpvObject>("mpvtest", 1, 0, "MpvObject");
QQuickView view;
view.setResizeMode(QQuickView::SizeRootObjectToView);
view.setSource(QUrl("qrc:///mpvtest/main.qml"));
view.show();
return app.exec();
}
+36
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
#ifndef MPVRENDERER_H_
#define MPVRENDERER_H_
#include <QtQuick/QQuickFramebufferObject>
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
#include <mpv/qthelper.hpp>
class MpvRenderer;
class MpvObject : public QQuickFramebufferObject
{
Q_OBJECT
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
friend class MpvRenderer;
public:
MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent = 0);
virtual ~MpvObject();
virtual Renderer *createRenderer() const;
public slots:
void command(const QVariant& params);
void setProperty(const QString& name, const QVariant& value);
signals:
void onUpdate();
private slots:
void doUpdate();
private:
static void on_update(void *ctx);
};
#endif
+71
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
import QtQuick 2.0
import QtQuick.Controls 1.0
import mpvtest 1.0
Item {
width: 1280
height: 720
MpvObject {
id: renderer
anchors.fill: parent
MouseArea {
anchors.fill: parent
onClicked: renderer.command(["loadfile", "../../../test.mkv"])
}
}
Rectangle {
id: labelFrame
anchors.margins: -50
radius: 5
color: "white"
border.color: "black"
opacity: 0.8
anchors.fill: box
}
Row {
id: box
anchors.bottom: renderer.bottom
anchors.left: renderer.left
anchors.right: renderer.right
anchors.margins: 100
Text {
anchors.margins: 10
wrapMode: Text.WordWrap
text: "QtQuick and mpv are both rendering stuff.\n
Click to load ../../../test.mkv"
}
// Don't take these controls too seriously. They're for testing.
Column {
CheckBox {
id: checkbox
anchors.margins: 10
// Heavily filtered means good, right?
text: "Make video look like on a Smart TV"
onClicked: {
if (checkbox.checked) {
renderer.command(["vo_cmdline", "sharpen=5.0"])
} else {
renderer.command(["vo_cmdline", ""])
}
}
}
Slider {
id: slider
anchors.margins: 10
anchors.left: checkbox.left
anchors.right: checkbox.right
minimumValue: -100
maximumValue: 100
value: 0
onValueChanged: renderer.setProperty("gamma", slider.value | 0)
}
}
}
}
+12
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
QT += qml quick
HEADERS += main.h
SOURCES += main.cpp
QT_CONFIG -= no-pkg-config
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
RESOURCES += mpvtest.qrc
OTHER_FILES += main.qml
+5
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
<RCC>
<qresource prefix="/mpvtest">
<file>main.qml</file>
</qresource>
</RCC>
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
#include "main.h"
#include <stdexcept>
#include <clocale>
#include <QObject>
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QOpenGLContext>
#include <QGuiApplication>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickWindow>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickView>
static void *get_proc_address(void *ctx, const char *name) {
(void)ctx;
QOpenGLContext *glctx = QOpenGLContext::currentContext();
if (!glctx)
return NULL;
return (void *)glctx->getProcAddress(QByteArray(name));
}
MpvRenderer::MpvRenderer(mpv::qt::Handle a_mpv, mpv_opengl_cb_context *a_mpv_gl)
: mpv(a_mpv), mpv_gl(a_mpv_gl), window(0), size()
{
int r = mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpv_gl, NULL, get_proc_address, NULL);
if (r < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize OpenGL");
}
MpvRenderer::~MpvRenderer()
{
// Until this call is done, we need to make sure the player remains
// alive. This is done implicitly with the mpv::qt::Handle instance
// in this class.
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(mpv_gl);
}
void MpvRenderer::paint()
{
window->resetOpenGLState();
// This uses 0 as framebuffer, which indicates that mpv will render directly
// to the frontbuffer. Note that mpv will always switch framebuffers
// explicitly. Some QWindow setups (such as using QQuickWidget) actually
// want you to render into a FBO in the beforeRendering() signal, and this
// code won't work there.
// The negation is used for rendering with OpenGL's flipped coordinates.
mpv_opengl_cb_draw(mpv_gl, 0, size.width(), -size.height());
window->resetOpenGLState();
}
MpvObject::MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent)
: QQuickItem(parent), mpv_gl(0), renderer(0)
{
mpv = mpv::qt::Handle::FromRawHandle(mpv_create());
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("could not create mpv context");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "terminal", "yes");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "msg-level", "all=v");
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize mpv context");
// Make use of the MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB API.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb");
// Setup the callback that will make QtQuick update and redraw if there
// is a new video frame. Use a queued connection: this makes sure the
// doUpdate() function is run on the GUI thread.
mpv_gl = (mpv_opengl_cb_context *)mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpv_gl)
throw std::runtime_error("OpenGL not compiled in");
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, MpvObject::on_update, (void *)this);
connect(this, &MpvObject::onUpdate, this, &MpvObject::doUpdate,
Qt::QueuedConnection);
connect(this, &QQuickItem::windowChanged,
this, &MpvObject::handleWindowChanged);
}
MpvObject::~MpvObject()
{
if (mpv_gl)
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, NULL, NULL);
}
void MpvObject::handleWindowChanged(QQuickWindow *win)
{
if (!win)
return;
connect(win, &QQuickWindow::beforeSynchronizing,
this, &MpvObject::sync, Qt::DirectConnection);
connect(win, &QQuickWindow::sceneGraphInvalidated,
this, &MpvObject::cleanup, Qt::DirectConnection);
connect(win, &QQuickWindow::frameSwapped,
this, &MpvObject::swapped, Qt::DirectConnection);
win->setClearBeforeRendering(false);
}
void MpvObject::sync()
{
if (!renderer) {
renderer = new MpvRenderer(mpv, mpv_gl);
connect(window(), &QQuickWindow::beforeRendering,
renderer, &MpvRenderer::paint, Qt::DirectConnection);
}
renderer->window = window();
renderer->size = window()->size() * window()->devicePixelRatio();
}
void MpvObject::swapped()
{
mpv_opengl_cb_report_flip(mpv_gl, 0);
}
void MpvObject::cleanup()
{
if (renderer) {
delete renderer;
renderer = 0;
}
}
void MpvObject::on_update(void *ctx)
{
MpvObject *self = (MpvObject *)ctx;
emit self->onUpdate();
}
// connected to onUpdate(); signal makes sure it runs on the GUI thread
void MpvObject::doUpdate()
{
window()->update();
}
void MpvObject::command(const QVariant& params)
{
mpv::qt::command_variant(mpv, params);
}
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
QGuiApplication app(argc, argv);
// Qt sets the locale in the QGuiApplication constructor, but libmpv
// requires the LC_NUMERIC category to be set to "C", so change it back.
std::setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
qmlRegisterType<MpvObject>("mpvtest", 1, 0, "MpvObject");
QQuickView view;
view.setResizeMode(QQuickView::SizeRootObjectToView);
view.setSource(QUrl("qrc:///mpvtest/main.qml"));
view.show();
return app.exec();
}
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
#ifndef MPVRENDERER_H_
#define MPVRENDERER_H_
#include <QtQuick/QQuickItem>
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
#include <mpv/qthelper.hpp>
class MpvRenderer : public QObject
{
Q_OBJECT
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
QQuickWindow *window;
QSize size;
friend class MpvObject;
public:
MpvRenderer(mpv::qt::Handle a_mpv, mpv_opengl_cb_context *a_mpv_gl);
virtual ~MpvRenderer();
public slots:
void paint();
};
class MpvObject : public QQuickItem
{
Q_OBJECT
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
MpvRenderer *renderer;
public:
MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent = 0);
virtual ~MpvObject();
public slots:
void command(const QVariant& params);
void sync();
void swapped();
void cleanup();
signals:
void onUpdate();
private slots:
void doUpdate();
void handleWindowChanged(QQuickWindow *win);
private:
static void on_update(void *ctx);
};
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
import QtQuick 2.0
import QtQuick.Controls 1.0
import mpvtest 1.0
Item {
width: 1280
height: 720
MpvObject {
id: renderer
// This object isn't real and not visible; it just renders into the
// background of the containing Window.
width: 0
height: 0
}
MouseArea {
anchors.fill: parent
onClicked: renderer.command(["loadfile", "../../../test.mkv"])
}
Rectangle {
id: labelFrame
anchors.margins: -50
radius: 5
color: "white"
border.color: "black"
opacity: 0.8
anchors.fill: box
}
Row {
id: box
anchors.bottom: parent.bottom
anchors.left: parent.left
anchors.right: parent.right
anchors.margins: 100
Text {
anchors.margins: 10
wrapMode: Text.WordWrap
text: "QtQuick and mpv are both rendering stuff.\n
In this example, mpv is always in the background.\n
Click to load ../../../test.mkv"
}
}
}
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
QT += qml quick
HEADERS += main.h
SOURCES += main.cpp
QT_CONFIG -= no-pkg-config
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
RESOURCES += mpvtest.qrc
OTHER_FILES += main.qml
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
<RCC>
<qresource prefix="/mpvtest">
<file>main.qml</file>
</qresource>
</RCC>
+225
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
// This example can be built with: qmake && make
#include <clocale>
#include <sstream>
#include <stdexcept>
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QFileDialog>
#include <QStatusBar>
#include <QMenuBar>
#include <QMenu>
#include <QGridLayout>
#include <QApplication>
#include <QTextEdit>
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
#include <QJsonDocument>
#endif
#include <mpv/qthelper.hpp>
#include "qtexample.h"
static void wakeup(void *ctx)
{
// This callback is invoked from any mpv thread (but possibly also
// recursively from a thread that is calling the mpv API). Just notify
// the Qt GUI thread to wake up (so that it can process events with
// mpv_wait_event()), and return as quickly as possible.
MainWindow *mainwindow = (MainWindow *)ctx;
emit mainwindow->mpv_events();
}
MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent) :
QMainWindow(parent)
{
setWindowTitle("Qt embedding demo");
setMinimumSize(640, 480);
QMenu *menu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&File"));
QAction *on_open = new QAction(tr("&Open"), this);
on_open->setShortcuts(QKeySequence::Open);
on_open->setStatusTip(tr("Open a file"));
connect(on_open, &QAction::triggered, this, &MainWindow::on_file_open);
menu->addAction(on_open);
QAction *on_new = new QAction(tr("&New window"), this);
connect(on_new, &QAction::triggered, this, &MainWindow::on_new_window);
menu->addAction(on_new);
statusBar();
QMainWindow *log_window = new QMainWindow(this);
log = new QTextEdit(log_window);
log->setReadOnly(true);
log_window->setCentralWidget(log);
log_window->setWindowTitle("mpv log window");
log_window->setMinimumSize(500, 50);
log_window->show();
mpv = mpv_create();
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("can't create mpv instance");
// Create a video child window. Force Qt to create a native window, and
// pass the window ID to the mpv wid option. Works on: X11, win32, Cocoa
mpv_container = new QWidget(this);
setCentralWidget(mpv_container);
mpv_container->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors);
mpv_container->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
// If you have a HWND, use: int64_t wid = (intptr_t)hwnd;
int64_t wid = mpv_container->winId();
mpv_set_option(mpv, "wid", MPV_FORMAT_INT64, &wid);
// Enable default bindings, because we're lazy. Normally, a player using
// mpv as backend would implement its own key bindings.
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-default-bindings", "yes");
// Enable keyboard input on the X11 window. For the messy details, see
// --input-vo-keyboard on the manpage.
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-vo-keyboard", "yes");
// Let us receive property change events with MPV_EVENT_PROPERTY_CHANGE if
// this property changes.
mpv_observe_property(mpv, 0, "time-pos", MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE);
mpv_observe_property(mpv, 0, "track-list", MPV_FORMAT_NODE);
mpv_observe_property(mpv, 0, "chapter-list", MPV_FORMAT_NODE);
// Request log messages with level "info" or higher.
// They are received as MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE.
mpv_request_log_messages(mpv, "info");
// From this point on, the wakeup function will be called. The callback
// can come from any thread, so we use the QueuedConnection mechanism to
// relay the wakeup in a thread-safe way.
connect(this, &MainWindow::mpv_events, this, &MainWindow::on_mpv_events,
Qt::QueuedConnection);
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, wakeup, this);
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("mpv failed to initialize");
}
void MainWindow::handle_mpv_event(mpv_event *event)
{
switch (event->event_id) {
case MPV_EVENT_PROPERTY_CHANGE: {
mpv_event_property *prop = (mpv_event_property *)event->data;
if (strcmp(prop->name, "time-pos") == 0) {
if (prop->format == MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE) {
double time = *(double *)prop->data;
std::stringstream ss;
ss << "At: " << time;
statusBar()->showMessage(QString::fromStdString(ss.str()));
} else if (prop->format == MPV_FORMAT_NONE) {
// The property is unavailable, which probably means playback
// was stopped.
statusBar()->showMessage("");
}
} else if (strcmp(prop->name, "chapter-list") == 0 ||
strcmp(prop->name, "track-list") == 0)
{
// Dump the properties as JSON for demo purposes.
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
if (prop->format == MPV_FORMAT_NODE) {
QVariant v = mpv::qt::node_to_variant((mpv_node *)prop->data);
// Abuse JSON support for easily printing the mpv_node contents.
QJsonDocument d = QJsonDocument::fromVariant(v);
append_log("Change property " + QString(prop->name) + ":\n");
append_log(d.toJson().data());
}
#endif
}
break;
}
case MPV_EVENT_VIDEO_RECONFIG: {
// Retrieve the new video size.
int64_t w, h;
if (mpv_get_property(mpv, "dwidth", MPV_FORMAT_INT64, &w) >= 0 &&
mpv_get_property(mpv, "dheight", MPV_FORMAT_INT64, &h) >= 0 &&
w > 0 && h > 0)
{
// Note that the MPV_EVENT_VIDEO_RECONFIG event doesn't necessarily
// imply a resize, and you should check yourself if the video
// dimensions really changed.
// mpv itself will scale/letter box the video to the container size
// if the video doesn't fit.
std::stringstream ss;
ss << "Reconfig: " << w << " " << h;
statusBar()->showMessage(QString::fromStdString(ss.str()));
}
break;
}
case MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE: {
struct mpv_event_log_message *msg = (struct mpv_event_log_message *)event->data;
std::stringstream ss;
ss << "[" << msg->prefix << "] " << msg->level << ": " << msg->text;
append_log(QString::fromStdString(ss.str()));
break;
}
case MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN: {
mpv_terminate_destroy(mpv);
mpv = NULL;
break;
}
default: ;
// Ignore uninteresting or unknown events.
}
}
// This slot is invoked by wakeup() (through the mpv_events signal).
void MainWindow::on_mpv_events()
{
// Process all events, until the event queue is empty.
while (mpv) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE)
break;
handle_mpv_event(event);
}
}
void MainWindow::on_file_open()
{
QString filename = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(this, "Open file");
if (mpv) {
const QByteArray c_filename = filename.toUtf8();
const char *args[] = {"loadfile", c_filename.data(), NULL};
mpv_command_async(mpv, 0, args);
}
}
void MainWindow::on_new_window()
{
(new MainWindow())->show();
}
void MainWindow::append_log(const QString &text)
{
QTextCursor cursor = log->textCursor();
cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::End);
cursor.insertText(text);
log->setTextCursor(cursor);
}
MainWindow::~MainWindow()
{
if (mpv)
mpv_terminate_destroy(mpv);
}
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
QApplication a(argc, argv);
// Qt sets the locale in the QApplication constructor, but libmpv requires
// the LC_NUMERIC category to be set to "C", so change it back.
std::setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
MainWindow w;
w.show();
return a.exec();
}
+37
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
#ifndef QTEXAMPLE_H
#define QTEXAMPLE_H
#include <QMainWindow>
#include <mpv/client.h>
class QTextEdit;
class MainWindow : public QMainWindow
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit MainWindow(QWidget *parent = 0);
~MainWindow();
private slots:
void on_file_open();
void on_new_window();
void on_mpv_events();
signals:
void mpv_events();
private:
QWidget *mpv_container;
mpv_handle *mpv;
QTextEdit *log;
void append_log(const QString &text);
void create_player();
void handle_mpv_event(mpv_event *event);
};
#endif // QTEXAMPLE_H
+13
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
QT += core gui
greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += widgets
TARGET = qtexample
TEMPLATE = app
QT_CONFIG -= no-pkg-config
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
SOURCES += qtexample.cpp
HEADERS += qtexample.h
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
#include <QApplication>
#include "mainwindow.h"
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
QApplication a(argc, argv);
// Qt sets the locale in the QApplication constructor, but libmpv requires
// the LC_NUMERIC category to be set to "C", so change it back.
setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
MainWindow w;
w.show();
return a.exec();
}
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
#include "mainwindow.h"
#include "mpvwidget.h"
#include <QPushButton>
#include <QSlider>
#include <QLayout>
#include <QFileDialog>
MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent) : QWidget(parent)
{
m_mpv = new MpvWidget(this);
m_slider = new QSlider();
m_slider->setOrientation(Qt::Horizontal);
m_openBtn = new QPushButton("Open");
m_playBtn = new QPushButton("Pause");
QHBoxLayout *hb = new QHBoxLayout();
hb->addWidget(m_openBtn);
hb->addWidget(m_playBtn);
QVBoxLayout *vl = new QVBoxLayout();
vl->addWidget(m_mpv);
vl->addWidget(m_slider);
vl->addLayout(hb);
setLayout(vl);
connect(m_slider, SIGNAL(sliderMoved(int)), SLOT(seek(int)));
connect(m_openBtn, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(openMedia()));
connect(m_playBtn, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(pauseResume()));
connect(m_mpv, SIGNAL(positionChanged(int)), m_slider, SLOT(setValue(int)));
connect(m_mpv, SIGNAL(durationChanged(int)), this, SLOT(setSliderRange(int)));
}
void MainWindow::openMedia()
{
QString file = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(0, "Open a video");
if (file.isEmpty())
return;
m_mpv->command(QStringList() << "loadfile" << file);
}
void MainWindow::seek(int pos)
{
m_mpv->command(QVariantList() << "seek" << pos << "absolute");
}
void MainWindow::pauseResume()
{
const bool paused = m_mpv->getProperty("pause").toBool();
m_mpv->setProperty("pause", !paused);
}
void MainWindow::setSliderRange(int duration)
{
m_slider->setRange(0, duration);
}
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
#ifndef MainWindow_H
#define MainWindow_H
#include <QtWidgets/QWidget>
class MpvWidget;
class QSlider;
class QPushButton;
class MainWindow : public QWidget
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit MainWindow(QWidget *parent = 0);
public Q_SLOTS:
void openMedia();
void seek(int pos);
void pauseResume();
private Q_SLOTS:
void setSliderRange(int duration);
private:
MpvWidget *m_mpv;
QSlider *m_slider;
QPushButton *m_openBtn;
QPushButton *m_playBtn;
};
#endif // MainWindow_H
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
#include "mpvwidget.h"
#include <stdexcept>
#include <QtGui/QOpenGLContext>
#include <QtCore/QMetaObject>
static void wakeup(void *ctx)
{
QMetaObject::invokeMethod((MpvWidget*)ctx, "on_mpv_events", Qt::QueuedConnection);
}
static void *get_proc_address(void *ctx, const char *name) {
Q_UNUSED(ctx);
QOpenGLContext *glctx = QOpenGLContext::currentContext();
if (!glctx)
return NULL;
return (void *)glctx->getProcAddress(QByteArray(name));
}
MpvWidget::MpvWidget(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f)
: QOpenGLWidget(parent, f)
{
mpv = mpv::qt::Handle::FromRawHandle(mpv_create());
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("could not create mpv context");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "terminal", "yes");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "msg-level", "all=v");
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize mpv context");
// Make use of the MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB API.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb");
// Request hw decoding, just for testing.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "hwdec", "auto");
mpv_gl = (mpv_opengl_cb_context *)mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpv_gl)
throw std::runtime_error("OpenGL not compiled in");
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, MpvWidget::on_update, (void *)this);
connect(this, SIGNAL(frameSwapped()), SLOT(swapped()));
mpv_observe_property(mpv, 0, "duration", MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE);
mpv_observe_property(mpv, 0, "time-pos", MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE);
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, wakeup, this);
}
MpvWidget::~MpvWidget()
{
makeCurrent();
if (mpv_gl)
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, NULL, NULL);
// Until this call is done, we need to make sure the player remains
// alive. This is done implicitly with the mpv::qt::Handle instance
// in this class.
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(mpv_gl);
}
void MpvWidget::command(const QVariant& params)
{
mpv::qt::command_variant(mpv, params);
}
void MpvWidget::setProperty(const QString& name, const QVariant& value)
{
mpv::qt::set_property_variant(mpv, name, value);
}
QVariant MpvWidget::getProperty(const QString &name) const
{
return mpv::qt::get_property_variant(mpv, name);
}
void MpvWidget::initializeGL()
{
int r = mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpv_gl, NULL, get_proc_address, NULL);
if (r < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize OpenGL");
}
void MpvWidget::paintGL()
{
mpv_opengl_cb_draw(mpv_gl, defaultFramebufferObject(), width(), -height());
}
void MpvWidget::swapped()
{
mpv_opengl_cb_report_flip(mpv_gl, 0);
}
void MpvWidget::on_mpv_events()
{
// Process all events, until the event queue is empty.
while (mpv) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE) {
break;
}
handle_mpv_event(event);
}
}
void MpvWidget::handle_mpv_event(mpv_event *event)
{
switch (event->event_id) {
case MPV_EVENT_PROPERTY_CHANGE: {
mpv_event_property *prop = (mpv_event_property *)event->data;
if (strcmp(prop->name, "time-pos") == 0) {
if (prop->format == MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE) {
double time = *(double *)prop->data;
Q_EMIT positionChanged(time);
}
} else if (strcmp(prop->name, "duration") == 0) {
if (prop->format == MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE) {
double time = *(double *)prop->data;
Q_EMIT durationChanged(time);
}
}
break;
}
default: ;
// Ignore uninteresting or unknown events.
}
}
void MpvWidget::on_update(void *ctx)
{
QMetaObject::invokeMethod((MpvWidget*)ctx, "update");
}
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
#ifndef PLAYERWINDOW_H
#define PLAYERWINDOW_H
#include <QtWidgets/QOpenGLWidget>
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
#include <mpv/qthelper.hpp>
class MpvWidget Q_DECL_FINAL: public QOpenGLWidget
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
MpvWidget(QWidget *parent = 0, Qt::WindowFlags f = 0);
~MpvWidget();
void command(const QVariant& params);
void setProperty(const QString& name, const QVariant& value);
QVariant getProperty(const QString& name) const;
QSize sizeHint() const { return QSize(480, 270);}
Q_SIGNALS:
void durationChanged(int value);
void positionChanged(int value);
protected:
void initializeGL() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
void paintGL() Q_DECL_OVERRIDE;
private Q_SLOTS:
void swapped();
void on_mpv_events();
private:
void handle_mpv_event(mpv_event *event);
static void on_update(void *ctx);
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
};
#endif // PLAYERWINDOW_H
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
CONFIG -= app_bundle
QT += widgets
QT_CONFIG -= no-pkg-config
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
HEADERS = \
mpvwidget.h \
mainwindow.h
SOURCES = main.cpp \
mpvwidget.cpp \
mainwindow.cpp
+158
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
// Build with: gcc -o main main.c `pkg-config --libs --cflags mpv sdl2`
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <SDL.h>
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
static Uint32 wakeup_on_mpv_redraw, wakeup_on_mpv_events;
static void die(const char *msg)
{
fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", msg);
exit(1);
}
static void *get_proc_address_mpv(void *fn_ctx, const char *name)
{
return SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(name);
}
static void on_mpv_events(void *ctx)
{
SDL_Event event = {.type = wakeup_on_mpv_events};
SDL_PushEvent(&event);
}
static void on_mpv_redraw(void *ctx)
{
SDL_Event event = {.type = wakeup_on_mpv_redraw};
SDL_PushEvent(&event);
}
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
if (argc != 2)
die("pass a single media file as argument");
mpv_handle *mpv = mpv_create();
if (!mpv)
die("context init failed");
// Some minor options can only be set before mpv_initialize().
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
die("mpv init failed");
if (SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO) < 0)
die("SDL init failed");
SDL_Window *window =
SDL_CreateWindow("hi", SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED,
1000, 500, SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL | SDL_WINDOW_SHOWN |
SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE);
if (!window)
die("failed to create SDL window");
// The OpenGL API is somewhat separate from the normal mpv API. This only
// returns NULL if no OpenGL support is compiled.
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl = mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpv_gl)
die("failed to create mpv GL API handle");
SDL_GLContext glcontext = SDL_GL_CreateContext(window);
if (!glcontext)
die("failed to create SDL GL context");
// This makes mpv use the currently set GL context. It will use the callback
// to resolve GL builtin functions, as well as extensions.
if (mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpv_gl, NULL, get_proc_address_mpv, NULL) < 0)
die("failed to initialize mpv GL context");
// Actually using the opengl_cb state has to be explicitly requested.
// Otherwise, mpv will create a separate platform window.
if (mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb") < 0)
die("failed to set VO");
// We use events for thread-safe notification of the SDL main loop.
// Generally, the wakeup callbacks (set further below) should do as least
// work as possible, and merely wake up another thread to do actual work.
// On SDL, waking up the mainloop is the ideal course of action. SDL's
// SDL_PushEvent() is thread-safe, so we use that.
wakeup_on_mpv_redraw = SDL_RegisterEvents(1);
wakeup_on_mpv_events = SDL_RegisterEvents(1);
if (wakeup_on_mpv_redraw == (Uint32)-1 || wakeup_on_mpv_events == (Uint32)-1)
die("could not register events");
// When normal mpv events are available.
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, on_mpv_events, NULL);
// When a new frame should be drawn with mpv_opengl_cb_draw().
// (Separate from the normal event handling mechanism for the sake of
// users which run OpenGL on a different thread.)
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, on_mpv_redraw, NULL);
// Play this file. Note that this starts playback asynchronously.
const char *cmd[] = {"loadfile", argv[1], NULL};
mpv_command(mpv, cmd);
while (1) {
SDL_Event event;
if (SDL_WaitEvent(&event) != 1)
die("event loop error");
int redraw = 0;
switch (event.type) {
case SDL_QUIT:
goto done;
case SDL_WINDOWEVENT:
if (event.window.event == SDL_WINDOWEVENT_EXPOSED)
redraw = 1;
break;
case SDL_KEYDOWN:
if (event.key.keysym.sym == SDLK_SPACE)
mpv_command_string(mpv, "cycle pause");
break;
default:
// Happens when a new video frame should be rendered, or if the
// current frame has to be redrawn e.g. due to OSD changes.
if (event.type == wakeup_on_mpv_redraw)
redraw = 1;
// Happens when at least 1 new event is in the mpv event queue.
if (event.type == wakeup_on_mpv_events) {
// Handle all remaining mpv events.
while (1) {
mpv_event *mp_event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (mp_event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE)
break;
printf("event: %s\n", mpv_event_name(mp_event->event_id));
}
}
}
if (redraw) {
int w, h;
SDL_GetWindowSize(window, &w, &h);
// Note:
// - The 0 is the FBO to use; 0 is the default framebuffer (i.e.
// render to the window directly.
// - The negative height tells mpv to flip the coordinate system.
// - If you do not want the video to cover the whole screen, or want
// to apply any form of fancy transformation, you will have to
// render to a FBO.
// - See opengl_cb.h on what OpenGL environment mpv expects, and
// other API details.
mpv_opengl_cb_draw(mpv_gl, 0, w, -h);
SDL_GL_SwapWindow(window);
}
}
done:
// Destroy the GL renderer and all of the GL objects it allocated. If video
// is still running, the video track will be deselected.
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(mpv_gl);
mpv_terminate_destroy(mpv);
return 0;
}
+54
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
// Build with: gcc -o simple simple.c `pkg-config --libs --cflags mpv`
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <mpv/client.h>
static inline void check_error(int status)
{
if (status < 0) {
printf("mpv API error: %s\n", mpv_error_string(status));
exit(1);
}
}
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
if (argc != 2) {
printf("pass a single media file as argument\n");
return 1;
}
mpv_handle *ctx = mpv_create();
if (!ctx) {
printf("failed creating context\n");
return 1;
}
// Enable default key bindings, so the user can actually interact with
// the player (and e.g. close the window).
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(ctx, "input-default-bindings", "yes"));
mpv_set_option_string(ctx, "input-vo-keyboard", "yes");
int val = 1;
check_error(mpv_set_option(ctx, "osc", MPV_FORMAT_FLAG, &val));
// Done setting up options.
check_error(mpv_initialize(ctx));
// Play this file.
const char *cmd[] = {"loadfile", argv[1], NULL};
check_error(mpv_command(ctx, cmd));
// Let it play, and wait until the user quits.
while (1) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(ctx, 10000);
printf("event: %s\n", mpv_event_name(event->event_id));
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN)
break;
}
mpv_terminate_destroy(ctx);
return 0;
}
-177
View File
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
CLI and API compatibility policy
================================
Human users and API users rely on the mpv/libmpv/scripting/IPC interface not
breaking their use case. On the other hand, active development occasionally
requires breaking things, such as removing old options or changing options in
a way that may break.
This document lists rules when, what, and how incompatible changes can be made.
It's interesting both for mpv developers, who want to change user-visible parts,
and mpv users, who want to know what is guaranteed to remain stable.
Any of the rules below may be overridden by statements in more specific
documentation (for example, if the manpage says that a particular option may be
removed any time, it means that, and the option probably won't even go through
deprecation).
Additions
---------
Additions are basically always allowed. API users etc. are supposed to deal with
the possibility that for example new API functions are added. Some parts of the
API may document how they are extended.
Options, commands, properties, events, hooks (command interface)
----------------------------------------------------------------
All of these are important for interfacing both with end users and API users
(which include Lua scripts, libmpv, and the JSON IPC). As such, they constitute
a large part of the user interface and APIs.
All incompatible changes to this must be declared in interface-changes.rst.
(This may also list compatible additions, but it's not a requirement.)
Degrees of importance and compatibility preservation
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Critical and central parts of the command interface have the strictest
requirements. It may not be reasonable to break them, and other means to achieve
some change have to be found. For example, the "seek" command is a bit of a
mess, but since changing it would likely affect almost every user, it may be
impossible to break at least the commonly used syntax. If changed anyway, there
should be a deprecation period of at least 1 year, during which the command
still works, and possibly a warning should remain even after this.
Important/often used parts must be deprecated for at least 2 releases before
they can be broken. There must be at least 1 release where the deprecated
functionality still works, and a replacement is available (if technically
reasonable). For example, a feature deprecated in mpv 0.30.0 may be removed in
mpv 0.32.0. Minor releases do not count towards this.
Less useful parts can be broken immediately, but must come with some sort of
removal warning-
Parts for debugging and testing may be removed any time, potentially even
without any sort of documentation.
Currently, the importance of a part is not documented and not even well-defined,
which is probably a mistake.
Renaming or removing options
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Typically, renaming an option can be done in a compatible way with OPT_REPLACED.
You may need to check whether the corresponding properties still work (including
messy details like observing properties for changes).
OPT_REMOVED can be used to inform the user of alternatives or reasons for the
removal, which is better than an option not found error. Likewise,
m_option.deprecation_message should be set to something helpful.
Both OPT_REPLACED and OPT_REMOVED can remain in the code for a long time, since
they're unintrusive and hopefully make incompatible changes less painful for
users.
Scripting APIs
--------------
This affects internal scripting APIs (currently Lua and JavaScript).
Vaguely the same rules as with the command interface apply. Since there is a
large number of scripts, an effort should be made to provide compatibility
for old scripts, but it does not need to be stronger than that of the command
interface.
Undocumented parts of the scripting APIs are _not_ guaranteed for compatibility.
This applies especially for internals. Languages like Lua do not have strict
access control (nor does the mpv code try to emulate any), so if a script
accesses private parts, and breaks on the next mpv release, it's not mpv's
problem.
JSON IPC
--------
The JSON IPC is a thin protocol wrapping the libmpv API and the command
interface. Compatibility-wise, it's about the same as the scripting APIs.
The JSON protocol commands should remain as compatible as possible, and it
should probably accept the current way commands are delimited (line breaks)
forever.
The protocol may accept non-standard JSON extensions, but only standard JSON
(possibly with restrictions) is guaranteed for compatibility. Clients which want
to remain compatible should not use any extensions.
CLI
---
Things such as default key bindings do not necessarily require compatibility.
However, the release notes should be extremely clear on changes to "important"
key bindings. Bindings which restore the old behavior should be added to
restore-old-bindings.conf.
Some option parsing is CLI-only and not available from libmpv or scripting. No
compatibility guarantees come with them. However, the rules which mpv uses to
distinguish between options and filenames must remain consistent (if the
non-deprecated options syntax is used).
Terminal and log output
-----------------------
There are no compatibility guarantees for the terminal output, or the text
logged via ``MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE`` and similar APIs. In particular, scripts
invoking mpv CLI are extremely discouraged from trying to parse text output,
and should use other mechanisms such as the JSON IPC.
Protocols, filters, demuxers, etc.
----------------------------------
Which of these are present is generally not guaranteed, and can even depend
on compile time settings.
The filter list and their sub-options are considered part of the
command-interface.
libmpv C API
------------
The libmpv client API (such as ``<libmpv/client.h>``) mostly gives access to
the command interface. The API itself (if looked at as a component separate
from the command interface) is intended to be extremely stable.
All API changes are documented in client-api-changes.rst.
API compatibility
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The API is *always* compatible. Incompatible changes are only allowed on major
API version changes (see ``MPV_CLIENT_API_VERSION``). A major version change is
an extremely rare event, which means usually no API symbols are ever removed.
Essentially removing API functions by making them always return an error, or
making it do nothing is allowed in cases where it is unlikely to break most
clients, but requires a deprecation period of 2 releases. (This has happened to
``mpv_suspend()`` for example.)
API symbols can be deprecated. This should be clearly marked in the doxygen
with ``@deprecated``, and if possible, the affected API symbols should not be
visible if the API user defines ``MPV_ENABLE_DEPRECATED`` to 0.
ABI compatibility
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
The ABI must never be broken, except on major API version changes. For example,
constants don't change their values.
Structs are tricky. If a struct can be allocated by a user (such as ``mpv_node``),
no fields can be added. (Unless it's an union, and the addition does not change
the offset or alignment of any of the fields or the struct itself. This has
happened to ``mpv_node`` in the past.) If a struct is allocated by libmpv only,
new fields can be appended to the end (for example ``mpv_event``).
The ABI is only backward compatible. This means if a host application is linked
to an older libmpv, and libmpv is updated to a newer version, it will still
work (as in not causing any undefined behavior).
Forward compatibility (an application would work with an older libmpv than it
was linked to) is not required.
+37 -75
View File
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ When cross-compiling, you have to run mpv's configure with these arguments:
DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=i686-w64-mingw32 ./waf configure
```
[MXE](https://mxe.cc) makes it very easy to bootstrap a complete MingGW-w64
[MXE](http://mxe.cc) makes it very easy to bootstrap a complete MingGW-w64
environment from a Linux machine. See a working example below.
Alternatively, you can try [mingw-w64-cmake](https://github.com/lachs0r/mingw-w64-cmake),
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Example with MXE
#
# Refer to
#
# https://mxe.cc/#requirements
# http://mxe.cc/#requirements
#
# Scroll down for disto/OS-specific instructions to install them.
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ echo "MXE_TARGETS := i686-w64-mingw32.static" >> settings.mk
# Build required packages. The following provide a minimum required to build
# a reasonable mpv binary (though not an absolute minimum).
make gcc ffmpeg libass jpeg lua luajit
make gcc ffmpeg libass jpeg lua
# Add MXE binaries to $PATH
export PATH=/opt/mxe/usr/bin/:$PATH
@@ -101,27 +101,25 @@ Installing MSYS2
1. Download an installer from https://msys2.github.io/
Both the i686 and the x86_64 version of MSYS2 can build 32-bit and 64-bit
mpv binaries when running on a 64-bit version of Windows, but the x86_64
version is preferred since the larger address space makes it less prone to
fork() errors.
It doesn't matter whether the i686 or the x86_64 version is used. Both can
build 32-bit and 64-bit binaries when running on a 64-bit version of Windows.
2. Start a MinGW-w64 shell (``mingw64.exe``). **Note:** This is different from
the MSYS2 shell that is started from the final installation dialog. You must
close that shell and open a new one.
2. Add ``C:\msys64\mingw64\bin`` to your ``%PATH%``. mpv will depend on several
DLLs in this folder.
For a 32-bit build, use ``mingw32.exe``.
3. Start a MinGW-w64 shell (``mingw64_shell.bat``). For a 32-bit build, use
``mingw32_shell.bat``.
Updating MSYS2
--------------
To prevent errors during post-install, the MSYS2 core runtime must be updated
separately.
To prevent errors during post-install, ``msys2-runtime`` and ``pacman`` must be
updated first.
```bash
# Check for core updates. If instructed, close the shell window and reopen it
# before continuing.
pacman -Syu
# Check for updates to msys2-runtime and pacman. If there were updates, restart
# MSYS2 before continuing.
pacman -Sy --needed msys2-runtime pacman
# Update everything else
pacman -Su
@@ -132,82 +130,46 @@ Installing mpv dependencies
```bash
# Install MSYS2 build dependencies and a MinGW-w64 compiler
pacman -S git python $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-{pkg-config,gcc}
pacman -S git pkg-config python3 mingw-w64-x86_64-gcc
# Install the most important MinGW-w64 dependencies. libass and lcms2 are also
# pulled in as dependencies of ffmpeg.
pacman -S $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-{ffmpeg,libjpeg-turbo,lua51}
# Install the most important MinGW-w64 dependencies. libass, libbluray and
# lcms2 are also pulled in as dependencies of ffmpeg.
pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-ffmpeg mingw-w64-x86_64-libjpeg-turbo mingw-w64-x86_64-lua51
# Install additional (optional) dependencies
pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-libdvdnav mingw-w64-x86_64-libguess
```
For a 32-bit build, install ``mingw-w64-i686-*`` packages instead.
Building mpv
------------
Clone the latest mpv from git and install waf. **Note:** ``/usr/bin/python3``
is invoked directly here, since an MSYS2 version of Python is required.
Clone the latest mpv from git and install waf:
```bash
git clone https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv.git && cd mpv
/usr/bin/python3 bootstrap.py
./bootstrap.py
```
Finally, compile and install mpv. Binaries will be installed to
``/mingw64/bin`` or ``/mingw32/bin``.
``/mingw64/bin``.
```bash
/usr/bin/python3 waf configure CC=gcc.exe --check-c-compiler=gcc --prefix=$MSYSTEM_PREFIX
/usr/bin/python3 waf install
# For a 32-bit build, use --prefix=/mingw32 instead
./waf configure CC=gcc --prefix=/mingw64
./waf install
```
Or, compile and install both libmpv and mpv:
```bash
/usr/bin/python3 waf configure CC=gcc.exe --check-c-compiler=gcc --enable-libmpv-shared --prefix=$MSYSTEM_PREFIX
/usr/bin/python3 waf install
./waf configure CC=gcc --enable-libmpv-shared --prefix=/mingw64
./waf install
# waf installs libmpv to the wrong directory, so fix it up
mv -f /mingw64/bin/pkgconfig/mpv.pc /mingw64/lib/pkgconfig/
mv -f /mingw64/bin/libmpv.dll.a /mingw64/lib/
sed -i 's_/mingw64/bin_/mingw64/lib_' /mingw64/lib/pkgconfig/mpv.pc
rmdir /mingw64/bin/pkgconfig
```
Linking libmpv with MSVC programs
---------------------------------
mpv/libmpv cannot be built with Visual Studio (Microsoft is too incompetent to
support C99/C11 properly and/or hates open source and Linux too much to
seriously do it). But you can build C++ programs in Visual Studio and link them
with a libmpv built with MinGW.
To do this, you need a Visual Studio which supports ``stdint.h`` (recent ones do),
and you need to create a import library for the mpv DLL:
```bash
lib /def:mpv.def /name:mpv-1.dll /out:mpv.lib /MACHINE:X64
```
The string in the ``/name:`` parameter must match the filename of the DLL (this
is simply the filename the MSVC linker will use). The ``mpv.def`` can be
retrieved from the mpv build directory, or can be produced by MingGW's
gendef.exe helper from the mpv DLL.
Static linking is not possible.
Running mpv
-----------
If you want to run mpv from the MinGW-w64 shell, you will find the experience
much more pleasant if you use the ``winpty`` utility
```bash
pacman -S winpty
winpty mpv.com ToS-4k-1920.mov
```
If you want to move / copy ``mpv.exe`` and ``mpv.com`` to somewhere other than
``/mingw64/bin/`` for use outside the MinGW-w64 shell, they will still depend on
DLLs in that folder. The simplest solution is to add ``C:\msys64\mingw64\bin``
to the windows system ``%PATH%``. Beware though that this can cause problems or
confusion in Cygwin if that is also installed on the machine.
Use of the ANGLE OpenGL backend requires a copy of the D3D compiler DLL that
matches the version of the D3D SDK that ANGLE was built with
(``d3dcompiler_43.dll`` in case of MinGW-built ANGLE) in the path or in the
same folder as mpv. It must be of the same architecture (x86_64 / i686) as the
mpv you compiled. You can find copies here:
https://mpv.srsfckn.biz/d3dcompiler.7z
+36 -159
View File
@@ -5,61 +5,27 @@ General
-------
The main contact for mpv development is IRC, specifically #mpv
and #mpv-devel on Libera.chat. Github is used for code review and
long term discussions.
and #mpv-devel on Freenode.
Sending patches
---------------
- Make a github pull request, or send a link to a plaintext patch created with
``git format-patch``.
- Plain diffs posted as pastebins are not acceptable! (Especially if the http
link returns HTML.) They only cause extra work for everyone, because they lack
commit message and authorship information.
- Never send patches to any of the developers email addresses.
- If your changes are not supposed to be merged immediately, mark them as
"[RFC]" in the commit message or the pull request title.
- Be sure to test your changes. If you didn't, please say so in the commit
message and the pull request text.
Copyright of contributions
--------------------------
- The copyright belongs to contributors. The project is a collaborative work. By
sending your changes, you agree to license your contributions according to the
requirements of this project.
``git format-patch``. diffs posted as pastebins (especially if the http link
returns HTML) just cause extra work for everyone, because they lack commit
message and authorship information.
- All new code must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed, or come with the implicit agreement
that it will be relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ later (see ``Copyright`` in the
repository root directory).
- 100% compatible licenses are allowed too.
- Changes in files with more liberal licenses (such as BSD, MIT, or ISC) are
assumed to be dual-licensed under LGPLv2.1+ and the license indicated in the
file header.
- You must be either the exclusive author of the patch, or acknowledge all
authors involved in the commit message. If you take 3rd party code, authorship
and copyright must be properly acknowledged. If you're making changes on
behalf of your employer, and the employer owns the copyright, you must mention
this. If the license of the code is not LGPLv2.1+, you must mention this.
- These license statements are legally binding.
- Don't use fake names (something that looks like an actual name, and may be
someone else's name, but is not your legal name). Using a pseudonyms is
allowed if it can be used to identify or contact you, even if whatever
account you used to submit the patch dies.
- Do not add your name to the license header. This convention is not used by
this project, and neither copyright law nor any of the used licenses require
it.
Write good commit messages
--------------------------
- When creating pull requests, be sure to test your changes. If you didn't,
please say so in the pull request message.
- Write informative commit messages. Use present tense to describe the
situation with the patch applied, and past tense for the situation before
the change.
- The subject line (the first line in a commit message) must contain a
- The subject line (the first line in a commit message) should contain a
prefix identifying the sub system, followed by a short description what
impact this commit has. This subject line and the commit message body
must not be longer than 72 characters per line, because it messes up the
output of many git tools otherwise.
impact this commit has. This subject line shouldn't be longer than 72
characters, because it messes up the output of many git tools otherwise.
For example, you fixed a crash in af_volume.c:
@@ -68,16 +34,7 @@ Write good commit messages
Having a prefix gives context, and is especially useful when trying to find
a specific change by looking at the history, or when running ``git blame``.
Sample prefixes: ``vo_gpu: ...``, ``command: ...``, ``DOCS/input: ...``,
``TOOLS/osxbundle: ...``, ``osc.lua: ...``, etc. You can always check the git
log for commits which modify specific files to see which prefixes are used.
- The first word after the ``:`` is lower case.
- Don't end the subject line with a ``.``.
- Put an empty line between the subject line and the commit message.
If this is missing, it will break display in common git tools.
- The body of the commit message (everything else after the subject line) must
- The body of the commit message (everything else after the subject line) should
be as informative as possible and contain everything that isn't obvious. Don't
hesitate to dump as much information as you can - it doesn't cost you
anything. Put some effort into it. If someone finds a bug months or years
@@ -86,56 +43,22 @@ Write good commit messages
information to test the original bug. The old bug might be reintroduced while
fixing the new bug.
The commit message must be wrapped on 72 characters per line, because git
The commit message should be wrapped on 72 characters per line, because git
tools usually do not break text automatically. On the other hand, you do not
need to break text that would be unnatural to break (like data for test cases,
or long URLs).
- Another summary of good conventions: https://chris.beams.io/posts/git-commit/
Split changes into multiple commits
-----------------------------------
- Follow git good practices, and split independent changes into several commits.
It's usually OK to put them into a single pull request.
Important: put an empty line between the subject line and the commit message.
If this is missing, it will break display in common git tools.
- Try to separate cosmetic and functional changes. It's ok to make a few
additional cosmetic changes in the same file you're working on. But don't do
something like reformatting a whole file, and hiding an actual functional
change in the same commit.
- Splitting changes does _not_ mean that you should make them as fine-grained
as possible. Commits should form logical steps in development. The way you
split changes is important for code review and analyzing bugs.
Always squash fixup commits when making changes to pull requests
----------------------------------------------------------------
- If you make fixup commits to your pull request, you should generally squash
them with "git rebase -i". We prefer to have pull requests in a merge
ready state.
- We don't squash-merge (nor do we use github's feature that does this) because
pull requests with multiple commits are perfectly legitimate, and the only
thing that makes sense in non-trivial cases.
- With complex pull requests, it *may* make sense to keep them separate, but
they should be clearly marked as such. Reviewing commits is generally easier
with fixups squashed.
- Reviewers are encouraged to look at individual commits instead of github's
"changes from all commits" view (which just encourages bad git and review
practices).
Touching user-visible parts may require updating the mpv docs
-------------------------------------------------------------
- Most user-visible things are normally documented in DOCS/man/. If your commit
touches documented behavior, list of sub-options, etc., you need to adjust the
documentation.
- These changes usually go into the same commit that changes the code.
- Changes to command line options (addition/modification/removal) must be
documented in options.rst.
- Changes to input properties or input commands must be documented in input.rst.
- All incompatible changes to the user interface (options, properties, commands)
must be documented with a small note in interface-changes.rst. (Additions may
be documented there as well, but this isn't required.)
- Changes to the libmpv API must be reflected in the libmpv's headers doxygen,
and in client-api-changes.rst.
- If you add a new command line option, document it in options.rst. If you
add a new input property, document it in input.rst. Changes to the user
interface (options, properties, commands) should be documented in
interface-changes.rst. Changes to libmpv should be documented in
client-api-changes.rst.
Code formatting
---------------
@@ -145,7 +68,7 @@ mpv uses C99 with K&R formatting, with some exceptions.
- Use the K&R indent style.
- Use 4 spaces of indentation, never use tabs (except in Makefiles).
- Add a single space between keywords and binary operators. There are some other
cases where spaces must be added. Example:
cases where spaces should be added. Example:
```C
if ((a * b) > c) {
@@ -178,16 +101,18 @@ mpv uses C99 with K&R formatting, with some exceptions.
do_something();
}
```
- If the if has an else branch, both branches must use braces, even if they're
technically redundant.
- If the body of an if statement uses braces, the else branch should also
use braces (and reverse).
Example:
```C
if (a) {
one_line();
// do something
something();
something_else();
} else {
one_other_line();
one_line();
}
```
- If an if condition spans multiple physical lines, then put the opening brace
@@ -205,76 +130,28 @@ mpv uses C99 with K&R formatting, with some exceptions.
...
}
```
(If the if body is simple enough, this rule can be skipped.)
- Remove any trailing whitespace.
- Do not make stray whitespaces changes.
Header #include statement order
-------------------------------
The order of ``#include`` statements in the source code is not very consistent.
New code must follow the following conventions:
- Put standard includes (``#include <stdlib.h>`` etc.) on the top,
- then after a blank line, add library includes (``#include <zlib.h>`` etc.)
- then after a blank line, add internal includes (``#include "player/core.h"``)
- sort them alphabetically within these sections
- If the file you're editing uses formatting different from from what is
described here, it's probably an old file from times when nobody followed a
consistent style. You're free to use the existing style, or the new style, or
to send a patch to reformat the file to the new style before making functional
changes.
General coding
--------------
- Use C99. Also freely make use of C99 features if it's appropriate, such as
stdbool.h. (Except VLA and complex number types.)
- Don't use non-standard language (such as GNU C-only features). In some cases
they may be warranted, if they are optional (such as attributes enabling
printf-like format string checks). "#pragma once" is allowed as an exception.
But in general, standard C99 must be used.
stdbool.h.
- Don't use GNU-only features. In some cases they may be warranted, if they
are optional (such as attributes enabling printf-like format string checks).
But in general, standard C99 should be used.
- The same applies to libc functions. We have to be Windows-compatible too. Use
functions guaranteed by C99 or POSIX only, unless your use is guarded by a
configure check. There is some restricted use of C11 (ask on IRC for details).
configure check.
- Prefer fusing declaration and initialization, rather than putting declarations
on the top of a block. Obvious data flow is more important than avoiding
mixing declarations and statements, which is just a C90 artifact.
- tech-overview.txt might help to get an overview how mpv is structured.
- If you add features that require intrusive changes, discuss them on the dev
channel first. There might be a better way to add a feature and it can avoid
wasted work.
Code of Conduct
---------------
Please note that this project is released with a Contributor Code of Conduct.
By participating in this project you agree to abide by its terms.
The Contributor Code of Conduct can be found here:
https://www.contributor-covenant.org/version/2/0/code_of_conduct/
Rules for git push access
-------------------------
Push access to the main git repository is handed out on an arbitrary basis. If
you got access, the following rules must be followed:
- You are expected to follow the general development rules as outlined in this
whole document.
- You must be present on the IRC dev channel when you push something.
- Anyone can push small fixes: typo corrections, small/obvious/uncontroversial
bug fixes, edits to the user documentation or code comments, and so on.
- You can freely make changes to parts of the code which you maintain. For
larger changes, it's recommended to let others review the changes first.
- You automatically maintain code if you wrote or modified most of it before
(e.g. you made larger changes to it before, did partial or full rewrites, did
major bug fixes, or you're the original author of the code). If there is more
than one maintainer, you may need to come to an agreement with the others how
to handle this to avoid conflict.
- If you make a pull requests (especially if it's to code you maintain), and you
want reviews, explicitly ping the people from which you expect reviews.
- As a maintainer, you can approve pull requests by others to "your" code.
- If you approve or merge 3rd party changes, make sure they follow the general
development rules.
- Changes to user interface and public API must always be approved by the
project leader.
- Seasoned project members are allowed to revert commits that broke the build,
or broke basic functionality in a catastrophic way, and the developer who
broke it is unavailable. (Depending on severity.)
- Adhere to the CoC.
- The project leader is not bound by these rules.
+4 -280
View File
@@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ The rest of the lines belong to one of these classes:
1) An empty or commented line. A comment starts with ``#``, which must be the
first character in the line. The rest of the line (up until the next line
break) is ignored. An empty line has 0 bytes between two line feed bytes.
2) A header entry if the line starts with ``!``.
3) A segment entry in all other cases.
2) A segment entry in all other cases.
Each segment entry consists of a list of named or unnamed parameters.
Parameters are separated with ``,``. Named parameters consist of a name,
@@ -64,8 +63,8 @@ Syntax::
segment_entry ::= <param> ( <param> ',' )*
param ::= [ <name> '=' ] ( <value> | '%' <number> '%' <valuebytes> )
The ``name`` string can consist of any characters, except ``=%,;\n!``. The
``value`` string can consist of any characters except of ``,;\n!``.
The ``name`` string can consist of any characters, except ``=%,;\n``. The
``value`` string can consist of any characters except of ``,;\n``.
The construct starting with ``%`` allows defining any value with arbitrary
contents inline, where ``number`` is an integer giving the number of bytes in
@@ -95,232 +94,6 @@ to ``20``, ``param3`` to ``value,escaped``, ``param4`` to ``value2``.
Instead of line breaks, the character ``;`` can be used. Line feed bytes and
``;`` are treated equally.
Header entries start with ``!`` as first character after a line break. Header
entries affect all other file entries in the EDL file. Their format is highly
implementation specific. They should generally follow the file header, and come
before any file entries.
Disabling chapter generation and copying
========================================
By default, chapters from the source ranges are copied to the virtual file's
chapters. Also, a chapter is inserted after each range. This can be disabled
with the ``no_chapters`` header.
Example::
!no_chapters
MP4 DASH
========
This is a header that helps implementing DASH, although it only provides a low
level mechanism.
If this header is set, the given url designates an mp4 init fragment. It's
downloaded, and every URL in the EDL is prefixed with the init fragment on the
byte stream level. This is mostly for use by mpv's internal ytdl support. The
ytdl script will call youtube-dl, which in turn actually processes DASH
manifests. It may work only for this very specific purpose and fail to be
useful in other scenarios. It can be removed or changed in incompatible ways
at any times.
Example::
!mp4_dash,init=url
The ``url`` is encoded as parameter value as defined in the general EDL syntax.
It's expected to point to an "initialization fragment", which will be prefixed
to every entry in the EDL on the byte stream level.
The current implementation will
- ignore stream start times
- use durations as hint for seeking only
- not adjust source timestamps
- open and close segments (i.e. fragments) as needed
- not add segment boundaries as chapter points
- require full compatibility between all segments (same codec etc.)
Another header part of this mechanism is ``no_clip``. This header is similar
to ``mp4_dash``, but does not include on-demand opening/closing of segments,
and does not support init segments. It also exists solely to support internal
ytdl requirements. Using ``no_clip`` with segments is not recommended and
probably breaks. ``mp4_dash`` already implicitly does a variant of ``no_clip``.
The ``mp4_dash`` and ``no_clip`` headers are not part of the core EDL format.
They may be changed or removed at any time, depending on mpv's internal
requirements.
Separate files for tracks
=========================
The special ``new_stream`` header lets you specify separate parts and time
offsets for separate tracks. This can for example be used to source audio and
video track from separate files.
Example::
# mpv EDL v0
video.mkv
!new_stream
audio.mkv
This adds all tracks from both files to the virtual track list. Upon playback,
the tracks will be played at the same time, instead of appending them. The files
can contain more than 1 stream; the apparent effect is the same as if the second
part after the ``!new_stream`` part were in a separate ``.edl`` file and added
with ``--external-file``.
Note that all metadata between the stream sets created by ``new_stream`` is
disjoint. Global metadata is taken from the first part only.
In context of mpv, this is redundant to the ``--audio-file`` and
``--external-file`` options, but (as of this writing) has the advantage that
this will use a unified cache for all streams.
The ``new_stream`` header is not part of the core EDL format. It may be changed
or removed at any time, depending on mpv's internal requirements.
If the first ``!new_stream`` is redundant, it is ignored. This is the same
example as above::
# mpv EDL v0
!new_stream
video.mkv
!new_stream
audio.mkv
Note that ``!new_stream`` must be the first header. Whether the parser accepts
(i.e. ignores) or rejects other headers before that is implementation specific.
Track metadata
==============
The special ``track_meta`` header can set some specific metadata fields of the
current ``!new_stream`` partition. The tags are applied to all tracks within
the partition. It is not possible to set the metadata for individual tracks (the
feature was needed only for single-track media).
It provides following parameters change track metadata:
``lang``
Set the language tag.
``title``
Set the title tag.
``byterate``
Number of bytes per second this stream uses. (Purely informational.)
``index``
The numeric index of the track this should map to (default: -1). This is
the 0-based index of the virtual stream as seen by the player, enumerating
all audio/video/subtitle streams. If nothing matches, this is silently
discarded. The special index -1 (the default) has two meanings: if there
was a previous meta data entry (either ``!track_meta`` or ``!delay_open``
element since the last ``!new_stream``), then this element manipulates
the previous meta data entry. If there was no previous entry, a new meta
data entry that matches all streams is created.
Example::
# mpv EDL v0
!track_meta,lang=bla,title=blabla
file.mkv
!new_stream
!track_meta,title=ducks
sub.srt
If ``file.mkv`` has an audio and a video stream, both will use ``blabla`` as
title. The subtitle stream will use ``ducks`` as title.
The ``track_meta`` header is not part of the core EDL format. It may be changed
or removed at any time, depending on mpv's internal requirements.
Global metadata
===============
The special ``global_tags`` header can set metadata fields (aka tags) of the EDL
file. This metadata is supposed to be informational, much like for example ID3
tags in audio files. Due to lack of separation of different kinds of metadata it
is unspecified what names are allowed, how they are interpreted, and whether
some of them affect playback functionally. (Much of this is unfortunately
inherited from FFmpeg. Another consequence of this is that FFmpeg "normalized"
tags are recognized, or stuff like replaygain tags.)
Example::
!global_tags,title=bla,something_arbitrary=even_more_arbitrary
Any parameter names are allowed. Repeated use of this adds to the tag list. If
``!new_stream`` is used, the location doesn't matter.
May possibly be ignored in some cases, such as delayed media opening.
Delayed media opening
=====================
The special ``delay_open`` header can be used to open the media URL of the
stream only when the track is selected for the first time. This is supposed to
be an optimization to speed up opening of a remote stream if there are many
tracks for whatever reasons.
This has various tricky restrictions, and also will defer failure to open a
stream to "later". By design, it's supposed to be used for single-track streams.
Using multiple segments requires you to specify all offsets and durations (also
it was never tested whether it works at all). Interaction with ``mp4_dash`` may
be strange.
You can describe multiple sub-tracks by using multiple ``delay_open`` headers
before the same source URL. (If there are multiple sub-tracks of the same media
type, then the mapping to the real stream is probably rather arbitrary.) If the
source contains tracks not described, a warning is logged when the delayed
opening happens, and the track is hidden.
This has the following parameters:
``media_type``
Required. Must be set to ``video``, ``audio``, or ``sub``. (Other tracks in
the opened URL are ignored.)
``codec``
The mpv codec name that is expected. Although mpv tries to initialize a
decoder with it currently (and will fail track selection if it does not
initialize successfully), it is not used for decoding - decoding still uses
the information retrieved from opening the actual media information, and may
be a different codec (you should try to avoid this, of course). Defaults to
``null``.
Above also applies for similar fields such as ``w``. These fields are
mostly to help with user track pre-selection.
``flags``
A ``+`` separated list of boolean flags. Currently defined flags:
``default``
Set the default track flag.
``forced``
Set the forced track flag.
Other values are ignored after triggering a warning.
``w``, ``h``
For video codecs: expected video size. See ``codec`` for details.
``fps``
For video codecs: expected video framerate, as integer. (The rate is usually
only crudely reported, and it makes no sense to expect exact values.)
``samplerate``
For audio codecs: expected sample rate, as integer.
The ``delay_open`` header is not part of the core EDL format. It may be changed
or removed at any time, depending on mpv's internal requirements.
Timestamp format
================
@@ -328,8 +101,7 @@ Currently, time values are floating point values in seconds.
As an extension, you can set the ``timestamps=chapters`` option. If this option
is set, timestamps have to be integers, and refer to chapter numbers, starting
with 0. The default value for this parameter is ``seconds``, which means the
time is as described in the previous paragraph.
with 0.
Example::
@@ -338,54 +110,6 @@ Example::
Plays chapter 3 and ends with the start of chapter 7 (4 chapters later).
Implicit chapters
=================
mpv will add one chapter per segment entry to the virtual timeline.
By default, the chapter's titles will match the entries' filenames.
You can override set the ``title`` option to override the chapter title for
that segment.
Example::
# mpv EDL v0
cap.ts,5,240
OP.mkv,0,90,title=Show Opening
The virtual timeline will have two chapters, one called "cap.ts" from 0-240s
and a second one called "Show Opening" from 240-330s.
Entry which defines the track layout
====================================
Normally, you're supposed to put only files with compatible layouts into an EDL
file. However, at least the mpv implementation accepts entries that use
different codecs, or even have a different number of audio/video/subtitle
tracks. In this case, it's not obvious, which virtual tracks the EDL show should
expose when being played.
Currently, mpv will apply an arbitrary heuristic which tracks the EDL file
should expose. (Before mpv 0.30.0, it always used the first source file in the
segment list.)
You can set the ``layout`` option to ``this`` to make a specific entry define
the track layout.
Example::
# mpv EDL v0
file_with_2_streams.ts,5,240
file_with_5_streams.mkv,0,90,layout=this
The way the different virtual EDL tracks are associated with the per-segment
ones is highly implementation-defined, and uses a heuristic. If a segment is
missing a track, there will be a "hole", and bad behavior may result. Improving
this is subject to further development (due to being fringe cases, they don't
have a high priority).
If future versions of mpv change this again, this option may be ignored.
Syntax of EDL URIs
==================
+47 -54
View File
@@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ General usage
::
mpv infile --o=outfile [--of=outfileformat] [--ofopts=formatoptions] [--orawts] \
mpv infile -o outfile [-of outfileformat] [-ofopts formatoptions] \
[-ofps outfps | -oautofps] [-oharddup] [-ocopyts | -orawts] [-oneverdrop] \
[(any other mpv options)] \
--ovc=outvideocodec [--ovcopts=outvideocodecoptions] \
--oac=outaudiocodec [--oacopts=outaudiocodecoptions]
-ovc outvideocodec [-ovcopts outvideocodecoptions] \
-oac outaudiocodec [-oacopts outaudiocodecoptions]
Help for these options is provided if giving help as parameter, as in::
mpv --ovc=help
mpv -ovc help
The suboptions of these generally are identical to ffmpeg's (as option parsing
is simply delegated to ffmpeg). The option --ocopyts enables copying timestamps
is simply delegated to ffmpeg). The option -ocopyts enables copying timestamps
from the source as-is, instead of fixing them to match audio playback time
(note: this doesn't work with all output container formats); --orawts even turns
(note: this doesn't work with all output container formats); -orawts even turns
off discontinuity fixing.
Note that if neither --ofps nor --oautofps is specified, VFR encoding is assumed
and the time base is 24000fps. --oautofps sets --ofps to a guessed fps number
Note that if neither -ofps nor -oautofps is specified, VFR encoding is assumed
and the time base is 24000fps. -oautofps sets -ofps to a guessed fps number
from the input video. Note that not all codecs and not all formats support VFR
encoding, and some which do have bugs when a target bitrate is specified - use
--ofps or --oautofps to force CFR encoding in these cases.
-ofps or -oautofps to force CFR encoding in these cases.
Of course, the options can be stored in a profile, like this .config/mpv/mpv.conf
section::
@@ -30,13 +31,9 @@ section::
[myencprofile]
vf-add = scale=480:-2
ovc = libx264
ovcopts-add = preset=medium
ovcopts-add = tune=fastdecode
ovcopts-add = preset=medium,tune=fastdecode
ovcopts-add = crf=23
ovcopts-add = maxrate=1500k
ovcopts-add = bufsize=1000k
ovcopts-add = rc_init_occupancy=900k
ovcopts-add = refs=2
ovcopts-add = maxrate=1500k,bufsize=1000k,rc_init_occupancy=900k,refs=2
ovcopts-add = profile=baseline
oac = aac
oacopts-add = b=96k
@@ -48,7 +45,7 @@ to encoding. This is not the case anymore.)
One can then encode using this profile using the command::
mpv infile --o=outfile.mp4 --profile=myencprofile
mpv infile -o outfile.mp4 -profile myencprofile
Some example profiles are provided in a file
etc/encoding-profiles.conf; as for this, see below.
@@ -62,33 +59,33 @@ for.
Typical MPEG-4 Part 2 ("ASP", "DivX") encoding, AVI container::
mpv infile --o=outfile.avi \
--vf=fps=25 \
--ovc=mpeg4 --ovcopts=qscale=4 \
--oac=libmp3lame --oacopts=b=128k
mpv infile -o outfile.avi \
-ofps 25 \
-ovc mpeg4 -ovcopts qscale=4 \
-oac libmp3lame -oacopts ab=128k
Note: AVI does not support variable frame rate, so the fps filter must be used.
The frame rate should ideally match the input (25 for PAL, 24000/1001 or
30000/1001 for NTSC)
Note: AVI does not support variable frame rate, so -ofps must be used. The
frame rate should ideally match the input (25 for PAL, 24000/1001 or 30000/1001
for NTSC)
Typical MPEG-4 Part 10 ("AVC", "H.264") encoding, Matroska (MKV) container::
mpv infile --o=outfile.mkv \
--ovc=libx264 --ovcopts=preset=medium,crf=23,profile=baseline \
--oac=libopus --oacopts=qscale=3
mpv infile -o outfile.mkv \
-ovc libx264 -ovcopts preset=medium,crf=23,profile=baseline \
-oac libvorbis -oacopts qscale=3
Typical MPEG-4 Part 10 ("AVC", "H.264") encoding, MPEG-4 (MP4) container::
mpv infile --o=outfile.mp4 \
--ovc=libx264 --ovcopts=preset=medium,crf=23,profile=baseline \
--oac=aac --oacopts=b=128k
mpv infile -o outfile.mp4 \
-ovc libx264 -ovcopts preset=medium,crf=23,profile=baseline \
-oac aac -oacopts ab=128k
Typical VP8 encoding, WebM (restricted Matroska) container::
mpv infile -o outfile.mkv \
--of=webm \
--ovc=libvpx --ovcopts=qmin=6,b=1000000k \
--oac=libopus --oacopts=qscale=3
-of webm \
-ovc libvpx -ovcopts qmin=6,b=1000000k \
-oac libvorbis -oacopts qscale=3
Device targets
@@ -98,31 +95,27 @@ As the options for various devices can get complex, profiles can be used.
An example profile file for encoding is provided in
etc/encoding-profiles.conf in the source tree. This file is installed and loaded
by default. If you want to modify it, you can replace and it with your own copy
by doing::
by default (if libavfilter is enabled at compilation). If you want to modify
it, you can replace and it with your own copy by doing::
mkdir -p ~/.mpv
cp /etc/mpv/encoding-profiles.conf ~/.mpv/encoding-profiles.conf
Keep in mind that the default profile is the playback one. If you want to add
options that apply only in encoding mode, put them into a ``[encoding]``
section.
Refer to the top of that file for more comments - in a nutshell, the following
options are added by it::
--profile=enc-to-dvdpal # DVD-Video PAL, use dvdauthor -v pal+4:3 -a ac3+en
--profile=enc-to-dvdntsc # DVD-Video NTSC, use dvdauthor -v ntsc+4:3 -a ac3+en
--profile=enc-to-bb-9000 # MP4 for Blackberry Bold 9000
--profile=enc-to-nok-6300 # 3GP for Nokia 6300
--profile=enc-to-psp # MP4 for PlayStation Portable
--profile=enc-to-iphone # MP4 for iPhone
--profile=enc-to-iphone-4 # MP4 for iPhone 4 (double res)
--profile=enc-to-iphone-5 # MP4 for iPhone 5 (even larger res)
-profile enc-to-dvdpal DVD-Video PAL, use dvdauthor -v pal+4:3 -a ac3+en
-profile enc-to-dvdntsc DVD-Video NTSC, use dvdauthor -v ntsc+4:3 -a ac3+en
-profile enc-to-bb-9000 MP4 for Blackberry Bold 9000
-profile enc-to-nok-6300 3GP for Nokia 6300
-profile enc-to-psp MP4 for PlayStation Portable
-profile enc-to-iphone MP4 for iPhone
-profile enc-to-iphone-4 MP4 for iPhone 4 (double res)
-profile enc-to-iphone-5 MP4 for iPhone 5 (even larger res)
You can encode using these with a command line like::
mpv infile --o=outfile.mp4 --profile=enc-to-bb-9000
mpv infile -o outfile.mp4 -profile enc-to-bb-9000
Of course, you are free to override options set by these profiles by specifying
them after the -profile option.
@@ -132,20 +125,20 @@ What works
==========
* Encoding at variable frame rate (default)
* Encoding at constant frame rate using --vf=fps=RATE
* 2-pass encoding (specify flags=+pass1 in the first pass's --ovcopts, specify
* Encoding at constant frame rate using -ofps framerate -oharddup
* 2-pass encoding (specify flags=+pass1 in the first pass's -ovcopts, specify
flags=+pass2 in the second pass)
* Hardcoding subtitles using vobsub, ass or srt subtitle rendering (just
configure mpv for the subtitles as usual)
* Hardcoding any other mpv OSD (e.g. time codes, using --osdlevel=3 and
--vf=expand=::::1)
* Hardcoding any other mpv OSD (e.g. time codes, using -osdlevel 3 and -vf
expand=::::1)
* Encoding directly from a DVD, network stream, webcam, or any other source
mpv supports
* Using x264 presets/tunings/profiles (by using profile=, tune=, preset= in the
--ovcopts)
-ovcopts)
* Deinterlacing/Inverse Telecine with any of mpv's filters for that
* Audio file converting: mpv --o=outfile.m4a infile.flac --no-video
--oac=aac --oacopts=b=320k
* Audio file converting: mpv -o outfile.mp3 infile.flac -no-video -oac
libmp3lame -oacopts ab=320k
What does not work yet
======================
+1 -694
View File
@@ -7,711 +7,18 @@ mpv provides access to its internals via the following means:
- commands
- properties
- events
- hooks
The sum of these mechanisms is sometimes called command interface.
All of these are important for interfacing both with end users and API users
(which include Lua scripts, libmpv, and the JSON IPC). As such, they constitute
a large part of the user interface and APIs.
Also see compatibility.rst.
This document lists changes to them. New changes are added to the top. Usually,
only incompatible or important changes are mentioned. New options/commands/etc.
are not always listed.
This document lists changes to them. New changes are added to the top.
Interface changes
=================
::
--- mpv 0.35.0 ---
- add the `--vo=gpu-next` video output driver, as well as the options
`--allow-delayed-peak-detect`, `--builtin-scalers`,
`--interpolation-preserve` `--lut`, `--lut-type`, `--image-lut`,
`--image-lut-type` and `--target-lut` along with it.
- add `--target-colorspace-hint`
- add `--tone-mapping-crosstalk`
- add `--tone-mapping` options `auto`, `spline` and `bt.2446a`
- add `--inverse-tone-mapping`
- add `--gamut-mapping-mode`, replacing `--gamut-clipping` and `--gamut-warning`
- add `--tone-mapping-mode`, replacing `--tone-mapping-desaturate` and
`--tone-mapping-desaturate-exponent`.
- add `dolbyvision` sub-parameter to `format` video filter
- `--sub-visibility` no longer has any effect on secondary subtitles
- add `film-grain` sub-parameter to `format` video filter
- add experimental `--vo=dmabuf-wayland` video output driver
- add `--x11-present` for controlling whether to use xorg's present extension
- add `engine` option to the `rubberband` audio filter to support the new
engine introduced in rubberband 3.0.0. Defaults to `finer` (new engine).
- add `--wayland-configure-bounds` option
- deprecate `--gamma-factor`
- deprecate `--gamma-auto`
- remove `--vulkan-disable-events`
- add `--glsl-shader-opts`
--- mpv 0.34.0 ---
- deprecate selecting by card number with `--drm-connector`, add
`--drm-device` which can be used instead
- add `--screen-name` and `--fs-screen-name` flags to allow selecting the
screen by its name instead of the index
- add `--macos-geometry-calculation` to change the rectangle used for screen
position and size calculation. the old behavior used the whole screen,
which didn't take the menu bar and Dock into account. The new default
behaviour includes both. To revert to the old behavior set this to
`whole`.
- add an additional optional `albumart` argument to the `video-add` command,
which tells mpv to load the given video as album art.
- undeprecate `--cache-secs` option
- remove `--icc-contrast` and introduce `--icc-force-contrast`. The latter
defaults to the equivalent of the old `--icc-contrast=inf`, and can
instead be used to specifically set the contrast to any value.
- add a `--watch-later-options` option to allow configuring which
options quit-watch-later saves
- make `current-window-scale` writeable and use it in the default input.conf
- add `--input-builtin-bindings` flag to control loading of built-in key
bindings during start-up (default: yes).
- add ``track-list/N/image`` sub-property
- remove `--opengl-restrict` option
- js custom-init: use filename ~~/init.js instead of ~~/.init.js (dot)
--- mpv 0.33.0 ---
- add `--d3d11-exclusive-fs` flag to enable D3D11 exclusive fullscreen mode
when the player enters fullscreen.
- directories in ~/.mpv/scripts/ (or equivalent) now have special semantics
(see mpv Lua scripting docs)
- names starting with "." in ~/.mpv/scripts/ (or equivalent) are now ignored
- js modules: ~~/scripts/modules.js/ is no longer used, global paths can be
set with custom init (see docs), dir-scripts first look at <dir>/modules/
- the OSX bundle now logs to "~/Library/Logs/mpv.log" by default
- deprecate the --cache-secs option (once removed, the cache cannot be
limited by time anymore)
- remove deprecated legacy hook API ("hook-add", "hook-ack"). Use either the
libmpv API (mpv_hook_add(), mpv_hook_continue()), or the Lua scripting
wrappers (mp.add_hook()).
- improve how property change notifications are delivered on events and on
hooks. In particular, a hook event is only returned to a client after all
changes initiated before the hook point were delivered to the same client.
In addition, it should no longer happen that events and property change
notifications were interleaved in bad ways (it could happen that a
property notification delivered after an event contained a value that was
valid only before the event happened).
- the playlist-pos and playlist-pos-1 properties now can return and accept
-1, and are never unavailable. Out of range indexes are now accepted, but
behave like writing -1.
- the playlist-pos and playlist-pos-1 properties deprecate the current
behavior when writing back the current value to the property: currently,
this restarts playback, but in the future, it will do nothing.
Using the "playlist-play-index" command is recommended instead.
- add "playlist-play-index" command
- add playlist-current-pos, playlist-playing-pos properties
- Lua end-file events set the "error" field; this is deprecated; use the
"file_error" instead for this specific event. Scripts relying on the
"error" field for end-file will silently break at some point in the
future.
- remove deprecated --input-file option, add --input-ipc-client, which is
vaguely a replacement of the removed option, but not the same
- change another detail for track selection options (see --aid manpage
entry)
- reading loop-file property as native property or mpv_node will now return
"inf" instead of boolean true (also affects loop option)
- remove some --vo-direct3d-... options (it got dumbed down; use --vo=gpu)
- remove video-params/plane-depth property (was too vaguely defined)
- remove --video-sync-adrop-size option (implementation was changed, no
replacement for what this option did)
- undeprecate --video-sync=display-adrop
- deprecate legacy auto profiles (profiles starting with "extension." and
"protocol."). Use conditional auto profiles instead.
- the "subprocess" command does not connect spawned processes' stdin to
mpv's stdin anymore. Instead, stdin is connected to /dev/null by default.
To get the old behavior, set the "passthrough_stdin" argument to true.
- key/value list options do not accept ":" as item separator anymore,
only ",". This means ":" is always considered part of the value.
- remove deprecated --vo-vdpau-deint option
- add `delete-watch-later-config` command to complement
`write-watch-later-config`
--- mpv 0.32.0 ---
- change behavior when using legacy option syntax with options that start
with two dashes (``--`` instead of a ``-``). Now, using the recommended
syntax is required for options starting with ``--``, which means an option
value must be strictly passed after a ``=``, instead of as separate
argument. For example, ``--log-file f.txt`` was previously accepted and
behaved like ``--log-file=f.txt``, but now causes an error. Use of legacy
syntax that is still supported now prints a deprecation warning.
--- mpv 0.31.0 ---
- add `--resume-playback-check-mtime` to check consistent mtime when
restoring playback state.
- add `--d3d11-output-csp` to enable explicit selection of a D3D11
swap chain color space.
- the --sws- options and similar now affect vo_image and screenshot
conversion (does not matter as much for vo_gpu, which does most of this
with shaders)
- add a builtin "sw-fast" profile, which restores performance settings
for software video conversion. These were switched to higher quality since
mpv 0.30.0 (related to the previous changelog entry). This affects video
outputs like vo_x11 and vo_drm, and screenshots, but not much else.
- deprecate --input-file (there are no plans to remove this short-term,
but it will probably eventually go away <- that was a lie)
- deprecate --video-sync=display-adrop (might be removed if it's in the way;
undeprecated or readded if it's not too much of a problem)
- deprecate all input section commands (these will be changed/removed, as
soon as mpv internals do not require them anymore)
- remove deprecated --playlist-pos alias (use --playlist-start)
- deprecate --display-fps, introduce --override-display-fps. The display-fps
property now is unavailable if no VO exists (or the VO did not return a
display FPS), instead of returning the option value in this case. The
property will keep existing, but writing to it is deprecated.
- the vf/af properties now do not reject the set value anymore, even if
filter chain initialization fails. Instead, the vf/af options are always
set to the user's value, even if it does not reflect the "runtime" vf/af
chain.
- the vid/aid/sid/secondary-sid properties (and their aliases: "audio",
"video", "sub") will now allow setting any track ID; before this change,
only IDs of actually existing tracks could be set (the restriction was
active the MPV_EVENT_FILE_LOADED/"file-loaded" event was sent). Setting
an ID for which no track exists is equivalent to disabling it. Note that
setting the properties to non-existing tracks may report it as selected
track for a small time window, until it's forced back to "no". The exact
details how this is handled may change in the future.
- remove old Apple Remote support, including --input-appleremote
- add MediaPlayer support and remove the old Media Key event tap on macOS.
this possibly also re-adds the Apple Remote support
- the "edition" property now strictly returns the value of the option,
instead of the runtime value. The new "current-edition" property needs to
be queried to read the runtime-chosen edition. This is a breaking change
for any users which expected "edition" to return the runtime-chosen
edition at default settings (--edition=auto).
- the "window-scale" property now strictly returns the value of the option,
instead of the actual size of the window. The new "current-window-scale"
property needs to be queried to read the value as indicated by the current
window size. This is a breaking change.
- explicitly deprecate passing more than 1 item to "-add" suffix in key/value
options (for example --script-opts-add). This was actually always
deprecated, like with other list options, but the option parser did not
print a warning in this particular case.
- deprecate -del for list options (use -remove instead, which is by content
instead of by integer index)
- if `--fs` is used but `--fs-screen` is not set, mpv will now use `--screen`
instead.
- change the default of --hwdec to "no" on RPI. The default used to be "mmal"
specifically if 'Raspberry Pi support' was enabled at configure time
(equivalent to --enable-rpi). Use --hwdec=mmal to get the old behavior.
--- mpv 0.30.0 ---
- add `--d3d11-output-format` to enable explicit selection of a D3D11
swap chain format.
- rewrite DVB channel switching to use an integer value
`--dvbin-channel-switch-offset` for switching instead of the old
stream controls which are now gone. Cycling this property up or down will
change the offset to the channel which was initially tuned to.
Example for `input.conf`: `H cycle dvbin-channel-switch-offset up`,
`K cycle dvbin-channel-switch-offset down`.
- adapt `stream_dvb` to support writing to `dvbin-prog` at runtime
and also to consistently use dvbin-configuration over URI parameters
when provided
- add `--d3d11-adapter` to enable explicit selection of a D3D11 rendering
adapter by name.
- rename `--drm-osd-plane-id` to `--drm-draw-plane`, `--drm-video-plane-id` to
`--drm-drmprime-video-plane` and `--drm-osd-size` to `--drm-draw-surface-size`
to better reflect what the options actually control, that the values they
accept aren't actually internal DRM ID's (like with similar options in
ffmpeg's KMS support), and that the video plane is only used when the drmprime
overlay hwdec interop is active, with the video being drawn to the draw plane
otherwise.
- in addition to the above, the `--drm-draw-plane` and `--drm-drmprime-video-plane`
options now accept either an integer index, or the values primary or overlay.
`--drm-draw-plane` now defaults to primary and `--drm-drmprime-video-plane`
defaults to overlay. This should be similar to previous behavior on most drivers
due to how planes are usually sorted.
- rename --opensles-frames-per-buffer to --opensles-frames-per-enqueue to
better reflect its purpose. In the past it overrides the buffer size the AO
requests (but not the default/value of the generic --audio-buffer option).
Now it only guarantees that the soft buffer size will not be smaller than
itself while setting the size per Enqueue.
- add --opensles-buffer-size-in-ms, allowing user to tune the soft buffer size.
It overrides the --audio-buffer option unless it's set to 0 (with the default
being 250).
- remove `--linear-scaling`, replaced by `--linear-upscaling` and
`--linear-downscaling`. This means that `--sigmoid-upscaling` no longer
implies linear light downscaling as well, which was confusing.
- the built-in `gpu-hq` profile now includes` --linear-downscaling`.
- support for `--spirv-compiler=nvidia` has been removed, leaving `shaderc`
as the only option. The `--spirv-compiler` option itself has been marked
as deprecated, and may be removed in the future.
- split up `--tone-mapping-desaturate`` into strength + exponent, instead of
only using a single value (which previously just controlled the exponent).
The strength now linearly blends between the linear and nonlinear tone
mapped versions of a color.
- add --hdr-peak-decay-rate and --hdr-scene-threshold-low/high
- add --tone-mapping-max-boost
- ipc: require that "request_id" fields are integers. Other types are still
accepted for compatibility, but this will stop in the future. Also, if no
request_id is provided, 0 will be assumed.
- mpv_command_node() and mp.command_native() now support named arguments
(see manpage). If you want to use them, use a new version of the manpage
as reference, which lists the definitive names.
- edition and disc title switching will now fully reload playback (may have
consequences for scripts, client API, or when using file-local options)
- with the removal of the stream cache, the following properties and options were
dropped: `cache`, `cache-size`, `cache-free`, `cache-used`, `--cache-default`,
`--cache-initial`, `--cache-seek-min`, `--cache-backbuffer`, `--cache-file`,
`--cache-file-size`
- the --cache option does not take a number value anymore
- remove async playback abort hack. This may make it impossible to abort
playback if --demuxer-thread=no is forced.
- remove `--macos-title-bar-style`, replaced by `--macos-title-bar-material`
and `--macos-title-bar-appearance`.
- The default for `--vulkan-async-compute` has changed to `yes` from `no`
with the move to libplacebo as the back-end for vulkan rendering.
- Remove "disc-titles", "disc-title", "disc-title-list", and "angle"
properties. dvd:// does not support title ranges anymore.
- Remove all "tv-..." options and properties, along with the classic Linux
analog TV support.
- remove "program" property (no replacement)
- always prefer EGL over GLX, which helps with AMD/vaapi, but will break
vdpau with --vo=gpu - use --gpu-context=x11 to be able to use vdpau. This
does not affect --vo=vdpau or --hwdec=vdpau-copy.
- remove deprecated --chapter option
- deprecate --record-file
- add `--demuxer-cue-codepage`
- add ``track-list/N/demux-bitrate``, ``track-list/N/demux-rotation`` and
``track-list/N/demux-par`` property
- Deprecate ``--video-aspect`` and add ``--video-aspect-override`` to
replace it. (The `video-aspect` option remains unchanged.)
--- mpv 0.29.0 ---
- drop --opensles-sample-rate, as --audio-samplerate should be used if desired
- drop deprecated --videotoolbox-format, --ff-aid, --ff-vid, --ff-sid,
--ad-spdif-dtshd, --softvol options
- fix --external-files: strictly never select any tracks from them, unless
explicitly selected (this may or may not be expected)
- --ytdl is now always enabled, even for libmpv
- add a number of --audio-resample-* options, which should from now on be
used instead of --af-defaults=lavrresample:...
- deprecate --vf-defaults and --af-defaults. These didn't work with the
lavfi bridge, so they have very little use left. The only potential use
is with af_lavrresample (going to be deprecated, --audio-resample-... set
its defaults), and various hw deinterlacing filters (like vf_vavpp), for
which you will have to stop using --deinterlace=yes, and instead use the
vf toggle commands and the filter enable/disable flag to customize it.
- deprecate --af=lavrresample. Use the ``--audio-resample-...`` options to
customize resampling, or the libavfilter ``--af=aresample`` filter.
- add --osd-on-seek
- remove outfmt sub-parameter from "format" video filter (no replacement)
- some behavior changes in the video filter chain, including:
- before, using an incompatible filter with hwdec would disable hwdec;
now it disables the filter at runtime instead
- inserting an incompatible filter with hwdec at runtime would refuse
to insert the filter; now it will add it successfully, but disables
the filter slightly later
- some behavior changes in the audio filter chain, including:
- a manually inserted lavrresample filter is not necessarily used for
sample format conversion anymore, so it's pretty useless
- changing playback speed will not respect --af-defaults anymore
- having libavfilter based filters after the scaletempo or rubberband
filters is not supported anymore, and may desync if playback speed is
changed (libavfilter does not support the metadata for playback speed)
- the lavcac3enc filter does not auto detach itself anymore; instead it
passes through the data after converting it to the sample rate and
channel configuration the ac3 encoder expects; also, if the audio
format changes midstream in a way that causes the filter to switch
between PCM and AC3 output, the audio output won't be reconfigured,
and audio playback will fail due to libswresample being unable to
convert between PCM and AC3 (Note: the responsible developer didn't
give a shit. Later changes might have improved or worsened this.)
- inserting a filter that changes the output sample format will not
reconfigure the AO - you need to run an additional "ao-reload"
command to force this if you want that
- using "strong" gapless audio (--gapless-audio=yes) can fail if the
audio formats are not convertible (such as switching between PCM and
AC3 passthrough)
- if filters do not pass through PTS values correctly, A/V sync can
result over time. Some libavfilter filters are known to be affected by
this, such as af_loudnorm, which can desync over time, depending on
how the audio track was muxed (af_lavfi's fix-pts suboption can help).
- remove out-format sub-parameter from "format" audio filter (no replacement)
- --lavfi-complex now requires uniquely named filter pads. In addition,
unconnected filter pads are not allowed anymore (that means every filter
pad must be connected either to another filter, or to a video/audio track
or video/audio output). If they are disconnected at runtime, the stream
will probably stall.
- rename --vo=opengl-cb to --vo=libmpv (goes in hand with the opengl-cb
API deprecation, see client-api-changes.rst)
- deprecate the OpenGL cocoa backend, option choice --gpu-context=cocoa
when used with --gpu-api=opengl (use --vo=libmpv)
- make --deinterlace=yes always deinterlace, instead of trying to check
certain unreliable video metadata. Also flip the defaults of all builtin
HW deinterlace filters to always deinterlace.
- change vf_vavpp default to use the best deinterlace algorithm by default
- remove a compatibility hack that allowed CLI aliases to be set as property
(such as "sub-file"), deprecated in mpv 0.26.0
- deprecate the old command based hook API, and introduce a proper C API
(the high level Lua API for this does not change)
- rename the the lua-settings/ config directory to script-opts/
- the way the player waits for scripts getting loaded changes slightly. Now
scripts are loaded in parallel, and block the player from continuing
playback only in the player initialization phase. It could change again in
the future. (This kind of waiting was always a feature to prevent that
playback is started while scripts are only half-loaded.)
- deprecate --ovoffset, --oaoffset, --ovfirst, --oafirst
- remove the following encoding options: --ocopyts (now the default, old
timestamp handling is gone), --oneverdrop (now default), --oharddup (you
need to use --vf=fps=VALUE), --ofps, --oautofps, --omaxfps
- remove --video-stereo-mode. This option was broken out of laziness, and
nobody wants to fix it. Automatic 3D down-conversion to 2D is also broken,
although you can just insert the stereo3d filter manually. The obscurity
of 3D content doesn't justify such an option anyway.
- change cycle-values command to use the current value, instead of an
internal counter that remembered the current position.
- remove deprecated ao/vo auto profiles. Consider using scripts like
auto-profiles.lua instead.
- --[c]scale-[w]param[1|2] and --tone-mapping-param now accept "default",
and if set to that value, reading them as property will also return
"default", instead of float nan as in previous versions
--- mpv 0.28.0 ---
- rename --hwdec=mediacodec option to mediacodec-copy, to reflect
conventions followed by other hardware video decoding APIs
- drop previously deprecated --heartbeat-cmd and --heartbeat--interval
options
- rename --vo=opengl to --vo=gpu
- rename --opengl-backend to --gpu-context
- rename --opengl-shaders to --glsl-shaders
- rename --opengl-shader-cache-dir to --gpu-shader-cache-dir
- rename --opengl-tex-pad-x/y to --gpu-tex-pad-x/y
- rename --opengl-fbo-format to --fbo-format
- rename --opengl-gamma to --gamma-factor
- rename --opengl-debug to --gpu-debug
- rename --opengl-sw to --gpu-sw
- rename --opengl-vsync-fences to --swapchain-depth, and the interpretation
slightly changed. Now defaults to 3.
- rename the built-in profile `opengl-hq` to `gpu-hq`
- the semantics of --opengl-es=yes are slightly changed -> now requires GLES
- remove the (deprecated) alias --gpu-context=drm-egl
- remove the (deprecated) --vo=opengl-hq
- remove --opengl-es=force2 (use --opengl-es=yes --opengl-restrict=300)
- the --msg-level option now affects --log-file
- drop "audio-out-detected-device" property - this was unavailable on all
audio output drivers for quite a while (coreaudio used to provide it)
- deprecate --videotoolbox-format (use --hwdec-image-format, which affects
most other hwaccels)
- remove deprecated --demuxer-max-packets
- remove most of the deprecated audio and video filters
- remove the deprecated --balance option/property
- rename the --opengl-hwdec-interop option to --gpu-hwdec-interop, and
change some of its semantics: extend it take the strings "auto" and
"all". "all" loads all backends. "auto" behaves like "all" for
vo_opengl_cb, while on vo_gpu it loads nothing, but allows on demand
loading by the decoder. The empty string as option value behaves like
"auto". Old --hwdec values do not work anymore.
This option is hereby declared as unstable and may change any time - its
old use is deprecated, and it has very little use outside of debugging
now.
- change the --hwdec option from a choice to a plain string (affects
introspection of the option/property), also affects some properties
- rename --hwdec=rpi to --hwdec=mmal, same for the -copy variant (no
backwards compatibility)
- deprecate the --ff-aid, --ff-vid, --ff-sid options and properties (there is
no replacement, but you can manually query the track property and use the
"ff-index" field to find the mpv track ID to imitate this behavior)
- rename --no-ometadata to --no-ocopy-metadata
--- mpv 0.27.0 ---
- drop previously deprecated --field-dominance option
- drop previously deprecated "osd" command
- remove client API compatibility handling for "script", "sub-file",
"audio-file", "external-file" (these cases used to log a deprecation
warning)
- drop deprecated --video-aspect-method=hybrid option choice
- rename --hdr-tone-mapping to --tone-mapping (and generalize it)
- --opengl-fbo-format changes from a choice to a string. Also, its value
will be checked only on renderer initialization, rather than when the
option is set.
- Using opengl-cb now always assumes 8 bit per component depth, and dithers
to this size. Before, it tried to figure out the depth of the first
framebuffer that was ever passed to the renderer. Having GL framebuffers
with a size larger than 8 bit per component is quite rare. If you need
it, set the --dither-depth option instead.
- --lavfi-complex can now be set during runtime. If you set this in
expectation it would be applied only after a reload, you might observe
weird behavior.
- add --track-auto-selection to help with scripts/applications that
make exclusive use of --lavfi-complex.
- undeprecate --loop, and map it from --loop-playlist to --loop-file (the
deprecation was to make sure no API user gets broken by a sudden behavior
change)
- remove previously deprecated vf_eq
- remove that hardware deinterlace filters (vavpp, d3d11vpp, vdpaupp)
changed their deinterlacing-enabled setting depending on what the
--deinterlace option or property was set to. Now, a filter always does
what its filter options and defaults imply. The --deinterlace option and
property strictly add/remove its own filters. For example, if you run
"mpv --vf=vavpp --deinterlace=yes", this will insert another, redundant
filter, which is probably not what you want. For toggling a deinterlace
filter manually, use the "vf toggle" command, and do not set the
deinterlace option/property. To customize the filter that will be
inserted automatically, use --vf-defaults. Details how this works will
probably change in the future.
- remove deinterlace=auto (this was not deprecated, but had only a very
obscure use that stopped working with the change above. It was also
prone to be confused with a feature not implemented by it: auto did _not_
mean that deinterlacing was enabled on demand.)
- add shortened mnemonic names for mouse button bindings, eg. mbtn_left
the old numeric names (mouse_btn0) are deprecated
- remove mouse_btn3_dbl and up, since they are only generated for buttons
0-2 (these now print an error when sent from the 'mouse' command)
- rename the axis bindings to wheel_up/down/etc. axis scrolling and mouse
wheel scrolling are now conceptually the same thing
the old axis_up/down names remain as deprecated aliases
--- mpv 0.26.0 ---
- remove remaining deprecated audio device options, like --alsa-device
Some of them were removed in earlier releases.
- introduce --replaygain... options, which replace the same functionality
provided by the deprecated --af=volume:replaygain... mechanism.
- drop the internal "mp-rawvideo" codec (used by --demuxer=rawvideo)
- rename --sub-ass-style-override to --sub-ass-override, and rename the
`--sub-ass-override=signfs` setting to `--sub-ass-override=scale`.
- change default of --video-aspect-method to "bitstream". The "hybrid"
method (old default) is deprecated.
- remove property "video-params/nom-peak"
- remove option --target-brightness
- replace vf_format's `peak` suboption by `sig-peak`, which is relative to
the reference white level instead of in cd/m^2
- renamed the TRCs `st2084` and `std-b67` to `pq` and `hlg` respectively
- the "osd" command is deprecated (use "cycle osd-level")
- --field-dominance is deprecated (use --vf=setfield=bff or tff)
- --really-quiet subtle behavior change
- the deprecated handling of setting "no-" options via client API is dropped
- the following options change to append-by-default (and possibly separator):
--script
also, the following options are deprecated:
--sub-paths => --sub-file-paths
the following options are deprecated for setting via API:
"script" (use "scripts")
"sub-file" (use "sub-files")
"audio-file" (use "audio-files")
"external-file" (use "external-files")
(the compatibility hacks for this will be removed after this release)
- remove property `vo-performance`, and add `vo-passes` as a more general
replacement
- deprecate passing multiple arguments to -add/-pre options (affects the
vf/af commands too)
- remove --demuxer-lavf-cryptokey. Use --demux-lavf-o=cryptokey=<hex> or
--demux-lavf-o=decryption_key=<hex> instead (whatever fits your situation).
- rename --opengl-dumb-mode=no to --opengl-dumb-mode=auto, and make `no`
always disable it (unless forced on by hardware limitation).
- generalize --scale-clamp, --cscale-clamp etc. to accept a float between
0.0 and 1.0 instead of just being a flag. A value of 1.0 corresponds to
the old `yes`, and a value of 0.0 corresponds to the old `no`.
--- mpv 0.25.0 ---
- remove opengl-cb dxva2 dummy hwdec interop
(see git "vo_opengl: remove dxva2 dummy hwdec backend")
- remove ppm, pgm, pgmyuv, tga choices from the --screenshot-format and
--vo-image-format options
- the "jpeg" choice in the option above now leads to a ".jpg" file extension
- --af=drc is gone (you can use e.g. lavfi/acompressor instead)
- remove image_size predefined uniform from OpenGL user shaders. Use
input_size instead
- add --sub-filter-sdh
- add --sub-filter-sdh-harder
- remove --input-app-events option (macOS)
- deprecate most --vf and --af filters. Only some filters not in libavfilter
will be kept.
Also, you can use libavfilter filters directly (e.g. you can use
--vf=name=opts instead of --vf=lavfi=[name=opts]), as long as the
libavfilter filter's name doesn't clash with a mpv builtin filter.
In the long term, --vf/--af syntax might change again, but if it does, it
will switch to libavfilter's native syntax. (The above mentioned direct
support for lavfi filters still has some differences, such as how strings
are escaped.) If this happens, the non-deprecated builtin filters might be
moved to "somewhere else" syntax-wise.
- deprecate --loop - after a deprecation period, it will be undeprecated,
but changed to alias --loop-file
- add --keep-open-pause=no
- deprecate --demuxer-max-packets
- change --audio-file-auto default from "exact" to "no" (mpv won't load
files with the same filename as the video, but different extension, as
audio track anymore)
--- mpv 0.24.0 ---
- deprecate --hwdec-api and replace it with --opengl-hwdec-interop.
The new option accepts both --hwdec values, as well as named backends.
A minor difference is that --hwdec-api=no (which used to be the default)
now actually does not preload any interop layer, while the new default
("") uses the value of --hwdec.
- drop deprecated --ad/--vd features
- drop deprecated --sub-codepage syntax
- rename properties:
- "drop-frame-count" to "decoder-frame-drop-count"
- "vo-drop-frame-count" to "frame-drop-count"
The old names still work, but are deprecated.
- remove the --stream-capture option and property. No replacement.
(--record-file might serve as alternative)
- add --sub-justify
- add --sub-ass-justify
- internally there's a different way to enable the demuxer cache now
it can be auto-enabled even if the stream cache remains disabled
--- mpv 0.23.0 ---
- remove deprecated vf_vdpaurb (use "--hwdec=vdpau-copy" instead)
- the following properties now have new semantics:
- "demuxer" (use "current-demuxer")
- "fps" (use "container-fps")
- "idle" (use "idle-active")
- "cache" (use "cache-percent")
- "audio-samplerate" (use "audio-params/samplerate")
- "audio-channels" (use "audio-params/channel-count")
- "audio-format" (use "audio-codec-name")
(the properties equivalent to the old semantics are in parentheses)
- remove deprecated --vo and --ao sub-options (like --vo=opengl:...), and
replace them with global options. A somewhat complete list can be found
here: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/Option-replacement-list#mpv-0210
- remove --vo-defaults and --ao-defaults as well
- remove deprecated global sub-options (like -demuxer-rawaudio format=...),
use flat options (like --demuxer-rawaudio-format=...)
- the --sub-codepage option changes in incompatible ways:
- detector-selection and fallback syntax is deprecated
- enca/libguess are removed and deprecated (behaves as if they hadn't
been compiled-in)
- --sub-codepage=<codepage> does not force the codepage anymore
(this requires different and new syntax)
- remove --fs-black-out-screens option for macOS
- change how spdif codecs are selected. You can't enable spdif passthrough
with --ad anymore. This was deprecated; use --audio-spdif instead.
- deprecate the "family" selection with --ad/--vd
forcing/excluding codecs with "+", "-", "-" is deprecated as well
- explicitly mark --ad-spdif-dtshd as deprecated (it was done so a long time
ago, but it didn't complain when using the option)
--- mpv 0.22.0 ---
- the "audio-device-list" property now sets empty device description to the
device name as a fallback
- add --hidpi-window-scale option for macOS
- add audiounit audio output for iOS
- make --start-time work with --rebase-start-time=no
- add --opengl-early-flush=auto mode
- add --hwdec=vdpau-copy, deprecate vf_vdpaurb
- add tct video output for true-color and 256-color terminals
--- mpv 0.21.0 ---
- unlike in older versions, setting options at runtime will now take effect
immediately (see for example issue #3281). On the other hand, it will also
do runtime verification and reject option changes that do not work
(example: setting the "vf" option to a filter during playback, which fails
to initialize - the option value will remain at its old value). In general,
"set name value" should be mostly equivalent to "set options/name value"
in cases where the "name" property is not deprecated and "options/name"
exists - deviations from this are either bugs, or documented as caveats
in the "Inconsistencies between options and properties" manpage section.
- deprecate _all_ --vo and --ao suboptions. Generally, all suboptions are
replaced by global options, which do exactly the same. For example,
"--vo=opengl:scale=nearest" turns into "--scale=nearest". In some cases,
the global option is prefixed, e.g. "--vo=opengl:pbo" turns into
"--opengl-pbo".
Most of the exact replacements are documented here:
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/Option-replacement-list
- remove --vo=opengl-hq. Set --profile=opengl-hq instead. Note that this
profile does not force the VO. This means if you use the --vo option to
set another VO, it won't work. But this also means it can be used with
opengl-cb.
- remove the --vo=opengl "pre-shaders", "post-shaders" and "scale-shader"
sub-options: they were deprecated in favor of "user-shaders"
- deprecate --vo-defaults (no replacement)
- remove the vo-cmdline command. You can set OpenGL renderer options
directly via properties instead.
- deprecate the device/sink options on all AOs. Use --audio-device instead.
- deprecate "--ao=wasapi:exclusive" and "--ao=coreaudio:exclusive",
use --audio-exclusive instead.
- subtle changes in how "--no-..." options are treated mean that they are
not accessible under "options/..." anymore (instead, these are resolved
at parsing time). This does not affect options which start with "--no-",
but do not use the mechanism for negation options.
(Also see client API change for API version 1.23.)
- rename the following properties
- "demuxer" -> "current-demuxer"
- "fps" -> "container-fps"
- "idle" -> "idle-active"
- "cache" -> "cache-percent"
the old names are deprecated and will change behavior in mpv 0.23.0.
- remove deprecated "hwdec-active" and "hwdec-detected" properties
- deprecate the ao and vo auto-profiles (they never made any sense)
- deprecate "--vo=direct3d_shaders" - use "--vo=direct3d" instead.
Change "--vo=direct3d" to always use shaders by default.
- deprecate --playlist-pos option, renamed to --playlist-start
- deprecate the --chapter option, as it is redundant with --start/--end,
and conflicts with the semantics of the "chapter" property
- rename --sub-text-* to --sub-* and --ass-* to --sub-ass-* (old options
deprecated)
- incompatible change to cdda:// protocol options: the part after cdda://
now always sets the device, not the span or speed to be played. No
separating extra "/" is needed. The hidden --cdda-device options is also
deleted (it was redundant with the documented --cdrom-device).
- deprecate --vo=rpi. It will be removed in mpv 0.23.0. Its functionality
was folded into --vo=opengl, which now uses RPI hardware decoding by
treating it as a hardware overlay (without applying GL filtering). Also
to be changed in 0.23.0: the --fs flag will be reset to "no" by default
(like on the other platforms).
- deprecate --mute=auto (informally has been since 0.18.1)
- deprecate "resume" and "suspend" IPC commands. They will be completely
removed in 0.23.0.
- deprecate mp.suspend(), mp.resume(), mp.resume_all() Lua scripting
commands, as well as setting mp.use_suspend. They will be completely
removed in 0.23.0.
- the "seek" command's absolute seek mode will now interpret negative
seek times as relative from the end of the file (and clamps seeks that
still go before 0)
- add almost all options to the property list, meaning you can change
options without adding "options/" to the property name (a new section
has been added to the manpage describing some conflicting behavior
between options and properties)
- implement changing sub-speed during playback
- make many previously fixed options changeable at runtime (for example
--terminal, --osc, --ytdl, can all be enable/disabled after
mpv_initialize() - this can be extended to other still fixed options
on user requests)
--- mpv 0.20.0 ---
- add --image-display-duration option - this also means that image duration
is not influenced by --mf-fps anymore in the general case (this is an
incompatible change)
--- mpv 0.19.0 ---
- deprecate "balance" option/property (no replacement)
--- mpv 0.18.1 ---
- deprecate --heartbeat-cmd
- remove --softvol=no capability:
- deprecate --softvol, it now does nothing
- --volume, --mute, and the corresponding properties now always control
softvol, and behave as expected without surprises (e.g. you can set
them normally while no audio is initialized)
- rename --softvol-max to --volume-max (deprecated alias is added)
- the --volume-restore-data option and property are removed without
replacement. They were _always_ internal, and used for watch-later
resume/restore. Now --volume/--mute are saved directly instead.
- the previous point means resuming files with older watch-later configs
will print an error about missing --volume-restore-data (which you can
ignore), and will not restore the previous value
- as a consequence, volume controls will no longer control PulseAudio
per-application value, or use the system mixer's per-application
volume processing
- system or per-application volume can still be controlled with the
ao-volume and ao-mute properties (there are no command line options)
--- mpv 0.18.0 ---
- now ab-loops are active even if one of the "ab-loop-a"/"-b" properties is
unset ("no"), in which case the start of the file is used if the A loop
point is unset, and the end of the file for an unset B loop point
- deprecate --sub-ass=no option by --ass-style-override=strip
(also needs --embeddedfonts=no)
- add "hwdec-interop" and "hwdec-current" properties
- deprecated "hwdec-active" and "hwdec-detected" properties (to be removed
in mpv 0.20.0)
- choice option/property values that are "yes" or "no" will now be returned
as booleans when using the mpv_node functions in the client API, the
"native" property accessors in Lua, and the JSON API. They can be set as
such as well.
- the VO opengl fbo-format sub-option does not accept "rgb" or "rgba"
anymore
- all VO opengl prescalers have been removed (replaced by user scripts)
--- mpv 0.17.0 ---
- deprecate "track-list/N/audio-channels" property (use
"track-list/N/demux-channel-count" instead)
- remove write access to "stream-pos", and change semantics for read access
- Lua scripts now don't suspend mpv by default while script code is run
- add "cache-speed" property
- rename --input-unix-socket to --input-ipc-server, and make it work on
Windows too
- change the exact behavior of the "video-zoom" property
- --video-unscaled no longer disables --video-zoom and --video-aspect
To force the old behavior, set --video-zoom=0 and --video-aspect=0
--- mpv 0.16.0 ---
- change --audio-channels default to stereo (use --audio-channels=auto to
get the old default)
+280 -74
View File
@@ -4,9 +4,8 @@ AUDIO FILTERS
Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The
syntax is:
``--af=...``
Setup a chain of audio filters. See ``--vf`` (`VIDEO FILTERS`_) for the
full syntax.
``--af=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
Setup a chain of audio filters.
.. note::
@@ -16,15 +15,62 @@ syntax is:
wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This
includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.
The ``--vf`` description describes how libavfilter can be used and how to
workaround deprecated mpv filters.
You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the
normal filter parameters.
See ``--vf`` group of options for info on how ``--af-defaults``, ``--af-add``,
``--af-pre``, ``--af-del``, ``--af-clr``, and possibly others work.
``--af-defaults=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
Set defaults for each filter.
Audio filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
filter list:
``--af-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
``--af-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
``--af-del=<index1[,index2,...]>``
Deletes the filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0,
negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).
``--af-clr``
Completely empties the filter list.
Available filters are:
``lavcac3enc[=options]``
``lavrresample[=option1:option2:...]``
This filter uses libavresample (or libswresample, depending on the build)
to change sample rate, sample format, or channel layout of the audio stream.
This filter is automatically enabled if the audio output does not support
the audio configuration of the file being played.
It supports only the following sample formats: u8, s16, s32, float.
``filter-size=<length>``
Length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate. (default:
16)
``phase-shift=<count>``
Log2 of the number of polyphase entries. (..., 10->1024, 11->2048,
12->4096, ...) (default: 10->1024)
``cutoff=<cutoff>``
Cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon filter length.
``linear``
If set then filters will be linearly interpolated between polyphase
entries. (default: no)
``no-detach``
Do not detach if input and output audio format/rate/channels match.
(If you just want to set defaults for this filter that will be used
even by automatically inserted lavrresample instances, you should
prefer setting them with ``--af-defaults=lavrresample:...``.)
``normalize=<yes|no|auto>``
Whether to normalize when remixing channel layouts (default: auto).
``auto`` uses the value set by ``--audio-normalize-downmix``.
``o=<string>``
Set AVOptions on the SwrContext or AVAudioResampleContext. These should
be documented by FFmpeg or Libav.
``lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minch]]]``
Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec. Supports
16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6 channels. The output is
big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream, native-endian when
@@ -57,11 +103,82 @@ Available filters are:
If the input channel number is less than ``<minch>``, the filter will
detach itself (default: 3).
``encoder=<name>``
Select the libavcodec encoder used. Currently, this should be an AC-3
encoder, and using another codec will fail horribly.
``equalizer=g1:g2:g3:...:g10``
10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band-pass
filters. This means that it works regardless of what type of audio is
being played back. The center frequencies for the 10 bands are:
``format=format:srate:channels:out-srate:out-channels``
=== ==========
No. frequency
=== ==========
0 31.25 Hz
1 62.50 Hz
2 125.00 Hz
3 250.00 Hz
4 500.00 Hz
5 1.00 kHz
6 2.00 kHz
7 4.00 kHz
8 8.00 kHz
9 16.00 kHz
=== ==========
If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the center
frequency for a frequency band, then that band will be disabled. A known
bug with this filter is that the characteristics for the uppermost band
are not completely symmetric if the sample rate is close to the center
frequency of that band. This problem can be worked around by upsampling
the sound using a resampling filter before it reaches this filter.
``<g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>``
floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for each frequency
band (-12-12)
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi``
Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency region
while canceling it almost completely around 1 kHz.
``channels=nch[:routes]``
Can be used for adding, removing, routing and copying audio channels. If
only ``<nch>`` is given, the default routing is used. It works as follows:
If the number of output channels is greater than the number of input
channels, empty channels are inserted (except when mixing from mono to
stereo; then the mono channel is duplicated). If the number of output
channels is less than the number of input channels, the exceeding
channels are truncated.
``<nch>``
number of output channels (1-8)
``<routes>``
List of ``,`` separated routes, in the form ``from1-to1,from2-to2,...``.
Each pair defines where to route each channel. There can be at most
8 routes. Without this argument, the default routing is used. Since
``,`` is also used to separate filters, you must quote this argument
with ``[...]`` or similar.
.. admonition:: Examples
``mpv --af=channels=4:[0-1,1-0,2-2,3-3] media.avi``
Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4 routes that
swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact.
Observe that if media containing two channels were played back,
channels 2 and 3 would contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be
swapped.
``mpv --af=channels=6:[0-0,0-1,0-2,0-3] media.avi``
Would change the number of channels to 6 and set up 4 routes that
copy channel 0 to channels 0 to 3. Channel 4 and 5 will contain
silence.
.. note::
You should probably not use this filter. If you want to change the
output channel layout, try the ``format`` filter, which can make mpv
automatically up- and downmix standard channel layouts.
``format=format:srate:channels:out-format:out-srate:out-channels``
Does not do any format conversion itself. Rather, it may cause the
filter system to insert necessary conversion filters before or after this
filter if needed. It is primarily useful for controlling the audio format
@@ -90,6 +207,8 @@ Available filters are:
Force mixing to a specific channel layout. See ``--audio-channels`` option
for possible values.
``<out-format>``
``<out-srate>``
``<out-channels>``
@@ -98,6 +217,148 @@ Available filters are:
used to do conversion itself, unlike this one which lets the filter system
handle the conversion.
``volume[=<volumedb>[:...]]``
Implements software volume control. Use this filter with caution since it
can reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound. In most cases it is
best to use the *Master* volume control of your sound card or the volume
knob on your amplifier.
*NOTE*: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled
once for every audio stream.
``<volumedb>``
Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream from -200 dB
to +60 dB, where -200 dB mutes the sound completely and +60 dB equals a
gain of 1000 (default: 0).
``replaygain-track``
Adjust volume gain according to the track-gain replaygain value stored
in the file metadata.
``replaygain-album``
Like replaygain-track, but using the album-gain value instead.
``replaygain-preamp``
Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain
(default: 0).
``replaygain-clip=yes|no``
Prevent clipping caused by replaygain by automatically lowering the
gain (default). Use ``replaygain-clip=no`` to disable this.
``replaygain-fallback``
Gain in dB to apply if the file has no replay gain tags. This option
is always applied if the replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this
is applied, no other replaygain options are applied.
``softclip``
Turns soft clipping on. Soft-clipping can make the
sound more smooth if very high volume levels are used. Enable this
option if the dynamic range of the loudspeakers is very low.
*WARNING*: This feature creates distortion and should be considered a
last resort.
``s16``
Force S16 sample format if set. Lower quality, but might be faster
in some situations.
``detach``
Remove the filter if the volume is not changed at audio filter config
time. Useful with replaygain: if the current file has no replaygain
tags, then the filter will be removed if this option is enabled.
(If ``--softvol=yes`` is used and the player volume controls are used
during playback, a different volume filter will be inserted.)
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=volume=10.1 media.avi``
Would amplify the sound by 10.1 dB and hard-clip if the sound level
is too high.
``pan=n:[<matrix>]``
Mixes channels arbitrarily. Basically a combination of the volume and the
channels filter that can be used to down-mix many channels to only a few,
e.g. stereo to mono, or vary the "width" of the center speaker in a
surround sound system. This filter is hard to use, and will require some
tinkering before the desired result is obtained. The number of options for
this filter depends on the number of output channels. An example how to
downmix a six-channel file to two channels with this filter can be found
in the examples section near the end.
``<n>``
Number of output channels (1-8).
``<matrix>``
A list of values ``[L00,L01,L02,...,L10,L11,L12,...,Ln0,Ln1,Ln2,...]``,
where each element ``Lij`` means how much of input channel i is mixed
into output channel j (range 0-1). So in principle you first have n
numbers saying what to do with the first input channel, then n numbers
that act on the second input channel etc. If you do not specify any
numbers for some input channels, 0 is assumed.
Note that the values are separated by ``,``, which is already used
by the option parser to separate filters. This is why you must quote
the value list with ``[...]`` or similar.
.. admonition:: Examples
``mpv --af=pan=1:[0.5,0.5] media.avi``
Would downmix from stereo to mono.
``mpv --af=pan=3:[1,0,0.5,0,1,0.5] media.avi``
Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 intact, and mix
channels 0 and 1 into output channel 2 (which could be sent to a
subwoofer for example).
.. note::
If you just want to force remixing to a certain output channel layout,
it is easier to use the ``format`` filter. For example,
``mpv '--af=format=channels=5.1' '--audio-channels=5.1'`` would always force
remixing audio to 5.1 and output it like this.
``delay[=[ch1,ch2,...]]``
Delays the sound to the loudspeakers such that the sound from the
different channels arrives at the listening position simultaneously. It is
only useful if you have more than 2 loudspeakers.
``[ch1,ch2,...]``
The delay in ms that should be imposed on each channel (floating point
number between 0 and 1000).
To calculate the required delay for the different channels, do as follows:
1. Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters in relation to your
listening position, giving you the distances s1 to s5 (for a 5.1
system). There is no point in compensating for the subwoofer (you will
not hear the difference anyway).
2. Subtract the distances s1 to s5 from the maximum distance, i.e.
``s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i = 1...5``.
3. Calculate the required delays in ms as ``d[i] = 1000*s[i]/342; i =
1...5``.
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=delay=[10.5,10.5,0,0,7,0] media.avi``
Would delay front left and right by 10.5 ms, the two rear channels
and the subwoofer by 0 ms and the center channel by 7 ms.
``drc[=method:target]``
Applies dynamic range compression. This maximizes the volume by compressing
the audio signal's dynamic range. (Formerly called ``volnorm``.)
``<method>``
Sets the used method.
1
Use a single sample to smooth the variations via the standard
weighted mean over past samples (default).
2
Use several samples to smooth the variations via the standard
weighted mean over past samples.
``<target>``
Sets the target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum for the sample
type (default: 0.25).
.. note::
This filter can cause distortion with audio signals that have a very
large dynamic range.
``scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]``
Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to playback
speed (default).
@@ -157,64 +418,29 @@ Available filters are:
``mpv --af=scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg``
Would tweak the quality and performance parameters.
``mpv --af=format=float,scaletempo media.ogg``
Would make scaletempo use float code. Maybe faster on some
platforms.
``mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg``
Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch.
Changing playback speed would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at
1.2x.
``scaletempo2[=option1:option2:...]``
Scales audio tempo without altering pitch.
The algorithm is ported from chromium and uses the
Waveform Similarity Overlap-and-add (WSOLA) method.
It seems to achieve a higher audio quality than scaletempo and rubberband.
By default, the ``search-interval`` and ``window-size`` parameters
have the same values as in chromium.
``min-speed=<speed>``
Mute audio if the playback speed is below ``<speed>``. (default: 0.25)
``max-speed=<speed>``
Mute audio if the playback speed is above ``<speed>``
and ``<speed> != 0``. (default: 4.0)
``search-interval=<amount>``
Length in milliseconds to search for best overlap position. (default: 30)
``window-size=<amount>``
Length in milliseconds of the overlap-and-add window. (default: 20)
``rubberband``
High quality pitch correction with librubberband. This can be used in place
of ``scaletempo``, and will be used to adjust audio pitch when playing
at speed different from normal. It can also be used to adjust audio pitch
without changing playback speed.
at speed different from normal.
``<pitch-scale>``
Sets the pitch scaling factor. Frequencies are multiplied by this value.
This filter has a number of additional sub-options. You can list them with
This filter has a number of sub-options. You can list them with
``mpv --af=rubberband=help``. This will also show the default values
for each option. The options are not documented here, because they are
merely passed to librubberband. Look at the librubberband documentation
to learn what each option does:
https://breakfastquay.com/rubberband/code-doc/classRubberBand_1_1RubberBandStretcher.html
http://breakfastquay.com/rubberband/code-doc/classRubberBand_1_1RubberBandStretcher.html
(The mapping of the mpv rubberband filter sub-option names and values to
those of librubberband follows a simple pattern: ``"Option" + Name + Value``.)
This filter supports the following ``af-command`` commands:
``set-pitch``
Set the ``<pitch-scale>`` argument dynamically. This can be used to
change the playback pitch at runtime. Note that speed is controlled
using the standard ``speed`` property, not ``af-command``.
``multiply-pitch <factor>``
Multiply the current value of ``<pitch-scale>`` dynamically. For
example: 0.5 to go down by an octave, 1.5 to go up by a perfect fifth.
If you want to go up or down by semi-tones, use 1.059463094352953 and
0.9438743126816935
``lavfi=graph``
Filter audio using FFmpeg's libavfilter.
@@ -229,23 +455,3 @@ Available filters are:
``o=<string>``
AVOptions.
``fix-pts=<yes|no>``
Determine PTS based on sample count (default: no). If this is enabled,
the player won't rely on libavfilter passing through PTS accurately.
Instead, it pass a sample count as PTS to libavfilter, and compute the
PTS used by mpv based on that and the input PTS. This helps with filters
which output a recomputed PTS instead of the original PTS (including
filters which require the PTS to start at 0). mpv normally expects
filters to not touch the PTS (or only to the extent of changing frame
boundaries), so this is not the default, but it will be needed to use
broken filters. In practice, these broken filters will either cause slow
A/V desync over time (with some files), or break playback completely if
you seek or start playback from the middle of a file.
``drop``
This filter drops or repeats audio frames to adapt to playback speed. It
always operates on full audio frames, because it was made to handle SPDIF
(compressed audio passthrough). This is used automatically if the
``--video-sync=display-adrop`` option is used. Do not use this filter (or
the given option); they are extremely low quality.
+173 -97
View File
@@ -4,34 +4,108 @@ AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS
Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities. The
syntax is:
``--ao=<driver1,driver2,...[,]>``
``--ao=<driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>``
Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.
If the list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained
in the list.
in the list. Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted.
You can also set defaults for each driver. The defaults are applied before the
normal driver parameters.
``--ao-defaults=<driver1[:parameter1:parameter2:...],driver2,...>``
Set defaults for each driver.
.. note::
See ``--ao=help`` for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers. The
driver ``--ao=alsa`` is preferred. ``--ao=pulse`` is preferred on systems
where PulseAudio is used. On BSD systems, ``--ao=oss`` is preferred.
where PulseAudio is used. On BSD systems, ``--ao=oss`` or ``--ao=sndio``
may work (the latter being experimental).
.. admonition:: Examples
- ``--ao=alsa,oss,`` Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
- ``--ao=alsa:resample=yes:device=[plughw:0,3]`` Lets ALSA resample and
sets the device-name as first card, fourth device.
Available audio output drivers are:
``alsa`` (Linux only)
ALSA audio output driver
See `ALSA audio output options`_ for options specific to this AO.
``device=<device>``
Sets the device name. For ac3 output via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or
"spdif" device, unless you really know how to set it correctly.
``resample=yes``
Enable ALSA resampling plugin. (This is disabled by default, because
some drivers report incorrect audio delay in some cases.)
``mixer-device=<device>``
Set the mixer device used with ``--no-softvol`` (default: ``default``).
``mixer-name=<name>``
Set the name of the mixer element (default: ``Master``). This is for
example ``PCM`` or ``Master``.
``mixer-index=<number>``
Set the index of the mixer channel (default: 0). Consider the output of
"``amixer scontrols``", then the index is the number that follows the
name of the element.
``non-interleaved``
Allow output of non-interleaved formats (if the audio decoder uses
this format). Currently disabled by default, because some popular
ALSA plugins are utterly broken with non-interleaved formats.
``ignore-chmap``
Don't read or set the channel map of the ALSA device - only request the
required number of channels, and then pass the audio as-is to it. This
option most likely should not be used. It can be useful for debugging,
or for static setups with a specially engineered ALSA configuration (in
this case you should always force the same layout with ``--audio-channels``,
or it will work only for files which use the layout implicit to your
ALSA device).
.. note::
MPlayer and mplayer2 required you to replace any ',' with '.' and
any ':' with '=' in the ALSA device name. mpv does not do this anymore.
Instead, quote the device name:
``--ao=alsa:device=[plug:surround50]``
Note that the ``[`` and ``]`` simply quote the device name. With some
shells (like zsh), you have to quote the option string to prevent the
shell from interpreting the brackets instead of passing them to mpv.
Actually, you should use the ``--audio-device`` option, instead of
setting the device directly.
.. warning::
To get multichannel/surround audio, use ``--audio-channels=auto``. The
default for this option is ``auto-safe``, which makes this audio output
explicitly reject multichannel output, as there is no way to detect
whether a certain channel layout is actually supported.
Handling of multichannel/surround audio changed in mpv 0.8.0 from the
behavior in MPlayer/mplayer2 and older versions of mpv.
You can also try `using the upmix plugin
<https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/ALSA-Surround-Sound-and-Upmixing>`_.
The old behavior is that the player always downmixed to stereo by
default. The ``--audio-channels`` (or ``--channels`` before that) option
had to be set to get multichannel audio. Then playing stereo would
use the ``default`` device (which typically allows multiple programs
to play audio at the same time via dmix), while playing anything with
more channels would open one of the hardware devices, e.g. via the
``surround51`` alias (typically with exclusive access). Whether the
player would use exclusive access or not would depend on the file
being played.
The new behavior since mpv 0.8.0 always enables multichannel audio,
i.e. ``--audio-channels=auto`` is the default. However, since ALSA
provides no good way to play multichannel audio in a non-exclusive
way (without blocking other applications from using audio), the player
is restricted to the capabilities of the ``default`` device by default,
which means it supports only stereo and mono (at least with current
typical ALSA configurations). But if a hardware device is selected,
then multichannel audio will typically work.
The short story is: if you want multichannel audio with ALSA, use
``--audio-device`` to select the device (use ``--audio-device=help``
to get a list of all devices and their mpv name).
You can also try `using the upmix plugin <http://git.io/vfuAy>`_.
This setup enables multichannel audio on the ``default`` device
with automatic upmixing with shared access, so playing stereo
and multichannel audio at the same time will work as expected.
@@ -39,24 +113,31 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
``oss``
OSS audio output driver
``<dsp-device>``
Sets the audio output device (default: ``/dev/dsp``).
``<mixer-device>``
Sets the audio mixer device (default: ``/dev/mixer``).
``<mixer-channel>``
Sets the audio mixer channel (default: ``pcm``). Other valid values
include **vol, pcm, line**. For a complete list of options look for
``SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES`` in ``/usr/include/linux/soundcard.h``.
``jack``
JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver.
JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--jack-port=<name>``
``port=<name>``
Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports).
``--jack-name=<client>``
``name=<client>``
Client name that is passed to JACK (default: ``mpv``). Useful
if you want to have certain connections established automatically.
``--jack-autostart=<yes|no>``
``(no-)autostart``
Automatically start jackd if necessary (default: disabled). Note that
this tends to be unreliable and will flood stdout with server messages.
``--jack-connect=<yes|no>``
``(no-)connect``
Automatically create connections to output ports (default: enabled).
When enabled, the maximum number of output channels will be limited to
the number of available output ports.
``--jack-std-channel-layout=<waveext|any>``
``std-channel-layout=waveext|any``
Select the standard channel layout (default: waveext). JACK itself has no
notion of channel layouts (i.e. assigning which speaker a given
channel is supposed to map to) - it just takes whatever the application
@@ -69,16 +150,14 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
mode is probably not very useful, other than for debugging or when used
with fixed setups.
``coreaudio`` (macOS only)
Native macOS audio output driver using AudioUnits and the CoreAudio
``coreaudio`` (Mac OS X only)
Native Mac OS X audio output driver using AudioUnits and the CoreAudio
sound server.
Automatically redirects to ``coreaudio_exclusive`` when playing compressed
formats.
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--coreaudio-change-physical-format=<yes|no>``
``change-physical-format=<yes|no>``
Change the physical format to one similar to the requested audio format
(default: no). This has the advantage that multichannel audio output
will actually work. The disadvantage is that it will change the
@@ -86,51 +165,36 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
setting in the ``Audio Devices`` dialog in the ``Audio MIDI Setup``
utility. Note that this does not affect the selected speaker setup.
``--coreaudio-spdif-hack=<yes|no>``
Try to pass through AC3/DTS data as PCM. This is useful for drivers
which do not report AC3 support. It converts the AC3 data to float,
and assumes the driver will do the inverse conversion, which means
a typical A/V receiver will pick it up as compressed IEC framed AC3
stream, ignoring that it's marked as PCM. This disables normal AC3
passthrough (even if the device reports it as supported). Use with
extreme care.
``exclusive``
Use exclusive mode access. This merely redirects to
``coreaudio_exclusive``, but should be preferred over using that AO
directly.
``coreaudio_exclusive`` (macOS only)
Native macOS audio output driver using direct device access and
``coreaudio_exclusive`` (Mac OS X only)
Native Mac OS X audio output driver using direct device access and
exclusive mode (bypasses the sound server).
``openal``
OpenAL audio output driver.
Experimental OpenAL audio output driver
``--openal-num-buffers=<2-128>``
Specify the number of audio buffers to use. Lower values are better for
lower CPU usage. Default: 4.
``--openal-num-samples=<256-32768>``
Specify the number of complete samples to use for each buffer. Higher
values are better for lower CPU usage. Default: 8192.
``--openal-direct-channels=<yes|no>``
Enable OpenAL Soft's direct channel extension when available to avoid
tinting the sound with ambisonics or HRTF. Default: yes.
.. note:: This driver is not very useful. Playing multi-channel audio with
it is slow.
``pulse``
PulseAudio audio output driver
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``[<host>][:<output sink>]``
Specify the host and optionally output sink to use. An empty <host>
string uses a local connection, "localhost" uses network transfer
(most likely not what you want).
``--pulse-host=<host>``
Specify the host to use. An empty <host> string uses a local connection,
"localhost" uses network transfer (most likely not what you want).
``--pulse-buffer=<1-2000|native>``
``buffer=<1-2000|native>``
Set the audio buffer size in milliseconds. A higher value buffers
more data, and has a lower probability of buffer underruns. A smaller
value makes the audio stream react faster, e.g. to playback speed
changes.
changes. Default: 250.
``--pulse-latency-hacks=<yes|no>``
``latency-hacks=<yes|no>``
Enable hacks to workaround PulseAudio timing bugs (default: no). If
enabled, mpv will do elaborate latency calculations on its own. If
disabled, it will use PulseAudio automatically updated timing
@@ -141,26 +205,6 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
If you have stuttering video when using pulse, try to enable this
option. (Or try to update PulseAudio.)
``--pulse-allow-suspended=<yes|no>``
Allow mpv to use PulseAudio even if the sink is suspended (default: no).
Can be useful if PulseAudio is running as a bridge to jack and mpv has its sink-input set to the one jack is using.
``pipewire``
PipeWire audio output driver
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--pipewire-buffer=<1-2000|native>``
Set the audio buffer size in milliseconds. A higher value buffers
more data, and has a lower probability of buffer underruns. A smaller
value makes the audio stream react faster, e.g. to playback speed
changes.
``--pipewire-remote=<remote>``
Specify the PipeWire remote daemon name to connect to via local UNIX
sockets.
An empty <remote> string uses the default remote named ``pipewire-0``.
``sdl``
SDL 1.2+ audio output driver. Should work on any platform supported by SDL
1.2, but may require the ``SDL_AUDIODRIVER`` environment variable to be set
@@ -170,75 +214,107 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
environments, such as systems where none of the other drivers
are available.
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--sdl-buflen=<length>``
``buflen=<length>``
Sets the audio buffer length in seconds. Is used only as a hint by the
sound system. Playing a file with ``-v`` will show the requested and
obtained exact buffer size. A value of 0 selects the sound system
default.
``bufcnt=<count>``
Sets the number of extra audio buffers in mpv. Usually needs not be
changed.
``null``
Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed. You can use
``--ao=null --ao-null-untimed`` for benchmarking.
Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed. Use
``--ao=null:untimed`` for benchmarking.
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--ao-null-untimed``
``untimed``
Do not simulate timing of a perfect audio device. This means audio
decoding will go as fast as possible, instead of timing it to the
system clock.
``--ao-null-buffer``
``buffer``
Simulated buffer length in seconds.
``--ao-null-outburst``
``outburst``
Simulated chunk size in samples.
``--ao-null-speed``
``speed``
Simulated audio playback speed as a multiplier. Usually, a real audio
device will not go exactly as fast as the system clock. It will deviate
just a little, and this option helps to simulate this.
``--ao-null-latency``
``latency``
Simulated device latency. This is additional to EOF.
``--ao-null-broken-eof``
``broken-eof``
Simulate broken audio drivers, which always add the fixed device
latency to the reported audio playback position.
``--ao-null-broken-delay``
``broken-delay``
Simulate broken audio drivers, which don't report latency correctly.
``--ao-null-channel-layouts``
``channel-layouts``
If not empty, this is a ``,`` separated list of channel layouts the
AO allows. This can be used to test channel layout selection.
``--ao-null-format``
Force the audio output format the AO will accept. If unset accepts any.
``pcm``
Raw PCM/WAVE file writer audio output
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--ao-pcm-waveheader=<yes|no>``
``(no-)waveheader``
Include or do not include the WAVE header (default: included). When
not included, raw PCM will be generated.
``--ao-pcm-file=<filename>``
``file=<filename>``
Write the sound to ``<filename>`` instead of the default
``audiodump.wav``. If ``no-waveheader`` is specified, the default is
``audiodump.pcm``.
``--ao-pcm-append=<yes|no>``
``(no-)append``
Append to the file, instead of overwriting it. Always use this with the
``no-waveheader`` option - with ``waveheader`` it's broken, because
it will write a WAVE header every time the file is opened.
``rsound``
Audio output to an RSound daemon
.. note:: Completely useless, unless you intend to run RSound. Not to be
confused with RoarAudio, which is something completely
different.
``host=<name/path>``
Set the address of the server (default: localhost). Can be either a
network hostname for TCP connections or a Unix domain socket path
starting with '/'.
``port=<number>``
Set the TCP port used for connecting to the server (default: 12345).
Not used if connecting to a Unix domain socket.
``sndio``
Audio output to the OpenBSD sndio sound system
.. note:: Experimental. There are known bugs and issues.
(Note: only supports mono, stereo, 4.0, 5.1 and 7.1 channel
layouts.)
``device=<device>``
sndio device to use (default: ``$AUDIODEVICE``, resp. ``snd0``).
``wasapi``
Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API.
``exclusive``
Requests exclusive, direct hardware access. By definition prevents
sound playback of any other program until mpv exits.
``device=<id>``
Uses the requested endpoint instead of the system's default audio
endpoint. Both an ordinal number (0,1,2,...) and the GUID
String are valid; the GUID string is guaranteed to not change
unless the driver is uninstalled.
Also supports searching active devices by human-readable name. If more
than one device matches the name, refuses loading it.
This option is mostly deprecated in favour of the more general
``--audio-device`` option. That said, ``--audio-device=help`` will give
a list of valid device GUIDs (prefixed with ``wasapi/``), as well as
their human readable names, which should work here.
+1 -8
View File
@@ -8,13 +8,6 @@ There is no real changelog, but you can look at the following things:
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
* The git log, which is the "real" changelog
* The file https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/interface-changes.rst
documents changes to the command and user interface, such as options and
properties. (It usually documents breaking changes only, additions and
enhancements are often not listed.)
* C API changes are listed in
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/client-api-changes.rst
* The file ``mplayer-changes.rst`` in the ``DOCS`` sub directory on the git
repository, which used to be in place of this section. It documents some
changes that happened since mplayer2 forked off MPlayer. (Not updated
anymore.)
changes that happened since mplayer2 forked off MPlayer.
-150
View File
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
CONSOLE
=======
The console is a REPL for mpv input commands. It is displayed on the video
window. It also shows log messages. It can be disabled entirely using the
``--load-osd-console=no`` option.
Keybindings
-----------
\`
Show the console.
ESC
Hide the console.
ENTER, Ctrl+J and Ctrl+M
Run the typed command.
Shift+ENTER
Type a literal newline character.
LEFT and Ctrl+B
Move the cursor to the previous character.
RIGHT and Ctrl+F
Move the cursor to the next character.
Ctrl+LEFT and Alt+B
Move the cursor to the beginning of the current word, or if between words,
to the beginning of the previous word.
Ctrl+RIGHT and Alt+F
Move the cursor to the end of the current word, or if between words, to the
end of the next word.
HOME and Ctrl+A
Move the cursor to the start of the current line.
END and Ctrl+E
Move the cursor to the end of the current line.
BACKSPACE and Ctrl+H
Delete the previous character.
Ctrl+D
Hide the console if the current line is empty, otherwise delete the next
character.
Ctrl+BACKSPACE and Ctrl+W
Delete text from the cursor to the beginning of the current word, or if
between words, to the beginning of the previous word.
Ctrl+DEL and Alt+D
Delete text from the cursor to the end of the current word, or if between
words, to the end of the next word.
Ctrl+U
Delete text from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
Ctrl+K
Delete text from the cursor to the end of the current line.
Ctrl+C
Clear the current line.
UP and Ctrl+P
Move back in the command history.
DOWN and Ctrl+N
Move forward in the command history.
PGUP
Go to the first command in the history.
PGDN
Stop navigating the command history.
INSERT
Toggle insert mode.
Ctrl+V
Paste text (uses the clipboard on X11 and Wayland).
Shift+INSERT
Paste text (uses the primary selection on X11 and Wayland).
TAB and Ctrl+I
Complete the command or property name at the cursor.
Ctrl+L
Clear all log messages from the console.
Commands
--------
``script-message-to console type <text> [<cursor_pos>]``
Show the console and pre-fill it with the provided text, optionally
specifying the initial cursor position as a positive integer starting from
1.
.. admonition:: Example for input.conf
``% script-message-to console type "seek absolute-percent" 6``
Known issues
------------
- Pasting text is slow on Windows
- Non-ASCII keyboard input has restrictions
- The cursor keys move between Unicode code-points, not grapheme clusters
Configuration
-------------
This script can be customized through a config file ``script-opts/console.conf``
placed in mpv's user directory and through the ``--script-opts`` command-line
option. The configuration syntax is described in `ON SCREEN CONTROLLER`_.
Key bindings can be changed in a standard way, see for example stats.lua
documentation.
Configurable Options
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
``scale``
Default: 1
All drawing is scaled by this value, including the text borders and the
cursor.
If the VO backend in use has HiDPI scale reporting implemented, the option
value is scaled with the reported HiDPI scale.
``font``
Default: unset (picks a hardcoded font depending on detected platform)
Set the font used for the REPL and the console. This probably doesn't
have to be a monospaced font.
``font_size``
Default: 16
Set the font size used for the REPL and the console. This will be
multiplied by "scale".
``history_dedup``
Default: true
Remove duplicate entries in history as to only keep the latest one.
+84 -52
View File
@@ -8,29 +8,64 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
``--of=<format>``
Specifies the output format (overrides autodetection by the file name
extension of the file specified by ``-o``). See ``--of=help`` for a full
list of supported formats.
extension of the file specified by ``-o``). This can be a comma separated
list of possible formats to try. See ``--of=help`` for a full list of
supported formats.
``--ofopts=<options>``
Specifies the output format options for libavformat.
See ``--ofopts=help`` for a full list of supported options.
This is a key/value list option. See `List Options`_ for details.
Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
options list.
``--ofopts-add=<option>``
Appends the option given as an argument to the options list. (Passing
multiple options is currently still possible, but deprecated.)
``--ofopts-add=<options1[,options2,...]>``
Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.
``--ofopts=""``
``--ofopts-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>``
Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.
``--ofopts-del=<index1[,index2,...]>``
Deletes the options at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0,
negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).
``--ofopts-clr``
Completely empties the options list.
``--ofps=<float value>``
Specifies the output format time base (default: 24000). Low values like 25
limit video fps by dropping frames.
``--oautofps``
Sets the output format time base to the guessed frame rate of the input
video (simulates MEncoder behavior, useful for AVI; may cause frame drops).
Note that not all codecs and not all formats support VFR encoding, and some
which do have bugs when a target bitrate is specified - use ``--ofps`` or
``--oautofps`` to force CFR encoding in these cases.
``--omaxfps=<float value>``
Specifies the minimum distance of adjacent frames (default: 0, which means
unset). Content of lower frame rate is not readjusted to this frame rate;
content of higher frame rate is decimated to this frame rate.
``--oharddup``
If set, the frame rate given by ``--ofps`` is attained not by skipping time
codes, but by duplicating frames (constant frame rate mode).
``--oneverdrop``
If set, frames are never dropped. Instead, time codes of video are
readjusted to always increase. This may cause AV desync, though; to work
around this, use a high-fps time base using ``--ofps`` and absolutely
avoid ``--oautofps``.
``--oac=<codec>``
Specifies the output audio codec. See ``--oac=help`` for a full list of
supported codecs.
Specifies the output audio codec. This can be a comma separated list of
possible codecs to try. See ``--oac=help`` for a full list of supported
codecs.
``--oaoffset=<value>``
Shifts audio data by the given time (in seconds) by adding/removing
samples at the start. Deprecated.
samples at the start.
``--oacopts=<options>``
Specifies the output audio codec options for libavcodec.
@@ -41,28 +76,36 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
"``--oac=libmp3lame --oacopts=b=128000``"
selects 128 kbps MP3 encoding.
This is a key/value list option. See `List Options`_ for details.
Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
options list.
``--oacopts-add=<option>``
Appends the option given as an argument to the options list. (Passing
multiple options is currently still possible, but deprecated.)
``--oacopts-add=<options1[,options2,...]>``
Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.
``--oacopts=""``
``--oacopts-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>``
Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.
``--oacopts-del=<index1[,index2,...]>``
Deletes the options at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0,
negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).
``--oacopts-clr``
Completely empties the options list.
``--oafirst``
Force the audio stream to become the first stream in the output.
By default, the order is unspecified. Deprecated.
By default, the order is unspecified.
``--ovc=<codec>``
Specifies the output video codec. See ``--ovc=help`` for a full list of
supported codecs.
Specifies the output video codec. This can be a comma separated list of
possible codecs to try. See ``--ovc=help`` for a full list of supported
codecs.
``--ovoffset=<value>``
Shifts video data by the given time (in seconds) by shifting the pts
values. Deprecated.
values.
``--ovcopts=<options>``
``--ovcopts <options>``
Specifies the output video codec options for libavcodec.
See --ovcopts=help for a full list of supported options.
@@ -74,18 +117,32 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
``"--ovc=libx264 --ovcopts=crf=23"``
selects VBR quality factor 23 for H.264 encoding.
This is a key/value list option. See `List Options`_ for details.
Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
options list.
``--ovcopts-add=<option>``
Appends the option given as an argument to the options list. (Passing
multiple options is currently still possible, but deprecated.)
``--ovcopts-add=<options1[,options2,...]>``
Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.
``--ovcopts=""``
``--ovcopts-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>``
Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.
``--ovcopts-del=<index1[,index2,...]>``
Deletes the options at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0,
negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).
``--ovcopts-clr``
Completely empties the options list.
``--ovfirst``
Force the video stream to become the first stream in the output.
By default, the order is unspecified. Deprecated.
By default, the order is unspecified.
``--ocopyts``
Copies input pts to the output video (not supported by some output
container formats, e.g. AVI). Discontinuities are still fixed.
By default, audio pts are set to playback time and video pts are
synchronized to match audio pts, as some output formats do not support
anything else.
``--orawts``
Copies input pts to the output video (not supported by some output
@@ -93,31 +150,6 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
and all pts are passed through as-is. Never seek backwards or use multiple
input files in this mode!
``--no-ocopy-metadata``
``--no-ometadata``
Turns off copying of metadata from input files to output files when
encoding (which is enabled by default).
``--oset-metadata=<metadata-tag[,metadata-tag,...]>``
Specifies metadata to include in the output file.
Supported keys vary between output formats. For example, Matroska (MKV) and
FLAC allow almost arbitrary keys, while support in MP4 and MP3 is more
limited.
This is a key/value list option. See `List Options`_ for details.
.. admonition:: Example
"``--oset-metadata=title="Output title",comment="Another tag"``"
adds a title and a comment to the output file.
``--oremove-metadata=<metadata-tag[,metadata-tag,...]>``
Specifies metadata to exclude from the output file when copying from the
input file.
This is a string list option. See `List Options`_ for details.
.. admonition:: Example
"``--oremove-metadata=comment,genre``"
excludes copying of the the comment and genre tags to the output
file.
+532 -1991
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
+29 -171
View File
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
JSON IPC
========
mpv can be controlled by external programs using the JSON-based IPC protocol.
It can be enabled by specifying the path to a unix socket or a named pipe using
the option ``--input-ipc-server``. Clients can connect to this socket and send
commands to the player or receive events from it.
mpv can be controlled by external programs using the JSON-based IPC protocol. It
can be enabled by specifying the path to a unix socket using the option
``--input-unix-socket``. Clients can connect to this socket and send commands to
the player or receive events from it.
.. warning::
@@ -17,12 +17,12 @@ commands to the player or receive events from it.
Socat example
-------------
You can use the ``socat`` tool to send commands (and receive replies) from the
You can use the ``socat`` tool to send commands (and receive reply) from the
shell. Assuming mpv was started with:
::
mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=/tmp/mpvsocket
mpv file.mkv --input-unix-socket=/tmp/mpvsocket
Then you can control it using socat:
@@ -41,48 +41,14 @@ It's also possible to send input.conf style text-only commands:
::
> echo 'show-text ${playback-time}' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket
> echo 'show_text ${playback-time}' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket
But you won't get a reply over the socket. (This particular command shows the
playback time on the player's OSD.)
Command Prompt example
----------------------
Unfortunately, it's not as easy to test the IPC protocol on Windows, since
Windows ports of socat (in Cygwin and MSYS2) don't understand named pipes. In
the absence of a simple tool to send and receive from bidirectional pipes, the
``echo`` command can be used to send commands, but not receive replies from the
command prompt.
Assuming mpv was started with:
::
mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=\\.\pipe\mpvsocket
You can send commands from a command prompt:
::
echo show-text ${playback-time} >\\.\pipe\mpvsocket
To be able to simultaneously read and write from the IPC pipe, like on Linux,
it's necessary to write an external program that uses overlapped file I/O (or
some wrapper like .NET's NamedPipeClientStream.)
You can open the pipe in PuTTY as "serial" device. This is not very
comfortable, but gives a way to test interactively without having to write code.
Protocol
--------
The protocol uses UTF-8-only JSON as defined by RFC-8259. Unlike standard JSON,
"\u" escape sequences are not allowed to construct surrogate pairs. To avoid
getting conflicts, encode all text characters including and above codepoint
U+0020 as UTF-8. mpv might output broken UTF-8 in corner cases (see "UTF-8"
section below).
Clients can execute commands on the player by sending JSON messages of the
following form:
@@ -116,11 +82,8 @@ can also be present. See `List of events`_ for a list of all supported events.
Because events can occur at any time, it may be difficult at times to determine
which response goes with which command. Commands may optionally include a
``request_id`` which, if provided in the command request, will be copied
verbatim into the response. mpv does not interpret the ``request_id`` in any
way; it is solely for the use of the requester. The only requirement is that
the ``request_id`` field must be an integer (a number without fractional parts
in the range ``-2^63..2^63-1``). Using other types is deprecated and will
currently show a warning. In the future, this will raise an error.
verbatim into the response. mpv does not intrepret the ``request_id`` in any
way; it is solely for the use of the requester.
For example, this request:
@@ -134,85 +97,17 @@ Would generate this response:
{ "error": "success", "data": 1.468135, "request_id": 100 }
If you don't specify a ``request_id``, command replies will set it to 0.
All commands, replies, and events are separated from each other with a line
break character (``\n``).
If the first character (after skipping whitespace) is not ``{``, the command
will be interpreted as non-JSON text command, as they are used in input.conf
(or ``mpv_command_string()`` in the client API). Additionally, lines starting
(or ``mpv_command_string()`` in the client API). Additionally, line starting
with ``#`` and empty lines are ignored.
Currently, embedded 0 bytes terminate the current line, but you should not
rely on this.
Data flow
---------
Currently, the mpv-side IPC implementation does not service the socket while a
command is executed and the reply is written. It is for example not possible
that other events, that happened during the execution of the command, are
written to the socket before the reply is written.
This might change in the future. The only guarantee is that replies to IPC
messages are sent in sequence.
Also, since socket I/O is inherently asynchronous, it is possible that you read
unrelated event messages from the socket, before you read the reply to the
previous command you sent. In this case, these events were queued by the mpv
side before it read and started processing your command message.
If the mpv-side IPC implementation switches away from blocking writes and
blocking command execution, it may attempt to send events at any time.
You can also use asynchronous commands, which can return in any order, and
which do not block IPC protocol interaction at all while the command is
executed in the background.
Asynchronous commands
---------------------
Command can be run asynchronously. This behaves exactly as with normal command
execution, except that execution is not blocking. Other commands can be sent
while it's executing, and command completion can be arbitrarily reordered.
The ``async`` field controls this. If present, it must be a boolean. If missing,
``false`` is assumed.
For example, this initiates an asynchronous command:
::
{ "command": ["screenshot"], "request_id": 123, "async": true }
And this is the completion:
::
{"request_id":123,"error":"success","data":null}
By design, you will not get a confirmation that the command was started. If a
command is long running, sending the message will lead to any reply until much
later when the command finishes.
Some commands execute synchronously, but these will behave like asynchronous
commands that finished execution immediately.
Cancellation of asynchronous commands is available in the libmpv API, but has
not yet been implemented in the IPC protocol.
Commands with named arguments
-----------------------------
If the ``command`` field is a JSON object, named arguments are expected. This
is described in the C API ``mpv_command_node()`` documentation (the
``MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP`` case). In some cases, this may make commands more
readable, while some obscure commands basically require using named arguments.
Currently, only "proper" commands (as listed by `List of Input Commands`_)
support named arguments.
Commands
--------
@@ -260,7 +155,14 @@ extra commands can also be used as part of the protocol:
{ "error": "success" }
``set_property_string``
Alias for ``set_property``. Both commands accept native values and strings.
Like ``set_property``, but the argument value must be passed as string.
Example:
::
{ "command": ["set_property_string", "pause", "yes"] }
{ "error": "success" }
``observe_property``
Watch a property for changes. If the given property is changed, then an
@@ -274,14 +176,6 @@ extra commands can also be used as part of the protocol:
{ "error": "success" }
{ "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": 52.0, "name": "volume" }
.. warning::
If the connection is closed, the IPC client is destroyed internally,
and the observed properties are unregistered. This happens for example
when sending commands to a socket with separate ``socat`` invocations.
This can make it seem like property observation does not work. You must
keep the IPC connection open to make it work.
``observe_property_string``
Like ``observe_property``, but the resulting data will always be a string.
@@ -322,6 +216,16 @@ extra commands can also be used as part of the protocol:
By default, most events are enabled, and there is not much use for this
command.
``suspend``
Suspend the mpv main loop. There is a long-winded explanation of this in
the C API function ``mpv_suspend()``. In short, this prevents the player
from displaying the next video frame, so that you don't get blocked when
trying to access the player.
``resume``
Undo one ``suspend`` call. ``suspend`` increments an internal counter, and
``resume`` decrements it. When 0 is reached, the player is actually resumed.
``get_version``
Returns the client API version the C API of the remote mpv instance
provides.
@@ -338,50 +242,4 @@ sometimes sends invalid JSON. If that is a problem for the client application's
parser, it should filter the raw data for invalid UTF-8 sequences and perform
the desired replacement, before feeding the data to its JSON parser.
mpv will not attempt to construct invalid UTF-8 with broken "\u" escape
sequences. This includes surrogate pairs.
JSON extensions
---------------
The following non-standard extensions are supported:
- a list or object item can have a trailing ","
- object syntax accepts "=" in addition of ":"
- object keys can be unquoted, if they start with a character in "A-Za-z\_"
and contain only characters in "A-Za-z0-9\_"
- byte escapes with "\xAB" are allowed (with AB being a 2 digit hex number)
Example:
::
{ objkey = "value\x0A" }
Is equivalent to:
::
{ "objkey": "value\n" }
Alternative ways of starting clients
------------------------------------
You can create an anonymous IPC connection without having to set
``--input-ipc-server``. This is achieved through a mpv pseudo scripting backend
that starts processes.
You can put ``.run`` file extension in the mpv scripts directory in its config
directory (see the `FILES`_ section for details), or load them through other
means (see `Script location`_). These scripts are simply executed with the OS
native mechanism (as if you ran them in the shell). They must have a proper
shebang and have the executable bit set.
When executed, a socket (the IPC connection) is passed to them through file
descriptor inheritance. The file descriptor is indicated as the special command
line argument ``--mpv-ipc-fd=N``, where ``N`` is the numeric file descriptor.
The rest is the same as with a normal ``--input-ipc-server`` IPC connection. mpv
does not attempt to observe or other interact with the started script process.
This does not work in Windows yet.
mpv will not attempt to construct invalid UTF-8 with broken escape sequences.
-396
View File
@@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
JAVASCRIPT
==========
JavaScript support in mpv is near identical to its Lua support. Use this section
as reference on differences and availability of APIs, but otherwise you should
refer to the Lua documentation for API details and general scripting in mpv.
Example
-------
JavaScript code which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:
::
function on_pause_change(name, value) {
if (value == true)
mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no");
}
mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change);
Similarities with Lua
---------------------
mpv tries to load a script file as JavaScript if it has a ``.js`` extension, but
otherwise, the documented Lua options, script directories, loading, etc apply to
JavaScript files too.
Script initialization and lifecycle is the same as with Lua, and most of the Lua
functions at the modules ``mp``, ``mp.utils``, ``mp.msg`` and ``mp.options`` are
available to JavaScript with identical APIs - including running commands,
getting/setting properties, registering events/key-bindings/hooks, etc.
Differences from Lua
--------------------
No need to load modules. ``mp``, ``mp.utils``, ``mp.msg`` and ``mp.options``
are preloaded, and you can use e.g. ``var cwd = mp.utils.getcwd();`` without
prior setup.
Errors are slightly different. Where the Lua APIs return ``nil`` for error,
the JavaScript ones return ``undefined``. Where Lua returns ``something, error``
JavaScript returns only ``something`` - and makes ``error`` available via
``mp.last_error()``. Note that only some of the functions have this additional
``error`` value - typically the same ones which have it in Lua.
Standard APIs are preferred. For instance ``setTimeout`` and ``JSON.stringify``
are available, but ``mp.add_timeout`` and ``mp.utils.format_json`` are not.
No standard library. This means that interaction with anything outside of mpv is
limited to the available APIs, typically via ``mp.utils``. However, some file
functions were added, and CommonJS ``require`` is available too - where the
loaded modules have the same privileges as normal scripts.
Language features - ECMAScript 5
--------------------------------
The scripting backend which mpv currently uses is MuJS - a compatible minimal
ES5 interpreter. As such, ``String.substring`` is implemented for instance,
while the common but non-standard ``String.substr`` is not. Please consult the
MuJS pages on language features and platform support - https://mujs.com .
Unsupported Lua APIs and their JS alternatives
----------------------------------------------
``mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)`` JS: ``id = setTimeout(fn, ms)``
``mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)`` JS: ``id = setInterval(fn, ms)``
``utils.parse_json(str [, trail])`` JS: ``JSON.parse(str)``
``utils.format_json(v)`` JS: ``JSON.stringify(v)``
``utils.to_string(v)`` see ``dump`` below.
``mp.get_next_timeout()`` see event loop below.
``mp.dispatch_events([allow_wait])`` see event loop below.
Scripting APIs - identical to Lua
---------------------------------
(LE) - Last-Error, indicates that ``mp.last_error()`` can be used after the
call to test for success (empty string) or failure (non empty reason string).
Where the Lua APIs use ``nil`` to indicate error, JS APIs use ``undefined``.
``mp.command(string)`` (LE)
``mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)`` (LE)
``mp.command_native(table [,def])`` (LE)
``id = mp.command_native_async(table [,fn])`` (LE) Notes: ``id`` is true-thy on
success, ``error`` is empty string on success.
``mp.abort_async_command(id)``
``mp.get_property(name [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.get_property_osd(name [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.get_property_bool(name [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.get_property_number(name [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.get_property_native(name [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.set_property(name, value)`` (LE)
``mp.set_property_bool(name, value)`` (LE)
``mp.set_property_number(name, value)`` (LE)
``mp.set_property_native(name, value)`` (LE)
``mp.get_time()``
``mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])``
``mp.add_forced_key_binding(...)``
``mp.remove_key_binding(name)``
``mp.register_event(name, fn)``
``mp.unregister_event(fn)``
``mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)``
``mp.unobserve_property(fn)``
``mp.get_opt(key)``
``mp.get_script_name()``
``mp.get_script_directory()``
``mp.osd_message(text [,duration])``
``mp.get_wakeup_pipe()``
``mp.register_idle(fn)``
``mp.unregister_idle(fn)``
``mp.enable_messages(level)``
``mp.register_script_message(name, fn)``
``mp.unregister_script_message(name)``
``mp.create_osd_overlay(format)``
``mp.get_osd_size()`` (returned object has properties: width, height, aspect)
``mp.msg.log(level, ...)``
``mp.msg.fatal(...)``
``mp.msg.error(...)``
``mp.msg.warn(...)``
``mp.msg.info(...)``
``mp.msg.verbose(...)``
``mp.msg.debug(...)``
``mp.msg.trace(...)``
``mp.utils.getcwd()`` (LE)
``mp.utils.readdir(path [, filter])`` (LE)
``mp.utils.file_info(path)`` (LE) Note: like lua - this does NOT expand
meta-paths like ``~~/foo`` (other JS file functions do expand meta paths).
``mp.utils.split_path(path)``
``mp.utils.join_path(p1, p2)``
``mp.utils.subprocess(t)``
``mp.utils.subprocess_detached(t)``
``mp.utils.get_env_list()``
``mp.utils.getpid()`` (LE)
``mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn(hook))``
``mp.options.read_options(obj [, identifier [, on_update]])`` (types:
string/boolean/number)
Additional utilities
--------------------
``mp.last_error()``
If used after an API call which updates last error, returns an empty string
if the API call succeeded, or a non-empty error reason string otherwise.
``Error.stack`` (string)
When using ``try { ... } catch(e) { ... }``, then ``e.stack`` is the stack
trace of the error - if it was created using the ``Error(...)`` constructor.
``print`` (global)
A convenient alias to ``mp.msg.info``.
``dump`` (global)
Like ``print`` but also expands objects and arrays recursively.
``mp.utils.getenv(name)``
Returns the value of the host environment variable ``name``, or
``undefined`` if the variable is not defined.
``mp.utils.get_user_path(path)``
Trivial wrapper of the ``expand-path`` mpv command, returns a string.
``read_file``, ``write_file``, ``append_file`` and ``require`` already
expand the path internally and accept mpv meta-paths like ``~~desktop/foo``.
``mp.utils.read_file(fname [,max])``
Returns the content of file ``fname`` as string. If ``max`` is provided and
not negative, limit the read to ``max`` bytes.
``mp.utils.write_file(fname, str)``
(Over)write file ``fname`` with text content ``str``. ``fname`` must be
prefixed with ``file://`` as simple protection against accidental arguments
switch, e.g. ``mp.utils.write_file("file://~/abc.txt", "hello world")``.
``mp.utils.append_file(fname, str)``
Same as ``mp.utils.write_file`` if the file ``fname`` does not exist. If it
does exist then append instead of overwrite.
Note: ``read_file``, ``write_file`` and ``append_file`` throw on errors, allow
text content only.
``mp.get_time_ms()``
Same as ``mp.get_time()`` but in ms instead of seconds.
``mp.get_script_file()``
Returns the file name of the current script.
``exit()`` (global)
Make the script exit at the end of the current event loop iteration.
Note: please remove added key bindings before calling ``exit()``.
``mp.utils.compile_js(fname, content_str)``
Compiles the JS code ``content_str`` as file name ``fname`` (without loading
anything from the filesystem), and returns it as a function. Very similar
to a ``Function`` constructor, but shows at stack traces as ``fname``.
``mp.module_paths``
Global modules search paths array for the ``require`` function (see below).
Timers (global)
---------------
The standard HTML/node.js timers are available:
``id = setTimeout(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])``
``id = setTimeout(code_string [,duration])``
``clearTimeout(id)``
``id = setInterval(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])``
``id = setInterval(code_string [,duration])``
``clearInterval(id)``
``setTimeout`` and ``setInterval`` return id, and later call ``fn`` (or execute
``code_string``) after ``duration`` ms. Interval also repeat every ``duration``.
``duration`` has a minimum and default value of 0, ``code_string`` is
a plain string which is evaluated as JS code, and ``[,arg1 [,arg2..]]`` are used
as arguments (if provided) when calling back ``fn``.
The ``clear...(id)`` functions cancel timer ``id``, and are irreversible.
Note: timers always call back asynchronously, e.g. ``setTimeout(fn)`` will never
call ``fn`` before returning. ``fn`` will be called either at the end of this
event loop iteration or at a later event loop iteration. This is true also for
intervals - which also never call back twice at the same event loop iteration.
Additionally, timers are processed after the event queue is empty, so it's valid
to use ``setTimeout(fn)`` as a one-time idle observer.
CommonJS modules and ``require(id)``
------------------------------------
CommonJS Modules are a standard system where scripts can export common functions
for use by other scripts. Specifically, a module is a script which adds
properties (functions, etc) to its pre-existing ``exports`` object, which
another script can access with ``require(module-id)``. This runs the module and
returns its ``exports`` object. Further calls to ``require`` for the same module
will return its cached ``exports`` object without running the module again.
Modules and ``require`` are supported, standard compliant, and generally similar
to node.js. However, most node.js modules won't run due to missing modules such
as ``fs``, ``process``, etc, but some node.js modules with minimal dependencies
do work. In general, this is for mpv modules and not a node.js replacement.
A ``.js`` file extension is always added to ``id``, e.g. ``require("./foo")``
will load the file ``./foo.js`` and return its ``exports`` object.
An id which starts with ``./`` or ``../`` is relative to the script or module
which ``require`` it. Otherwise it's considered a top-level id (CommonJS term).
Top-level id is evaluated as absolute filesystem path if possible, e.g. ``/x/y``
or ``~/x``. Otherwise it's considered a global module id and searched according
to ``mp.module_paths`` in normal array order, e.g. ``require("x")`` tries to
load ``x.js`` at one of the array paths, and id ``foo/x`` tries to load ``x.js``
inside dir ``foo`` at one of the paths.
The ``mp.module_paths`` array is empty by default except for scripts which are
loaded as a directory where it contains one item - ``<directory>/modules/`` .
The array may be updated from a script (or using custom init - see below) which
will affect future calls to ``require`` for global module id's which are not
already loaded/cached.
No ``global`` variable, but a module's ``this`` at its top lexical scope is the
global object - also in strict mode. If you have a module which needs ``global``
as the global object, you could do ``this.global = this;`` before ``require``.
Functions and variables declared at a module don't pollute the global object.
Custom initialization
---------------------
After mpv initializes the JavaScript environment for a script but before it
loads the script - it tries to run the file ``init.js`` at the root of the mpv
configuration directory. Code at this file can update the environment further
for all scripts. E.g. if it contains ``mp.module_paths.push("/foo")`` then
``require`` at all scripts will search global module id's also at ``/foo``
(do NOT do ``mp.module_paths = ["/foo"];`` because this will remove existing
paths - like ``<script-dir>/modules`` for scripts which load from a directory).
The custom-init file is ignored if mpv is invoked with ``--no-config``.
Before mpv 0.34, the file name was ``.init.js`` (with dot) at the same dir.
The event loop
--------------
The event loop poll/dispatch mpv events as long as the queue is not empty, then
processes the timers, then waits for the next event, and repeats this forever.
You could put this code at your script to replace the built-in event loop, and
also print every event which mpv sends to your script:
::
function mp_event_loop() {
var wait = 0;
do {
var e = mp.wait_event(wait);
dump(e); // there could be a lot of prints...
if (e.event != "none") {
mp.dispatch_event(e);
wait = 0;
} else {
wait = mp.process_timers() / 1000;
if (wait != 0) {
mp.notify_idle_observers();
wait = mp.peek_timers_wait() / 1000;
}
}
} while (mp.keep_running);
}
``mp_event_loop`` is a name which mpv tries to call after the script loads.
The internal implementation is similar to this (without ``dump`` though..).
``e = mp.wait_event(wait)`` returns when the next mpv event arrives, or after
``wait`` seconds if positive and no mpv events arrived. ``wait`` value of 0
returns immediately (with ``e.event == "none"`` if the queue is empty).
``mp.dispatch_event(e)`` calls back the handlers registered for ``e.event``,
if there are such (event handlers, property observers, script messages, etc).
``mp.process_timers()`` calls back the already-added, non-canceled due timers,
and returns the duration in ms till the next due timer (possibly 0), or -1 if
there are no pending timers. Must not be called recursively.
``mp.notify_idle_observers()`` calls back the idle observers, which we do when
we're about to sleep (wait != 0), but the observers may add timers or take
non-negligible duration to complete, so we re-calculate ``wait`` afterwards.
``mp.peek_timers_wait()`` returns the same values as ``mp.process_timers()``
but without doing anything. Invalid result if called from a timer callback.
Note: ``exit()`` is also registered for the ``shutdown`` event, and its
implementation is a simple ``mp.keep_running = false``.
-75
View File
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
EMBEDDING INTO OTHER PROGRAMS (LIBMPV)
======================================
mpv can be embedded into other programs as video/audio playback backend. The
recommended way to do so is using libmpv. See ``libmpv/client.h`` in the mpv
source code repository. This provides a C API. Bindings for other languages
might be available (see wiki).
Since libmpv merely allows access to underlying mechanisms that can control
mpv, further documentation is spread over a few places:
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/libmpv/client.h
- https://mpv.io/manual/master/#options
- https://mpv.io/manual/master/#list-of-input-commands
- https://mpv.io/manual/master/#properties
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-examples/tree/master/libmpv
C PLUGINS
=========
You can write C plugins for mpv. These use the libmpv API, although they do not
use the libmpv library itself.
They are available on Linux/BSD platforms only and enabled by default if the
compiler supports linking with the ``-rdynamic`` flag.
C plugins location
------------------
C plugins are put into the mpv scripts directory in its config directory
(see the `FILES`_ section for details). They must have a ``.so`` file extension.
They can also be explicitly loaded with the ``--script`` option.
API
---
A C plugin must export the following function::
int mpv_open_cplugin(mpv_handle *handle)
The plugin function will be called on loading time. This function does not
return as long as your plugin is loaded (it runs in its own thread). The
``handle`` will be deallocated as soon as the plugin function returns.
The return value is interpreted as error status. A value of ``0`` is
interpreted as success, while ``-1`` signals an error. In the latter case,
the player prints an uninformative error message that loading failed.
Return values other than ``0`` and ``-1`` are reserved, and trigger undefined
behavior.
Within the plugin function, you can call libmpv API functions. The ``handle``
is created by ``mpv_create_client()`` (or actually an internal equivalent),
and belongs to you. You can call ``mpv_wait_event()`` to wait for things
happening, and so on.
Note that the player might block until your plugin calls ``mpv_wait_event()``
for the first time. This gives you a chance to install initial hooks etc.
before playback begins.
The details are quite similar to Lua scripts.
Linkage to libmpv
-----------------
The current implementation requires that your plugins are **not** linked against
libmpv. What your plugins use are not symbols from a libmpv binary, but
symbols from the mpv host binary.
Examples
--------
See:
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-examples/tree/master/cplugins
+209 -304
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,12 @@
LUA SCRIPTING
=============
mpv can load Lua scripts. (See `Script location`_.)
mpv can load Lua scripts. Scripts passed to the ``--script`` option, or found in
the ``scripts`` subdirectory of the mpv configuration directory (usually
``~/.config/mpv/scripts/``) will be loaded on program start. mpv also appends the
``scripts`` subdirectory to the end of Lua's path so you can import scripts from
there too. Since it's added to the end, don't name scripts you want to import
the same as Lua libraries because they will be overshadowed by them.
mpv provides the built-in module ``mp``, which contains functions to send
commands to the mpv core and to retrieve information about playback state, user
@@ -25,55 +30,6 @@ A script which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:
mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change)
Script location
---------------
Scripts can be passed to the ``--script`` option, and are automatically loaded
from the ``scripts`` subdirectory of the mpv configuration directory (usually
``~/.config/mpv/scripts/``).
A script can be a single file. The file extension is used to select the
scripting backend to use for it. For Lua, it is ``.lua``. If the extension is
not recognized, an error is printed. (If an error happens, the extension is
either mistyped, or the backend was not compiled into your mpv binary.)
mpv internally loads the script's name by stripping the ``.lua`` extension and
replacing all nonalphanumeric characters with ``_``. E.g., ``my-tools.lua``
becomes ``my_tools``. If there are several scripts with the same name, it is
made unique by appending a number. This is the name returned by
``mp.get_script_name()``.
Entries with ``.disable`` extension are always ignored.
If a script is a directory (either if a directory is passed to ``--script``,
or any sub-directories in the script directory, such as for example
``~/.config/mpv/scripts/something/``), then the directory represents a single
script. The player will try to load a file named ``main.x``, where ``x`` is
replaced with the file extension. For example, if ``main.lua`` exists, it is
loaded with the Lua scripting backend.
You must not put any other files or directories that start with ``main.`` into
the script's top level directory. If the script directory contains for example
both ``main.lua`` and ``main.js``, only one of them will be loaded (and which
one depends on mpv internals that may change any time). Likewise, if there is
for example ``main.foo``, your script will break as soon as mpv adds a backend
that uses the ``.foo`` file extension.
mpv also appends the top level directory of the script to the start of Lua's
package path so you can import scripts from there too. Be aware that this will
shadow Lua libraries that use the same package path. (Single file scripts do not
include mpv specific directory the Lua package path. This was silently changed
in mpv 0.32.0.)
Using a script directory is the recommended way to package a script that
consists of multiple source files, or requires other files (you can use
``mp.get_script_directory()`` to get the location and e.g. load data files).
Making a script a git repository, basically a repository which contains a
``main.lua``` file in the root directory, makes scripts easily updateable
(without the dangers of auto-updates). Another suggestion is to use git
submodules to share common files or libraries.
Details on the script initialization and lifecycle
--------------------------------------------------
@@ -83,15 +39,13 @@ option. Some scripts are loaded internally (like ``--osc``). Each script runs in
its own thread. Your script is first run "as is", and once that is done, the event loop
is entered. This event loop will dispatch events received by mpv and call your
own event handlers which you have registered with ``mp.register_event``, or
timers added with ``mp.add_timeout`` or similar. Note that since the
script starts execution concurrently with player initialization, some properties
may not be populated with meaningful values until the relevant subsystems have
initialized.
timers added with ``mp.add_timeout`` or similar.
When the player quits, all scripts will be asked to terminate. This happens via
a ``shutdown`` event, which by default will make the event loop return. If your
script got into an endless loop, mpv will probably behave fine during playback,
but it won't terminate when quitting, because it's waiting on your script.
script got into an endless loop, mpv will probably behave fine during playback
(unless the player is suspended, see ``mp.suspend``), but it won't terminate
when quitting, because it's waiting on your script.
Internally, the C code will call the Lua function ``mp_event_loop`` after
loading a Lua script. This function is normally defined by the default prelude
@@ -107,10 +61,7 @@ the player will more or less hang until the script returns from the main chunk
(and ``mp_event_loop`` is called), or the script calls ``mp_event_loop`` or
``mp.dispatch_events`` directly. This is done to make it possible for a script
to fully setup event handlers etc. before playback actually starts. In older
mpv versions, this happened asynchronously. With mpv 0.29.0, this changes
slightly, and it merely waits for scripts to be loaded in this manner before
starting playback as part of the player initialization phase. Scripts run though
initialization in parallel. This might change again.
mpv versions, this happened asynchronously.
mp functions
------------
@@ -153,52 +104,12 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
``mp.command_native(table [,def])``
Similar to ``mp.commandv``, but pass the argument list as table. This has
the advantage that in at least some cases, arguments can be passed as
native types. It also allows you to use named argument.
If the table is an array, each array item is like an argument in
``mp.commandv()`` (but can be a native type instead of a string).
If the table contains string keys, it's interpreted as command with named
arguments. This requires at least an entry with the key ``name`` to be
present, which must be a string, and contains the command name. The special
entry ``_flags`` is optional, and if present, must be an array of
`Input Command Prefixes`_ to apply. All other entries are interpreted as
arguments.
native types.
Returns a result table on success (usually empty), or ``def, error`` on
error. ``def`` is the second parameter provided to the function, and is
nil if it's missing.
``mp.command_native_async(table [,fn])``
Like ``mp.command_native()``, but the command is ran asynchronously (as far
as possible), and upon completion, fn is called. fn has three arguments:
``fn(success, result, error)``:
``success``
Always a Boolean and is true if the command was successful,
otherwise false.
``result``
The result value (can be nil) in case of success, nil otherwise (as
returned by ``mp.command_native()``).
``error``
The error string in case of an error, nil otherwise.
Returns a table with undefined contents, which can be used as argument for
``mp.abort_async_command``.
If starting the command failed for some reason, ``nil, error`` is returned,
and ``fn`` is called indicating failure, using the same error value.
``fn`` is always called asynchronously, even if the command failed to start.
``mp.abort_async_command(t)``
Abort a ``mp.command_native_async`` call. The argument is the return value
of that command (which starts asynchronous execution of the command).
Whether this works and how long it takes depends on the command and the
situation. The abort call itself is asynchronous. Does not return anything.
``mp.get_property(name [,def])``
Return the value of the given property as string. These are the same
properties as used in input.conf. See `Properties`_ for a list of
@@ -264,7 +175,7 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
Similar to ``mp.set_property``, but set the given property using its native
type.
Since there are several data types which cannot represented natively in
Since there are several data types which can not represented natively in
Lua, this might not always work as expected. For example, while the Lua
wrapper can do some guesswork to decide whether a Lua table is an array
or a map, this would fail with empty tables. Also, there are not many
@@ -281,8 +192,7 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
Register callback to be run on a key binding. The binding will be mapped to
the given ``key``, which is a string describing the physical key. This uses
the same key names as in input.conf, and also allows combinations
(e.g. ``ctrl+a``). If the key is empty or ``nil``, no physical key is
registered, but the user still can create own bindings (see below).
(e.g. ``ctrl+a``).
After calling this function, key presses will cause the function ``fn`` to
be called (unless the user remapped the key with another binding).
@@ -293,9 +203,7 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
an example). The name should be unique across other bindings in the same
script - if not, the previous binding with the same name will be
overwritten. You can omit the name, in which case a random name is generated
internally. (Omitting works as follows: either pass ``nil`` for ``name``,
or pass the ``fn`` argument in place of the name. The latter is not
recommended and is handled for compatibility only.)
internally.
The last argument is used for optional flags. This is a table, which can
have the following entries:
@@ -306,25 +214,11 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
``complex``
If set to ``true``, then ``fn`` is called on both key up and down
events (as well as key repeat, if enabled), with the first
argument being a table. This table has the following entries (and
may contain undocumented ones):
``event``
Set to one of the strings ``down``, ``repeat``, ``up`` or
``press`` (the latter if key up/down can't be tracked).
``is_mouse``
Boolean Whether the event was caused by a mouse button.
``key_name``
The name of they key that triggered this, or ``nil`` if
invoked artificially. If the key name is unknown, it's an
empty string.
``key_text``
Text if triggered by a text key, otherwise ``nil``. See
description of ``script-binding`` command for details (this
field is equivalent to the 5th argument).
argument being a table. This table has an ``event`` entry, which
is set to one of the strings ``down``, ``repeat``, ``up`` or
``press`` (the latter if key up/down can't be tracked). It further
has an ``is_mouse`` entry, which tells whether the event was caused
by a mouse button.
Internally, key bindings are dispatched via the ``script-message-to`` or
``script-binding`` input commands and ``mp.register_script_message``.
@@ -346,7 +240,7 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
This will print the message ``the key was pressed`` when ``x`` was pressed.
The user can remap these key bindings. Then the user has to put the
following into their input.conf to remap the command to the ``y`` key:
following into his input.conf to remap the command to the ``y`` key:
::
@@ -361,11 +255,11 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
::
y script-binding fooscript/something
y script-binding fooscript.something
``mp.add_forced_key_binding(...)``
This works almost the same as ``mp.add_key_binding``, but registers the
key binding in a way that will overwrite the user's custom bindings in their
key binding in a way that will overwrite the user's custom bindings in his
input.conf. (``mp.add_key_binding`` overwrites default key bindings only,
but not those by the user's input.conf.)
@@ -412,21 +306,13 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
of times in a row, only the last change triggers the change function. (The
exact behavior depends on timing and other things.)
If a property is unavailable, or on error, the value argument to ``fn`` is
``nil``. (The ``observe_property()`` call always succeeds, even if a
property does not exist.)
In some cases the function is not called even if the property changes.
This depends on the property, and it's a valid feature request to ask for
better update handling of a specific property.
Whether this can happen depends on the property.
If the ``type`` is ``none`` or ``nil``, sporadic property change events are
possible. This means the change function ``fn`` can be called even if the
property doesn't actually change.
You always get an initial change notification. This is meant to initialize
the user's state to the current value of the property.
``mp.unobserve_property(fn)``
Undo ``mp.observe_property(..., fn)``. This removes all property handlers
that are equal to the ``fn`` parameter. This uses normal Lua ``==``
@@ -463,10 +349,6 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
with ``add_timeout()``), this starts the timer from the beginning,
using the initially configured timeout.
``is_enabled()``
Whether the timer is currently enabled or was previously disabled
(e.g. by ``stop()`` or ``kill()``).
``timeout`` (RW)
This field contains the current timeout period. This value is not
updated as time progresses. It's only used to calculate when the
@@ -481,8 +363,8 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
(``true``). This value is used when the timer expires (but before
the timer callback function fn is run).
Note that these are methods, and you have to call them using ``:`` instead
of ``.`` (Refer to https://www.lua.org/manual/5.2/manual.html#3.4.9 .)
Note that these are method, and you have to call them using ``:`` instead
of ``.`` (Refer to http://www.lua.org/manual/5.2/manual.html#3.4.9 .)
Example:
@@ -508,16 +390,11 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
Return the name of the current script. The name is usually made of the
filename of the script, with directory and file extension removed. If
there are several scripts which would have the same name, it's made unique
by appending a number. Any nonalphanumeric characters are replaced with ``_``.
by appending a number.
.. admonition:: Example
The script ``/path/to/foo-script.lua`` becomes ``foo_script``.
``mp.get_script_directory()``
Return the directory if this is a script packaged as directory (see
`Script location`_ for a description). Return nothing if this is a single
file script.
The script ``/path/to/fooscript.lua`` becomes ``fooscript``.
``mp.osd_message(text [,duration])``
Show an OSD message on the screen. ``duration`` is in seconds, and is
@@ -529,9 +406,30 @@ Advanced mp functions
These also live in the ``mp`` module, but are documented separately as they
are useful only in special situations.
``mp.suspend()``
Suspend the mpv main loop. There is a long-winded explanation of this in
the C API function ``mpv_suspend()``. In short, this prevents the player
from displaying the next video frame, so that you don't get blocked when
trying to access the player.
This is automatically called by the event handler.
``mp.resume()``
Undo one ``mp.suspend()`` call. ``mp.suspend()`` increments an internal
counter, and ``mp.resume()`` decrements it. When 0 is reached, the player
is actually resumed.
``mp.resume_all()``
This resets the internal suspend counter and resumes the player. (It's
like calling ``mp.resume()`` until the player is actually resumed.)
You might want to call this if you're about to do something that takes a
long time, but doesn't really need access to the player (like a network
operation). Note that you still can access the player at any time.
``mp.get_wakeup_pipe()``
Calls ``mpv_get_wakeup_pipe()`` and returns the read end of the wakeup
pipe. This is deprecated, but still works. (See ``client.h`` for details.)
pipe. (See ``client.h`` for details.)
``mp.get_next_timeout()``
Return the relative time in seconds when the next timer (``mp.add_timeout``
@@ -551,17 +449,7 @@ are useful only in special situations.
``mp.get_wakeup_pipe()`` if you're interested in properly working
notification of new events and working timers.
``mp.register_idle(fn)``
Register an event loop idle handler. Idle handlers are called before the
script goes to sleep after handling all new events. This can be used for
example to delay processing of property change events: if you're observing
multiple properties at once, you might not want to act on each property
change, but only when all change notifications have been received.
``mp.unregister_idle(fn)``
Undo ``mp.register_idle(fn)``. This removes all idle handlers that
are equal to the ``fn`` parameter. This uses normal Lua ``==`` comparison,
so be careful when dealing with closures.
This function calls ``mp.suspend()`` and ``mp.resume_all()`` on its own.
``mp.enable_messages(level)``
Set the minimum log level of which mpv message output to receive. These
@@ -571,9 +459,9 @@ are useful only in special situations.
The level is a string, see ``msg.log`` for allowed log levels.
``mp.register_script_message(name, fn)``
This is a helper to dispatch ``script-message`` or ``script-message-to``
invocations to Lua functions. ``fn`` is called if ``script-message`` or
``script-message-to`` (with this script as destination) is run
This is a helper to dispatch ``script_message`` or ``script_message_to``
invocations to Lua functions. ``fn`` is called if ``script_message`` or
``script_message_to`` (with this script as destination) is run
with ``name`` as first parameter. The other parameters are passed to ``fn``.
If a message with the given name is already registered, it's overwritten.
@@ -583,42 +471,6 @@ are useful only in special situations.
Undo a previous registration with ``mp.register_script_message``. Does
nothing if the ``name`` wasn't registered.
``mp.create_osd_overlay(format)``
Create an OSD overlay. This is a very thin wrapper around the ``osd-overlay``
command. The function returns a table, which mostly contains fields that
will be passed to ``osd-overlay``. The ``format`` parameter is used to
initialize the ``format`` field. The ``data`` field contains the text to
be used as overlay. For details, see the ``osd-overlay`` command.
In addition, it provides the following methods:
``update()``
Commit the OSD overlay to the screen, or in other words, run the
``osd-overlay`` command with the current fields of the overlay table.
Returns the result of the ``osd-overlay`` command itself.
``remove()``
Remove the overlay from the screen. A ``update()`` call will add it
again.
Example:
::
ov = mp.create_osd_overlay("ass-events")
ov.data = "{\\an5}{\\b1}hello world!"
ov:update()
The advantage of using this wrapper (as opposed to running ``osd-overlay``
directly) is that the ``id`` field is allocated automatically.
``mp.get_osd_size()``
Returns a tuple of ``osd_width, osd_height, osd_par``. The first two give
the size of the OSD in pixels (for video outputs like ``--vo=xv``, this may
be "scaled" pixels). The third is the display pixel aspect ratio.
May return invalid/nonsense values if OSD is not initialized yet.
mp.msg functions
----------------
@@ -627,17 +479,16 @@ with ``require 'mp.msg'``.
``msg.log(level, ...)``
The level parameter is the message priority. It's a string and one of
``fatal``, ``error``, ``warn``, ``info``, ``v``, ``debug``, ``trace``. The
user's settings will determine which of these messages will be
visible. Normally, all messages are visible, except ``v``, ``debug`` and
``trace``.
``fatal``, ``error``, ``warn``, ``info``, ``v``, ``debug``. The user's
settings will determine which of these messages will be visible. Normally,
all messages are visible, except ``v`` and ``debug``.
The parameters after that are all converted to strings. Spaces are inserted
to separate multiple parameters.
You don't need to add newlines.
``msg.fatal(...)``, ``msg.error(...)``, ``msg.warn(...)``, ``msg.info(...)``, ``msg.verbose(...)``, ``msg.debug(...)``, ``msg.trace(...)``
``msg.fatal(...)``, ``msg.error(...)``, ``msg.warn(...)``, ``msg.info(...)``, ``msg.verbose(...)``, ``msg.debug(...)``
All of these are shortcuts and equivalent to the corresponding
``msg.log(level, ...)`` call.
@@ -649,27 +500,14 @@ command-line. All you have to do is to supply a table with default options to
the read_options function. The function will overwrite the default values
with values found in the config-file and the command-line (in that order).
``options.read_options(table [, identifier [, on_update]])``
``options.read_options(table [, identifier])``
A ``table`` with key-value pairs. The type of the default values is
important for converting the values read from the config file or
command-line back. Do not use ``nil`` as a default value!
The ``identifier`` is used to identify the config-file and the command-line
options. These needs to unique to avoid collisions with other scripts.
Defaults to ``mp.get_script_name()`` if the parameter is ``nil`` or missing.
The ``on_update`` parameter enables run-time updates of all matching option
values via the ``script-opts`` option/property. If any of the matching
options changes, the values in the ``table`` (which was originally passed to
the function) are changed, and ``on_update(list)`` is called. ``list`` is
a table where each updated option has a ``list[option_name] = true`` entry.
There is no initial ``on_update()`` call. This never re-reads the config file.
``script-opts`` is always applied on the original config file, ignoring
previous ``script-opts`` values (for example, if an option is removed from
``script-opts`` at runtime, the option will have the value in the config
file). ``table`` entries are only written for option values whose values
effectively change (this is important if the script changes ``table``
entries independently).
Defaults to ``mp.get_script_name()``.
Example implementation::
@@ -684,7 +522,7 @@ Example implementation::
print(options.optionA)
The config file will be stored in ``script-opts/identifier.conf`` in mpv's user
The config file will be stored in ``lua-settings/identifier.conf`` in mpv's user
folder. Comment lines can be started with # and stray spaces are not removed.
Boolean values will be represented with yes/no.
@@ -704,8 +542,8 @@ Example command-line::
--script-opts=myscript-optionA=TEST,myscript-optionB=0,myscript-optionC=yes
mp.utils functions
------------------
mp.utils options
----------------
This built-in module provides generic helper functions for Lua, and have
strictly speaking nothing to do with mpv or video/audio playback. They are
@@ -745,34 +583,6 @@ strictly part of the guaranteed API.
On error, ``nil, error`` is returned.
``utils.file_info(path)``
Stats the given path for information and returns a table with the
following entries:
``mode``
protection bits (on Windows, always 755 (octal) for directories
and 644 (octal) for files)
``size``
size in bytes
``atime``
time of last access
``mtime``
time of last modification
``ctime``
time of last metadata change
``is_file``
Whether ``path`` is a regular file (boolean)
``is_dir``
Whether ``path`` is a directory (boolean)
``mode`` and ``size`` are integers.
Timestamps (``atime``, ``mtime`` and ``ctime``) are integer seconds since
the Unix epoch (Unix time).
The booleans ``is_file`` and ``is_dir`` are provided as a convenience;
they can be and are derived from ``mode``.
On error (e.g. path does not exist), ``nil, error`` is returned.
``utils.split_path(path)``
Split a path into directory component and filename component, and return
them. The first return value is always the directory. The second return
@@ -780,51 +590,51 @@ strictly part of the guaranteed API.
``utils.join_path(p1, p2)``
Return the concatenation of the 2 paths. Tries to be clever. For example,
if ``p2`` is an absolute path, ``p2`` is returned without change.
if ```p2`` is an absolute path, p2 is returned without change.
``utils.subprocess(t)``
Runs an external process and waits until it exits. Returns process status
and the captured output. This is a legacy wrapper around calling the
``subprocess`` command with ``mp.command_native``. It does the following
things:
- copy the table ``t``
- rename ``cancellable`` field to ``playback_only``
- rename ``max_size`` to ``capture_size``
- set ``capture_stdout`` field to ``true`` if unset
- set ``name`` field to ``subprocess``
- call ``mp.command_native(copied_t)``
- if the command failed, create a dummy result table
- copy ``error_string`` to ``error`` field if the string is non-empty
- return the result table
It is recommended to use ``mp.command_native`` or ``mp.command_native_async``
directly, instead of calling this legacy wrapper. It is for compatibility
only.
See the ``subprocess`` documentation for semantics and further parameters.
``utils.subprocess_detached(t)``
Runs an external process and detaches it from mpv's control.
and the captured output.
The parameter ``t`` is a table. The function reads the following entries:
``args``
Array of strings of the same semantics as the ``args`` used in the
``subprocess`` function.
Array of strings. The first array entry is the executable. This
can be either an absolute path, or a filename with no path
components, in which case the ``PATH`` environment variable is
used to resolve the executable. The other array elements are
passed as command line arguments.
The function returns ``nil``.
``cancellable``
Optional. If set to ``true`` (default), then if the user stops
playback or goes to the next file while the process is running,
the process will be killed.
This is a legacy wrapper around calling the ``run`` command with
``mp.commandv`` and other functions.
``max_size``
Optional. The maximum size in bytes of the data that can be captured
from stdout. (Default: 16 MB.)
``utils.getpid()``
Returns the process ID of the running mpv process. This can be used to identify
the calling mpv when launching (detached) subprocesses.
The function returns a table as result with the following entries:
``utils.get_env_list()``
Returns the C environment as a list of strings. (Do not confuse this with
the Lua "environment", which is an unrelated concept.)
``status``
The raw exit status of the process. It will be negative on error.
``stdout``
Captured output stream as string, limited to ``max_size``.
``error``
``nil`` on success. The string ``killed`` if the process was
terminated in an unusual way. The string ``init`` if the process
could not be started.
On Windows, ``killed`` is only returned when the process has been
killed by mpv as a result of ``cancellable`` being set to ``true``.
``killed_by_us``
Set to ``true`` if the process has been killed by mpv as a result
of ``cancellable`` being set to ``true``.
In all cases, ``mp.resume_all()`` is implicitly called.
``utils.parse_json(str [, trail])``
Parses the given string argument as JSON, and returns it as a Lua table. On
@@ -871,7 +681,116 @@ Example:
mp.register_event("file-loaded", my_fn)
For the existing event types, see `List of events`_.
List of events
--------------
``start-file``
Happens right before a new file is loaded. When you receive this, the
player is loading the file (or possibly already done with it).
``end-file``
Happens after a file was unloaded. Typically, the player will load the
next file right away, or quit if this was the last file.
The event has the ``reason`` field, which takes one of these values:
``eof``
The file has ended. This can (but doesn't have to) include
incomplete files or broken network connections under
circumstances.
``stop``
Playback was ended by a command.
``quit``
Playback was ended by sending the quit command.
``error``
An error happened. In this case, an ``error`` field is present with
the error string.
``redirect``
Happens with playlists and similar. Details see
``MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT`` in the C API.
``unknown``
Unknown. Normally doesn't happen, unless the Lua API is out of sync
with the C API. (Likewise, it could happen that your script gets
reason strings that did not exist yet at the time your script was
written.)
``file-loaded``
Happens after a file was loaded and begins playback.
``seek``
Happens on seeking. (This might include cases when the player seeks
internally, even without user interaction. This includes e.g. segment
changes when playing ordered chapters Matroska files.)
``playback-restart``
Start of playback after seek or after file was loaded.
``idle``
Idle mode is entered. This happens when playback ended, and the player was
started with ``--idle`` or ``--force-window``. This mode is implicitly ended
when the ``start-file`` or ``shutdown`` events happen.
``tick``
Called after a video frame was displayed. This is a hack, and you should
avoid using it. Use timers instead and maybe watch pausing/unpausing events
to avoid wasting CPU when the player is paused.
``shutdown``
Sent when the player quits, and the script should terminate. Normally
handled automatically. See `Details on the script initialization and lifecycle`_.
``log-message``
Receives messages enabled with ``mp.enable_messages``. The message data
is contained in the table passed as first parameter to the event handler.
The table contains, in addition to the default event fields, the following
fields:
``prefix``
The module prefix, identifies the sender of the message. This is what
the terminal player puts in front of the message text when using the
``--v`` option, and is also what is used for ``--msg-level``.
``level``
The log level as string. See ``msg.log`` for possible log level names.
Note that later versions of mpv might add new levels or remove
(undocumented) existing ones.
``text``
The log message. The text will end with a newline character. Sometimes
it can contain multiple lines.
Keep in mind that these messages are meant to be hints for humans. You
should not parse them, and prefix/level/text of messages might change
any time.
``get-property-reply``
Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).
``set-property-reply``
Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).
``command-reply``
Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).
``client-message``
Undocumented (used internally).
``video-reconfig``
Happens on video output or filter reconfig.
``audio-reconfig``
Happens on audio output or filter reconfig.
The following events also happen, but are deprecated: ``tracks-changed``,
``track-switched``, ``pause``, ``unpause``, ``metadata-update``,
``chapter-change``. Use ``mp.observe_property()`` instead.
Extras
------
@@ -885,22 +804,8 @@ guarantee a stable interface.
their result (normally, the Lua scripting interface is asynchronous from
the point of view of the player core). ``priority`` is an arbitrary integer
that allows ordering among hooks of the same kind. Using the value 50 is
recommended as neutral default value.
``fn(hook)`` is the function that will be called during execution of the
hook. The parameter passed to it (``hook``) is a Lua object that can control
further aspects about the currently invoked hook. It provides the following
methods:
``defer()``
Returning from the hook function should not automatically continue
the hook. Instead, the API user wants to call ``hook:cont()`` on its
own at a later point in time (before or after the function has
returned).
``cont()``
Continue the hook. Doesn't need to be called unless ``defer()`` was
called.
recommended as neutral default value. ``fn`` is the function that will be
called during execution of the hook.
See `Hooks`_ for currently existing hooks and what they do - only the hook
list is interesting; handling hook execution is done by the Lua script
+172 -821
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
+1036 -4522
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
+120 -296
View File
@@ -20,78 +20,37 @@ The Interface
::
+---------+----------+------------------------------------------+----------+
| pl prev | pl next | title | cache |
+------+--+---+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+-----+----+
| play | skip | skip | time | seekbar | time | audio | sub | vol | fs |
| | back | frwd | elapsed | | left | | | | |
+------+------+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+-----+----+
+------------------+-----------+--------------------+
| playlist prev | title | playlist next |
+-------+------+---+--+------+-+----+------+--------+
| audio | skip | seek | | seek | skip | full |
+-------+ back | back | play | frwd | frwd | screen |
| sub | | | | | | |
+-------+------+------+------+------+------+--------+
| seekbar |
+----------------+--------------+-------------------+
| time passed | cache status | time remaining |
+----------------+--------------+-------------------+
pl prev
playlist prev
============= ================================================
left-click play previous file in playlist
right-click show playlist
shift+L-click show playlist
============= ================================================
pl next
============= ================================================
left-click play next file in playlist
right-click show playlist
shift+L-click show playlist
============= ================================================
title
| Displays current media-title, filename, custom title, or target chapter
name while hovering the seekbar.
| Displays current media-title or filename
============= ================================================
left-click show playlist position and length and full title
right-click show filename
============= ================================================
cache
| Shows current cache fill status
play
playlist next
============= ================================================
left-click toggle play/pause
============= ================================================
skip back
============= ================================================
left-click go to beginning of chapter / previous chapter
right-click show chapters
shift+L-click show chapters
============= ================================================
skip frwd
============= ================================================
left-click go to next chapter
right-click show chapters
shift+L-click show chapters
============= ================================================
time elapsed
| Shows current playback position timestamp
============= ================================================
left-click toggle displaying timecodes with milliseconds
============= ================================================
seekbar
| Indicates current playback position and position of chapters
============= ================================================
left-click seek to position
============= ================================================
time left
| Shows remaining playback time timestamp
============= ================================================
left-click toggle between total and remaining time
left-click play next file in playlist
shift+L-click show playlist
============= ================================================
audio and sub
@@ -103,17 +62,66 @@ audio and sub
shift+L-click show available audio/sub tracks
============= ================================================
vol
skip back
============= ================================================
left-click toggle mute
mouse wheel volume up/down
left-click go to beginning of chapter / previous chapter
shift+L-click show chapters
============= ================================================
fs
seek back
============= ================================================
left-click skip back 5 seconds
right-click skip back 30 seconds
shift-L-click skip back 1 frame
============= ================================================
play
============= ================================================
left-click toggle play/pause
============= ================================================
seek frwd
============= ================================================
left-click skip forward 10 seconds
right-click skip forward 60 seconds
shift-L-click skip forward 1 frame
============= ================================================
skip frwd
============= ================================================
left-click go to next chapter
shift+L-click show chapters
============= ================================================
fullscreen
============= ================================================
left-click toggle fullscreen
============= ================================================
seekbar
| Indicates current playback position and position of chapters
============= ================================================
left-click seek to position
============= ================================================
time passed
| Shows current playback position timestamp
============= ================================================
left-click toggle displaying timecodes with milliseconds
============= ================================================
cache status
| Shows current cache fill status (only visible when below 45%)
time remaining
| Shows remaining playback time timestamp
============= ================================================
left-click toggle between total and remaining time
============= ================================================
Key Bindings
~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -129,7 +137,7 @@ Configuration
-------------
The OSC offers limited configuration through a config file
``script-opts/osc.conf`` placed in mpv's user dir and through the
``lua-settings/osc.conf`` placed in mpv's user dir and through the
``--script-opts`` command-line option. Options provided through the command-line
will override those from the config file.
@@ -159,261 +167,85 @@ Example::
Configurable Options
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
``layout``
Default: bottombar
The layout for the OSC. Currently available are: box, slimbox,
bottombar and topbar. Default pre-0.21.0 was 'box'.
``seekbarstyle``
Default: bar
Sets the style of the playback position marker and overall shape
of the seekbar: ``bar``, ``diamond`` or ``knob``.
``seekbarhandlesize``
Default: 0.6
Size ratio of the seek handle if ``seekbarstyle`` is set to ``dimaond``
or ``knob``. This is relative to the full height of the seekbar.
``seekbarkeyframes``
Default: yes
Controls the mode used to seek when dragging the seekbar. If set to ``yes``,
default seeking mode is used (usually keyframes, but player defaults and
heuristics can change it to exact). If set to ``no``, exact seeking on
mouse drags will be used instead. Keyframes are preferred, but exact seeks
may be useful in cases where keyframes cannot be found. Note that using
exact seeks can potentially make mouse dragging much slower.
``seekrangestyle``
Default: inverted
Display seekable ranges on the seekbar. ``bar`` shows them on the full
height of the bar, ``line`` as a thick line and ``inverted`` as a thin
line that is inverted over playback position markers. ``none`` will hide
them. Additionally, ``slider`` will show a permanent handle inside the seekbar
with cached ranges marked inside. Note that these will look differently
based on the seekbarstyle option. Also, ``slider`` does not work with
``seekbarstyle`` set to ``bar``.
``seekrangeseparate``
Default: yes
Controls whether to show line-style seekable ranges on top of the
seekbar or separately if ``seekbarstyle`` is set to ``bar``.
``seekrangealpha``
Default: 200
Alpha of the seekable ranges, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent).
``deadzonesize``
Default: 0.5
Size of the deadzone. The deadzone is an area that makes the mouse act
like leaving the window. Movement there won't make the OSC show up and
it will hide immediately if the mouse enters it. The deadzone starts
at the window border opposite to the OSC and the size controls how much
of the window it will span. Values between 0.0 and 1.0, where 0 means the
OSC will always popup with mouse movement in the window, and 1 means the
OSC will only show up when the mouse hovers it. Default pre-0.21.0 was 0.
``minmousemove``
Default: 0
Minimum amount of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make
the OSC show up. Default pre-0.21.0 was 3.
``showwindowed``
Default: yes
Enable the OSC when windowed
| Default: yes
| Enable the OSC when windowed
``showfullscreen``
Default: yes
Enable the OSC when fullscreen
``idlescreen``
Default: yes
Show the mpv logo and message when idle
| Default: yes
| Enable the OSC when fullscreen
``scalewindowed``
Default: 1.0
Scale factor of the OSC when windowed.
| Default: 1.0
| Scale factor of the OSC when windowed
``scalefullscreen``
Default: 1.0
Scale factor of the OSC when fullscreen
| Default: 1.0
| Scale factor of the OSC when fullscreen
``scaleforcedwindow``
Default: 2.0
Scale factor of the OSC when rendered on a forced (dummy) window
| Default: 2.0
| Scale factor of the OSC when rendered on a forced (dummy) window
``vidscale``
Default: yes
Scale the OSC with the video
``no`` tries to keep the OSC size constant as much as the window size allows
| Default: yes
| Scale the OSC with the video
| ``no`` tries to keep the OSC size constant as much as the window size allows
``valign``
Default: 0.8
Vertical alignment, -1 (top) to 1 (bottom)
| Default: 0.8
| Vertical alignment, -1 (top) to 1 (bottom)
``halign``
Default: 0.0
Horizontal alignment, -1 (left) to 1 (right)
``barmargin``
Default: 0
Margin from bottom (bottombar) or top (topbar), in pixels
| Default: 0.0
| Horizontal alignment, -1 (left) to 1 (right)
``boxalpha``
Default: 80
Alpha of the background box, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent)
| Default: 80
| Alpha of the background box, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent)
``hidetimeout``
Default: 500
Duration in ms until the OSC hides if no mouse movement, must not be
negative
| Default: 500
| Duration in ms until the OSC hides if no mouse movement, must not be
negative
``fadeduration``
Default: 200
| Default: 200
| Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade
Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade
``deadzonesize``
| Default: 0
| Size of the deadzone. The deadzone is an area that makes the mouse act
like leaving the window. Movement there won't make the OSC show up and
it will hide immediately if the mouse enters it. The deadzone starts
at the window border opposite to the OSC and the size controls how much
of the window it will span. Values between 0 and 1.
``title``
Default: ${media-title}
``minmousemove``
| Default: 3
| Minimum amount of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make
the OSC show up
String that supports property expansion that will be displayed as
OSC title.
ASS tags are escaped, and newlines and trailing slashes are stripped.
``layout``
| Default: box
| The layout for the OSC. Currently available are: box, slimbox,
bottombar and topbar.
``tooltipborder``
Default: 1
Size of the tooltip outline when using bottombar or topbar layouts
``seekbarstyle``
| Default: slider
| Sets the style of the seekbar, slider (diamond marker) or bar (fill)
``timetotal``
Default: no
Show total time instead of time remaining
| Default: no
| Show total time instead of time remaining
``timems``
Default: no
Display timecodes with milliseconds
``tcspace``
Default: 100 (allowed: 50-200)
Adjust space reserved for timecodes (current time and time remaining) in
the ``bottombar`` and ``topbar`` layouts. The timecode width depends on the
font, and with some fonts the spacing near the timecodes becomes too small.
Use values above 100 to increase that spacing, or below 100 to decrease it.
| Default: no
| Display timecodes with milliseconds
``visibility``
Default: auto (auto hide/show on mouse move)
Also supports ``never`` and ``always``
``boxmaxchars``
Default: 80
Max chars for the osc title at the box layout. mpv does not measure the
text width on screen and so it needs to limit it by number of chars. The
default is conservative to allow wide fonts to be used without overflow.
However, with many common fonts a bigger number can be used. YMMV.
``boxvideo``
Default: no
Whether to overlay the osc over the video (``no``), or to box the video
within the areas not covered by the osc (``yes``). If this option is set,
the osc may overwrite the ``--video-margin-ratio-*`` options, even if the
user has set them. (It will not overwrite them if all of them are set to
default values.) Additionally, ``visibility`` must be set to ``always``.
Otherwise, this option does nothing.
Currently, this is supported for the ``bottombar`` and ``topbar`` layout
only. The other layouts do not change if this option is set. Separately,
if window controls are present (see below), they will be affected
regardless of which osc layout is in use.
The border is static and appears even if the OSC is configured to appear
only on mouse interaction. If the OSC is invisible, the border is simply
filled with the background color (black by default).
This currently still makes the OSC overlap with subtitles (if the
``--sub-use-margins`` option is set to ``yes``, the default). This may be
fixed later.
This does not work correctly with video outputs like ``--vo=xv``, which
render OSD into the unscaled video.
``windowcontrols``
Default: auto (Show window controls if there is no window border)
Whether to show window management controls over the video, and if so,
which side of the window to place them. This may be desirable when the
window has no decorations, either because they have been explicitly
disabled (``border=no``) or because the current platform doesn't support
them (eg: gnome-shell with wayland).
The set of window controls is fixed, offering ``minimize``, ``maximize``,
and ``quit``. Not all platforms implement ``minimize`` and ``maximize``,
but ``quit`` will always work.
``windowcontrols_alignment``
Default: right
If window controls are shown, indicates which side should they be aligned
to.
Supports ``left`` and ``right`` which will place the controls on those
respective sides.
``greenandgrumpy``
Default: no
Set to ``yes`` to reduce festivity (i.e. disable santa hat in December.)
``livemarkers``
Default: yes
Update chapter markers positions on duration changes, e.g. live streams.
The updates are unoptimized - consider disabling it on very low-end systems.
``chapters_osd``, ``playlist_osd``
Default: yes
Whether to display the chapters/playlist at the OSD when left-clicking the
next/previous OSC buttons, respectively.
``chapter_fmt``
Default: ``Chapter: %s``
Template for the chapter-name display when hovering the seekbar.
Use ``no`` to disable chapter display on hover. Otherwise it's a lua
``string.format`` template and ``%s`` is replaced with the actual name.
``unicodeminus``
Default: no
Use a Unicode minus sign instead of an ASCII hyphen when displaying
the remaining playback time.
| Default: auto (auto hide/show on mouse move)
| Also supports ``never`` and ``always``
Script Commands
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -434,14 +266,6 @@ Example
You could put this into ``input.conf`` to hide the OSC with the ``a`` key and
to set auto mode (the default) with ``b``::
a script-message osc-visibility never
b script-message osc-visibility auto
``osc-idlescreen``
Controls the visibility of the mpv logo on idle. Valid arguments are ``yes``,
``no``, and ``cycle`` to toggle between yes and no.
``osc-playlist``, ``osc-chapterlist``, ``osc-tracklist``
Shows a limited view of the respective type of list using the OSC. First
argument is duration in seconds.
a script_message osc-visibility never
b script_message osc-visibility auto
-235
View File
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
STATS
=====
This builtin script displays information and statistics for the currently
played file. It is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support.
It can be disabled entirely using the ``--load-stats-overlay=no`` option.
Usage
-----
The following key bindings are active by default unless something else is
already bound to them:
==== ==============================================
i Show stats for a fixed duration
I Toggle stats (shown until toggled again)
==== ==============================================
While the stats are visible on screen the following key bindings are active,
regardless of existing bindings. They allow you to switch between *pages* of
stats:
==== ==================
1 Show usual stats
2 Show frame timings (scroll)
3 Input cache stats
4 Active key bindings (scroll)
0 Internal stuff (scroll)
==== ==================
On pages which support scroll, these key bindings are also active:
==== ==================
UP Scroll one line up
DOWN Scroll one line down
==== ==================
Font
~~~~
For optimal visual experience, a font with support for many font weights and
monospaced digits is recommended. By default, the open source font
`Source Sans Pro <https://github.com/adobe-fonts/source-sans-pro>`_ is used.
Configuration
-------------
This script can be customized through a config file ``script-opts/stats.conf``
placed in mpv's user directory and through the ``--script-opts`` command-line
option. The configuration syntax is described in `ON SCREEN CONTROLLER`_.
Configurable Options
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
``key_page_1``
Default: 1
``key_page_2``
Default: 2
``key_page_3``
Default: 3
``key_page_4``
Default: 4
``key_page_0``
Default: 0
Key bindings for page switching while stats are displayed.
``key_scroll_up``
Default: UP
``key_scroll_down``
Default: DOWN
``scroll_lines``
Default: 1
Scroll key bindings and number of lines to scroll on pages which support it.
``duration``
Default: 4
How long the stats are shown in seconds (oneshot).
``redraw_delay``
Default: 1
How long it takes to refresh the displayed stats in seconds (toggling).
``persistent_overlay``
Default: no
When `no`, other scripts printing text to the screen can overwrite the
displayed stats. When `yes`, displayed stats are persistently shown for the
respective duration. This can result in overlapping text when multiple
scripts decide to print text at the same time.
``plot_perfdata``
Default: yes
Show graphs for performance data (page 2).
``plot_vsync_ratio``
Default: yes
``plot_vsync_jitter``
Default: yes
Show graphs for vsync and jitter values (page 1). Only when toggled.
``flush_graph_data``
Default: yes
Clear data buffers used for drawing graphs when toggling.
``font``
Default: Source Sans Pro
Font name. Should support as many font weights as possible for optimal
visual experience.
``font_mono``
Default: Source Sans Pro
Font name for parts where monospaced characters are necessary to align
text. Currently, monospaced digits are sufficient.
``font_size``
Default: 8
Font size used to render text.
``font_color``
Default: FFFFFF
Font color.
``border_size``
Default: 0.8
Size of border drawn around the font.
``border_color``
Default: 262626
Color of drawn border.
``alpha``
Default: 11
Transparency for drawn text.
``plot_bg_border_color``
Default: 0000FF
Border color used for drawing graphs.
``plot_bg_color``
Default: 262626
Background color used for drawing graphs.
``plot_color``
Default: FFFFFF
Color used for drawing graphs.
Note: colors are given as hexadecimal values and use ASS tag order: BBGGRR
(blue green red).
Different key bindings
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Additional keys can be configured in ``input.conf`` to display the stats::
e script-binding stats/display-stats
E script-binding stats/display-stats-toggle
And to display a certain page directly::
i script-binding stats/display-page-1
e script-binding stats/display-page-2
Active key bindings page
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Lists the active key bindings and the commands they're bound to, excluding the
interactive keys of the stats script itself. See also ``--input-test`` for more
detailed view of each binding.
The keys are grouped automatically using a simple analysis of the command
string, and one should not expect documentation-level grouping accuracy,
however, it should still be reasonably useful.
Using ``--idle --script-opts=stats-bindlist=yes`` will print the list to the
terminal and quit immediately. By default long lines are shortened to 79 chars,
and terminal escape sequences are enabled. A different length limit can be
set by changing ``yes`` to a number (at least 40), and escape sequences can be
disabled by adding ``-`` before the value, e.g. ``...=-yes`` or ``...=-120``.
Like with ``--input-test``, the list includes bindings from ``input.conf`` and
from user scripts. Use ``--no-config`` to list only built-in bindings.
Internal stuff page
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Most entries shown on this page have rather vague meaning. Likely none of this
is useful for you. Don't attempt to use it. Forget its existence.
Selecting this for the first time will start collecting some internal
performance data. That means performance will be slightly lower than normal for
the rest of the time the player is running (even if the stats page is closed).
Note that the stats page itself uses a lot of CPU and even GPU resources, and
may have a heavy impact on performance.
The displayed information is accumulated over the redraw delay (shown as
``poll-time`` field).
This adds entries for each Lua script. If there are too many scripts running,
parts of the list will simply be out of the screen, but it can be scrolled.
If the underlying platform does not support pthread per thread times, the
displayed times will be 0 or something random (I suspect that at time of this
writing, only Linux provides the correct via pthread APIs for per thread times).
Most entries are added lazily and only during data collection, which is why
entries may pop up randomly after some time. It's also why the memory usage
entries for scripts that have been inactive since the start of data collection
are missing.
Memory usage is approximate and does not reflect internal fragmentation.
JS scripts memory reporting is disabled by default because collecting the data
at the JS side has an overhead. It can be enabled by exporting the env var
``MPV_LEAK_REPORT=1`` before starting mpv, and will increase JS memory usage.
If entries have ``/time`` and ``/cpu`` variants, the former gives the real time
(monotonic clock), while the latter the thread CPU time (only if the
corresponding pthread API works and is supported).
+458 -438
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
+899 -398
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
+18 -22
View File
@@ -7,11 +7,8 @@ large part of which is incompatible or completely changes how the player
behaves. Although there are still many similarities to its ancestors, **mpv**
should generally be treated as a completely different program.
.. admonition:: Warning
This document is **not updated** anymore, and is **incomplete** and
**outdated**. If you look for old option replacements, always check with
the current mpv manpage, as the options could have changed meanwhile.
.. note::
These lists are incomplete.
General Changes from MPlayer to mpv
-----------------------------------
@@ -33,7 +30,7 @@ Player
* Slave mode compatibility broken (see below).
* Re-enable screensaver while the player is paused.
* Allow resuming playback at a later point with ``Shift+q``, also see the
``quit-watch-later`` input command.
``quit_watch_later`` input command.
* ``--keep-open`` option to stop the player from closing the window and
exiting after playback ends.
* A client API, that allows embedding **mpv** into applications
@@ -52,7 +49,7 @@ Input
* Classic LIRC support was removed. Install remotes as input devices instead.
This way they will send X11 key events to the mpv window, which can be bound
using the normal ``input.conf``.
Also see: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/IR-remotes
Also see: http://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/IR-remotes
* Joystick support was removed. It was considered useless and was the cause
of some problems (e.g. a laptop's accelerator being recognized as joystick).
* Support for relative seeking by percentage.
@@ -76,16 +73,15 @@ Video
* Wayland support.
* Native support for VAAPI and VDA. Improved VDPAU video output.
* Improved GPU-accelerated video output (see the ``gpu-hq`` preset).
* Make hardware decoding work with the ``gpu`` video output.
* Improved OpenGL output (see the ``opengl-hq`` video output).
* Make hardware decoding work with the ``opengl`` video output.
* Support for libavfilter (for video->video and audio->audio). This allows
using most of FFmpeg's filters, which improve greatly on the old MPlayer
filters in features, performance, and correctness.
* More correct color reproduction (color matrix generation), including support
for BT.2020 (Ultra HD). linear XYZ (Digital Cinema) and SMPTE ST2084 (HDR)
inputs.
for BT.2020 (Ultra HD) and linear XYZ (Digital Cinema) inputs.
* Support for color managed displays, via ICC profiles.
* High-quality image resamplers (see the ``--scale`` suboption).
* High-quality image resamplers (see the ``opengl`` ``scale`` suboption).
* Support for scaling in (sigmoidized) linear light.
* Better subtitle rendering using libass by default.
* Improvements when playing multiple files (``-fixed-vo`` is default, do not
@@ -144,6 +140,7 @@ Mac OS X
* Native OpenGL backend.
* Cocoa event loop is independent from MPlayer's event loop, so user
actions like accessing menus and live resizing do not block the playback.
* Apple Remote support.
* Media Keys support.
* VDA support using libavcodec hwaccel API instead of FFmpeg's decoder with up
to 2-2.5x reduction in CPU usage.
@@ -211,7 +208,7 @@ Command Line Switches
``-no<opt>`` ``--no-<opt>`` (add a dash)
``-a52drc level`` ``--ad-lavc-ac3drc=level``
``-ac spdifac3`` ``--ad=spdif:ac3`` (see ``--ad=help``)
``-af volnorm`` (removed; use acompressor ffmpeg filter instead)
``-af volnorm`` ``--af=drc`` (renamed)
``-afm hwac3`` ``--ad=spdif:ac3,spdif:dts``
``-ao alsa:device=hw=0.3`` ``--ao=alsa:device=[hw:0,3]``
``-aspect`` ``--video-aspect``
@@ -247,7 +244,7 @@ Command Line Switches
``-msglevel`` ``--msg-level`` (changed semantics)
``-msgmodule`` ``--msg-module``
``-name`` ``--x11-name``
``-noar`` ``(removed; replaced by MediaPlayer framework)``
``-noar`` ``--no-input-appleremote``
``-noautosub`` ``--no-sub-auto``
``-noconsolecontrols`` ``--no-input-terminal``
``-nosound`` ``--no-audio``
@@ -264,14 +261,13 @@ Command Line Switches
``-ssf <sub>`` ``--sws-...``
``-stop-xscreensaver`` ``--stop-screensaver``
``-sub-fuzziness`` ``--sub-auto``
``-sub-text-*`` ``--sub-*``
``-sub`` ``--sub-file``
``-subcp`` ``--sub-codepage``
``-subdelay`` ``--sub-delay``
``-subfile`` ``--sub-file``
``-subfont-*`` ``--sub-*``, ``--osd-*``
``-subfont-*`` ``--sub-text-*``, ``--osd-*``
``-subfont-text-scale`` ``--sub-scale``
``-subfont`` ``--sub-font``
``-subfont`` ``--sub-text-font``
``-subfps`` ``--sub-fps``
``-subpos`` ``--sub-pos``
``-sws`` ``--sws-scaler``
@@ -315,11 +311,11 @@ input.conf and Slave Commands
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| Old | New |
+================================+========================================+
| ``pt_step 1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist-next [weak|force]`` |
| ``pt_step 1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist_next [weak|force]`` |
| | (translation layer cannot deal with |
| | whitespace) |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``pt_step -1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist-prev [weak|force] (same)`` |
| ``pt_step -1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist_prev [weak|force] (same)`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``switch_ratio [<ratio>]`` | ``set video-aspect <ratio>`` |
| | |
@@ -334,7 +330,7 @@ input.conf and Slave Commands
| ``<step> <dir>`` | ``no-osd``: ``no-osd cycle <prop>`` |
| | ``<step>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``osd_show_property_text`` | ``show-text <text>`` |
| ``osd_show_property_text`` | ``show_text <text>`` |
| ``<text>`` | The property expansion format string |
| | syntax slightly changed. |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
@@ -343,9 +339,9 @@ input.conf and Slave Commands
| | ``raw`` prefix to disable property |
| | expansion. |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``show_tracks`` | ``show-text ${track-list}`` |
| ``show_tracks`` | ``show_text ${track-list}`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``show_chapters`` | ``show-text ${chapter-list}`` |
| ``show_chapters`` | ``show_text ${chapter-list}`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``af_switch``, ``af_add``, ... | ``af set|add|...`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
+8 -16
View File
@@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ contains breaking changes, such as changed options or added/removed features,
and Y is incremented if a release contains only bugfixes and other minor
changes.
Releases are tagged on the master branch and will not be maintained separately.
There is only one release branch that keeps track of the latest version and
will not be maintained separately.
The goal of releases is to provide Linux distributions with something to
package. If you want the newest features, just use the master branch.
@@ -18,30 +19,21 @@ Releases other than the latest release are unsupported and unmaintained.
Release procedure
-----------------
While on master:
- Merge master into branch release/current.
- Update the `RELEASE_NOTES` file, replacing the previous release notes.
- Create and/or update the `RELEASE_NOTES` file.
- Update the `VERSION` file.
- Create and/or update the `VERSION` file.
- Update `DOCS/client-api-changes.rst` and `DOCS/interface-changes.rst`
(in particular, update the last version numbers if necessary)
- Update `DOCS/client-api-changes.rst` (on major releases).
- Create signed commit with changes.
- Create tag v0.X.Y.
- Create signed tag v0.X.Y.
- Add -UNKNOWN suffix to version in `VERSION` file.
- Commit changes, push release branch (`release/0.X`) and tag to GitHub.
- Push branch and tag to GitHub.
- Create a new GitHub release using the content of `RELEASE_NOTES` related to
the new version.
If necessary (to e.g. exclude commits already on master), the release can
be done on a branch with different commit history. The release branch **must**
then be merged to master so `git describe` will pick up the tag.
Release notes template
----------------------
+61 -452
View File
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ player/*.c:
* parse command line, add files from the command line to playlist
(m_config_parse_mp_command_line())
* check help options etc. (call handle_help_options()), possibly exit
* call mp_play_files() function that works down the playlist:
* call play_files() function that works down the playlist:
* run idle loop (idle_loop()), until there are files in the
playlist or an exit command was given (only if --idle it set)
* actually load and play a file in play_current_file():
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ player/*.c:
* determine next entry on the playlist to play
* loop, or exit if no next file or quit is requested
(see enum stop_play_reason)
* call mp_destroy()
* call exit_player_with_rc()
* run_playloop():
* calls fill_audio_out_buffers()
This checks whether new audio needs to be decoded, and pushes it
@@ -44,9 +44,11 @@ player/*.c:
Things worth saying about the playback core:
- most state is in MPContext (core.h), which is not available to the
subsystems (and should not be made available)
subsystems
- the currently played tracks are in mpctx->current_tracks, and decoder
state in track.dec/d_sub
state in d_video/d_audio/d_sub
- the timeline stuff is used only with MKV ordered chapters (and some other
minor features: cue, edl)
- the other subsystems rarely call back into the frontend, and the frontend
polls them instead (probably a good thing)
- one exceptions are wakeup callbacks, which notify a "higher" component
@@ -54,34 +56,43 @@ player/*.c:
I like to call the player/*.c files the "frontend".
ta.h & ta.c:
Hierarchical memory manager inspired by talloc from Samba. It's like a
malloc() with more features. Most importantly, each talloc allocation can
have a parent, and if the parent is free'd, all children will be free'd as
well. The parent is an arbitrary talloc allocation. It's either set by the
allocation call by passing a talloc parent, usually as first argument to the
allocation function. It can also be set or reset later by other calls (at
least talloc_steal()). A talloc allocation that is used as parent is often
called a talloc context.
talloc.h & talloc.c:
Hierarchical memory manager copied from Samba. It's like a malloc() with
more features. Most importantly, each talloc allocation can have a parent,
and if the parent is free'd, all children will be free'd as well. The
parent is an arbitrary talloc allocation. It's either set by the allocation
call by passing a talloc parent, usually as first argument to the allocation
function. It can also be set or reset later by other calls (at least
talloc_steal()). A talloc allocation that is used as parent is often called
a talloc context.
Lots of code still uses malloc() proper, and you should be careful what
type of allocation you're dealing with when returning or free'ing an
allocation. (Needless to say, talloc_free() and free() are completely
different things.)
The copy in mpv has been modified to abort on OOM conditions. An
allocation call will never return NULL.
One very useful feature of talloc is fast tracking of memory leaks. ("Fast"
as in it doesn't require valgrind.) You can enable it by setting the
MPV_LEAK_REPORT environment variable to "1":
export MPV_LEAK_REPORT=1
Or permanently by building with --enable-ta-leak-report.
This will list all unfree'd allocations on exit.
Documentation can be found here:
http://git.samba.org/?p=samba.git;a=blob;f=lib/talloc/talloc.h;hb=HEAD
For some reason, we're still using API-compatible wrappers instead of TA
directly. The talloc wrapper has only a subset of the functionality, and
in particular the wrappers abort() on memory allocation failure.
Note: unlike tcmalloc, jemalloc, etc., talloc() is not actually a malloc
replacement. It works on top of system malloc and provides additional
features that are supposed to make memory management easier.
Warning: actually, we're not using talloc anymore. talloc in mpv has been
replaced by a custom re-implementation (TA in ta/). It provides
some talloc emulation (just the parts needed by mpv). We will get
rid of the talloc emulation later and use TA natively.
(See ta/README for details.)
player/command.c:
This contains the implementation for client API commands and properties.
Properties are essentially dynamic variables changed by certain commands.
@@ -104,47 +115,15 @@ options/options.h, options/options.c
options.c. Most default values for options and MPOpts are in
mp_default_opts at the end of options.c.
MPOpts is unfortunately quite monolithic, but is being incrementally broken
up into sub-structs. Many components have their own sub-option structs
separate from MPOpts. New options should be bound to the component that uses
them. Add a new option table/struct if needed.
The global MPOpts still contains the sub-structs as fields, which serves to
link them to the option parser. For example, an entry like this may be
typical:
{"", OPT_SUBSTRUCT(demux_opts, demux_conf)},
This directs the option access code to include all options in demux_conf
into the global option list, with no prefix (""), and as part of the
MPOpts.demux_opts field. The MPOpts.demux_opts field is actually not
accessed anywhere, and instead demux.c does this:
struct m_config_cache *opts_cache =
m_config_cache_alloc(demuxer, global, &demux_conf);
struct demux_opts *opts = opts_cache->opts;
... to get a copy of its options.
See m_config.h (below) how to access options.
MPOpts is unfortunately quite monolithic, and virtually accessed by
everything.But some components (like video outputs and video filters) have
their own sub-option tables separate from MPOpts.
The actual option parser is spread over m_option.c, m_config.c, and
parse_commandline.c, and uses the option table in options.c.
options/m_config.h & m_config.c:
Code for querying and managing options. This (unfortunately) contains both
declarations for the "legacy-ish" global m_config struct, and ways to access
options in a threads-safe way anywhere, like m_config_cache_alloc().
m_config_cache_alloc() lets anyone read, observe, and write options in any
thread. The only state it needs is struct mpv_global, which is an opaque
type that can be passed "down" the component hierarchy. For safety reasons,
you should not pass down any pointers to option structs (like MPOpts), but
instead pass down mpv_global, and use m_config_cache_alloc() (or similar)
to get a synchronized copy of the options.
parser-mpcmd.c, and uses the option table in options.c.
input/input.c:
This translates keyboard input coming from VOs and other sources (such
This translates keyboard input comming from VOs and other sources (such
as remote control devices like Apple IR or client API commands) to the
key bindings listed in the user's (or the builtin) input.conf and turns
them into items of type struct mp_cmd. These commands are queued, and read
@@ -172,6 +151,9 @@ stream/*:
Some stream inputs are just there to invoke special demuxers, like
stream_mf.c. (Basically to make the prefix "mf://" do something special.)
cache.c is a caching wrapper around streams implementations, needed for
smooth network playback.
demux/:
Demuxers split data streams into audio/video/sub streams, which in turn
are split in packets. Packets (see demux_packet.h) are mostly byte chunks
@@ -179,16 +161,13 @@ demux/:
Most demuxers have been removed from this fork, and the only important and
"actual" demuxers left are demux_mkv.c and demux_lavf.c (uses libavformat).
There are some pseudo demuxers like demux_cue.c.
There are some pseudo demuxers like demux_cue.c, which exist only to invoke
other frontend code (tl_cue.c in this case).
The main interface is in demux.h. The stream headers are in stheader.h.
There is a stream header for each audio/video/sub stream, and each of them
holds codec information about the stream and other information.
demux.c is a bit big, the main reason being that it contains the demuxer
cache, which is implemented as a list of packets. The cache is complex
because it support seeking, multiple ranges, prefetching, and so on.
video/:
This contains several things related to audio/video decoding, as well as
video filters.
@@ -197,8 +176,8 @@ video/:
internally.
video/decode/:
vd_*.c are video decoders. (There's only vd_lavc.c left.) dec_video.c
handles most of connecting the frontend with the actual decoder.
vd_*.c are video decoders. (There's only vd_lavc.c left.) dec_video.c/vd.c
handle most of connecting the frontend with the actual decoder.
video/filter/:
vf_*.c and vf.c form the video filter chain. They are fed by the video
@@ -211,26 +190,27 @@ video/out/:
Video output. They also create GUI windows and handle user input. In most
cases, the windowing code is shared among VOs, like x11_common.c for X11 and
w32_common.c for Windows. The VOs stand between frontend and windowing code.
vo_gpu can pick a windowing system at runtime, e.g. the same binary can
vo_opengl can pick a windowing system at runtime, e.g. the same binary can
provide both X11 and Cocoa support on OSX.
VOs can be reconfigured at runtime. A vo_reconfig() call can change the video
VOs can be reconfigured at runtime. A vo_config() call can change the video
resolution and format, without destroying the window.
vo_gpu should be taken as reference.
vo_vdpau and vo_opengl should be taken as reference.
audio/:
format.h/format.c define the uncompressed audio formats. (As well as some
compressed formats used for spdif.)
audio/decode/:
ad_*.c and dec_audio.c handle audio decoding. ad_lavc.c is the
ad_*.c and dec_audio.c/ad.c handle audio decoding. ad_lavc.c is the
decoder using ffmpeg. ad_spdif.c is not really a decoder, but is used for
compressed audio passthrough.
audio/filter/:
Audio filter chain. af_lavrresample is inserted if any form of conversion
between audio formats is needed.
between audio formats is needed. (af_convert24.c and af_convertsignendian.c
are also used for some formats not directly supported by FFmpeg.)
audio/out/:
Audio outputs.
@@ -264,394 +244,23 @@ sub/:
The subtitles are passed to dec_sub.c and the subtitle decoders in sd_*.c
as they are demuxed. All text subtitles are rendered by sd_ass.c. If text
subtitles are not in the ASS format, the libavcodec subtitle converters are
used (lavc_conv.c).
subtitles are not in the ASS format, subtitle converters are inserted, for
example sd_srt.c, which is used to convert SRT->ASS. sd_srt.c is also used
as general converter for text->ASS (to prevent interpretation of text as
ASS tags).
Text subtitles can be preloaded, in which case they are read fully as soon
as the subtitle is selected. In this case, they are effectively stored in
sd_ass.c's internal state.
as the subtitle is selected, and then effectively stored in an ASS_Track.
It's used for external text subtitles, and required to make codepage
detection as well as timing postprocessing work. (Timing postprocessing
removes tiny gaps or overlaps between subtitle events.)
player/timeline/:
A timeline is the abstraction used by loadfile.c to combine several files
into one seemingly linear video. It's mainly used for ordered chapters
playback. The high level code to find and load other files containing the
segments for playing an ordered chapters file is in tl_matroska.c.
etc/:
The file input.conf is actually integrated into the mpv binary by the
build system. It contains the default keybindings.
Best practices and Concepts within mpv
======================================
General contribution etc.
-------------------------
See: DOCS/contribute.md
Error checking
--------------
If an error is relevant, it should be handled. If it's interesting, log the
error. However, mpv often keeps errors silent and reports failures somewhat
coarsely by propagating them upwards the caller chain. This is OK, as long as
the errors are not very interesting, or would require a developer to debug it
anyway (in which case using a debugger would be more convenient, and the
developer would need to add temporary debug printfs to get extremely detailed
information which would not be appropriate during normal operation).
Basically, keep a balance on error reporting. But always check them, unless you
have a good argument not to.
Memory allocation errors (OOM) are a special class of errors. Normally such
allocation failures are not handled "properly". Instead, abort() is called.
(New code should use MP_HANDLE_OOM() for this.) This is done out of laziness and
for convenience, and due to the fact that MPlayer/mplayer2 never handled it
correctly. (MPlayer varied between handling it correctly, trying to do so but
failing, and just not caring, while mplayer2 started using abort() for it.)
This is justifiable in a number of ways. Error handling paths are notoriously
untested and buggy, so merely having them won't make your program more reliable.
Having these error handling paths also complicates non-error code, due to the
need to roll back state at any point after a memory allocation.
Take any larger body of code, that is supposed to handle OOM, and test whether
the error paths actually work, for example by overriding malloc with a version
that randomly fails. You will find bugs quickly, and often they will be very
annoying to fix (if you can even reproduce them).
In addition, a clear indication that something went wrong may be missing. On
error your program may exhibit "degraded" behavior by design. Consider a video
encoder dropping frames somewhere in the middle of a video due to temporary
allocation failures, instead of just exiting with an errors. In other cases, it
may open conceptual security holes. Failing fast may be better.
mpv uses GPU APIs, which may be break on allocation errors (because driver
authors will have the same issues as described here), or don't even have a real
concept for dealing with OOM (OpenGL).
libmpv is often used by GUIs, which I predict always break if OOM happens.
Last but not least, OSes like Linux use "overcommit", which basically means that
your program may crash any time OOM happens, even if it doesn't use malloc() at
all!
But still, don't just assume malloc() always succeeds. Use MP_HANDLE_OOM(). The
ta* APIs do this for you. The reason for this is that dereferencing a NULL
pointer can have security relevant consequences if large offsets are involved.
Also, a clear error message is better than a random segfault.
Some big memory allocations are checked anyway. For example, all code must
assume that allocating video frames or packets can fail. (The above example
of dropping video frames during encoding is entirely possible in mpv.)
Undefined behavior
------------------
Undefined behavior (UB) is a concept in the C language. C is famous for being a
language that makes it almost impossible to write working code, because
undefined behavior is so easily triggered, compilers will happily abuse it to
generate "faster" code, debugging tools will shout at you, and sometimes it
even means your code doesn't work.
There is a lot of literature on this topic. Read it.
(In C's defense, UB exists in other languages too, but since they're not used
for low level infrastructure, and/or these languages are at times not rigorously
defined, simply nobody cares. However, the C standard committee is still guilty
for not addressing this. I'll admit that I can't even tell from the standard's
gibberish whether some specific behavior is UB or not. It's written like tax
law.)
In mpv, we generally try to avoid undefined behavior. For one, we want portable
and reliable operation. But more importantly, we want clean output from
debugging tools, in order to find real bugs more quickly and effectively.
Avoid the "works in practice" argument. Once debugging tools come into play, or
simply when "in practice" stops being true, this will all get back to you in a
bad way.
Global state, library safety
----------------------------
Mutable global state is when code uses global variables that are not read-only.
This must be avoided in mpv. Always use context structs that the caller of
your code needs to allocate, and whose pointers are passed to your functions.
Library safety means that your code (or library) can be used by a library
without causing conflicts with other library users in the same process. To any
piece of code, a "safe" library's API can simply be used, without having to
worry about other API users that may be around somewhere.
Libraries are often not library safe, because they use global mutable state
or other "global" resources. Typical examples include use of signals, simple
global variables (like hsearch() in libc), or internal caches not protected by
locks.
A surprisingly high number of libraries are not library safe because they need
global initialization. Typically they provide an API function, which
"initializes" the library, and which must be called before calling any other
API functions. Often, you are to provide global configuration parameters, which
can change the behavior of the library. If two libraries A and B use library C,
but A and B initialize C with different parameters, something "bad" may happen.
In addition, these global initialization functions are often not thread-safe. So
if A and B try to initialize C at the same time (from different threads and
without knowing about each other), it may cause undefined behavior. (libcurl is
a good example of both of these issues. FFmpeg and some TLS libraries used to be
affected, but improved.)
This is so bad because library A and B from the previous example most likely
have no way to cooperate, because they're from different authors and have no
business knowing each others. They'd need a library D, which wraps library C
in a safe way. Unfortunately, typically something worse happens: libraries get
"infected" by the unsafeness of its sub-libraries, and export a global init API
just to initialize the sub-libraries. In the previous example, libraries A and B
would export global init APIs just to init library C, even though the rest of
A/B are clean and library safe. (Again, libcurl is an example of this, if you
subtract other historic anti-features.)
The main problem with library safety is that its lack propagates to all
libraries using the library.
We require libmpv to be library safe. This is not really possible, because some
libraries are not library safe (FFmpeg, Xlib, partially ALSA). However, for
ideological reasons, there is no global init API, and best effort is made to try
to avoid problems.
libmpv has some features that are not library safe, but which are disabled by
default (such as terminal usage aka stdout, or JSON IPC blocking SIGPIPE for
internal convenience).
A notable, very disgustingly library unsafe behavior of libmpv is calling
abort() on some memory allocation failure. See error checking section.
Logging
-------
All logging and terminal output in mpv goes through the functions and macros
provided in common/msg.h. This is in part for library safety, and in part to
make sure users can silence all output, or to redirect the output elsewhere,
like a log file or the internal console.lua script.
Locking
-------
See generally available literature. In mpv, we use pthread for this.
Always keep locking clean. Don't skip locking just because it will work "in
practice". (See undefined behavior section.) If your use case is simple, you may
use C11 atomics (osdep/atomic.h for partial C99 support), but most likely you
will only hurt yourself and others.
Always make clear which fields in a struct are protected by which lock. If a
field is immutable, or simply not thread-safe (e.g. state for a single worker
thread), document it as well.
Internal mpv APIs are assumed to be not thread-safe by default. If they have
special guarantees (such as being usable by more than one thread at a time),
these should be explicitly documented.
All internal mpv APIs must be free of global state. Even if a component is not
thread-safe, multiple threads can use _different_ instances of it without any
locking.
On a side note, recursive locks may seem convenient at first, but introduce
additional problems with condition variables and locking hierarchies. They
should be avoided.
Locking hierarchy
-----------------
A simple way to avoid deadlocks with classic locking is to define a locking
hierarchy or lock order. If all threads acquire locks in the same order, no
deadlocks will happen.
For example, a "leaf" lock is a lock that is below all other locks in the
hierarchy. You can acquire it any time, as long as you don't acquire other
locks while holding it.
Unfortunately, C has no way to declare or check the lock order, so you should at
least document it.
In addition, try to avoid exposing locks to the outside. Making the declaration
of a lock private to a specific .c file (and _not_ exporting accessors or
lock/unlock functions that manipulate the lock) is a good idea. Your component's
API may acquire internal locks, but should release them when returning. Keeping
the entire locking in a single file makes it easy to check it.
Avoiding callback hell
----------------------
mpv code is separated in components, like the "frontend" (i.e. MPContext mpctx),
VOs, AOs, demuxers, and more. The frontend usually calls "down" the usage
hierarchy: mpctx almost on top, then things like vo/ao, and utility code on the
very bottom.
"Callback hell" is when components call both up and down the hierarchy,
which for example leads to accidentally recursion, reentrancy problems, or
locking nightmares. This is avoided by (mostly) calling only down the hierarchy.
Basically the call graph forms a DAG. The other direction is handled by event
queues, wakeup callbacks, and similar mechanisms.
Typically, a component provides an API, and does not know anything about its
user. The API user (component higher in the hierarchy) polls the state of the
lower component when needed.
This also enforces some level of modularization, and with some luck the locking
hierarchy. (Basically, locks of lower components automatically become leaf
locks.) Another positive effect is simpler memory management.
(Also see e.g.: http://250bpm.com/blog:24)
Wakeup callbacks
----------------
This is a common concept in mpv. Even the public API uses it. It's used when an
API has internal threads (or otherwise triggers asynchronous events), but the
component call hierarchy needs to be kept. The wakeup callback is the only
exception to the call hierarchy, and always calls up.
For example, vo spawns a thread that the API user (the mpv frontend) does not
need to know about. vo simply provides a single-threaded API (or that looks like
one). This API needs a way to notify the API user of new events. But the vo
event producer is on the vo thread - it can't simply invoke a callback back into
the API user, because then the API user has to deal with locking, despite not
using threads. In addition, this will probably cause problems like mentioned in
the "callback hell" section, especially lock order issues.
The solution is the wakeup callback. It merely unblocks the API user from
waiting, and the API user then uses the normal vo API to examine whether or
which state changed. As a concept, it documents what a wakeup callback is
allowed to do and what not, to avoid the aforementioned problems.
Generally, you are not allowed to call any API from the wakeup callback. You
just do whatever is needed to unblock your thread. For example, if it's waiting
on a mutex/condition variable, acquire the mutex, set a change flag, signal
the condition variable, unlock, return. (This mutex must not be held when
calling the API. It must be a leaf lock.)
Restricting the wakeup callback like this sidesteps any reentrancy issues and
other complexities. The API implementation can simply hold internal (and
non-recursive) locks while invoking the wakeup callback.
The API user still needs to deal with locking (probably), but there's only the
need to implement a single "receiver", that can handle the entire API of the
used component. (Or multiple APIs - MPContext for example has only 1 wakeup
callback that handles all AOs, VOs, input, demuxers, and more. It simple re-runs
the playloop.)
You could get something more advanced by turning this into a message queue. The
API would append a message to the queue, and the API user can read it. But then
you still need a way to "wakeup" the API user (unless you force the API user
to block on your API, which will make things inconvenient for the API user). You
also need to worry about what happens if the message queue overruns (you either
lose messages or have unbounded memory usage). In the mpv public API, the
distinction between message queue and wakeup callback is sort of blurry, because
it does provide a message queue, but an additional wakeup callback, so API
users are not required to call mpv_wait_event() with a high timeout.
mpv itself prefers using wakeup callbacks over a generic event queue, because
most times an event queue is not needed (or complicates things), and it is
better to do it manually.
(You could still abstract the API user side of wakeup callback handling, and
avoid reimplementing it all the time. Although mp_dispatch_queue already
provides mechanisms for this.)
Condition variables
-------------------
They're used whenever a thread needs to wait for something, without nonsense
like sleep calls or busy waiting. mpv uses the standard pthread API for this.
There's a lot of literature on it. Read it.
For initial understanding, it may be helpful to know that condition variables
are not variables that signal a condition. pthread_cond_t does not have any
state per-se. Maybe pthread_cond_t would better be named pthread_interrupt_t,
because its sole purpose is to interrupt a thread waiting via pthread_cond_wait()
(or similar). The "something" in "waiting for something" can be called
predicate (to avoid confusing it with "condition"). Consult literature for the
proper terms.
The very short version is...
Shared declarations:
pthread_mutex_t lock;
pthread_cond_t cond_var;
struct something state_var; // protected by lock, changes signaled by cond_var
Waiter thread:
pthread_mutex_lock(&lock);
// Wait for a change in state_var. We want to wait until predicate_fulfilled()
// returns true.
// Must be a loop for 2 reasons:
// 1. cond_var may be associated with other conditions too
// 2. pthread_cond_wait() can have sporadic wakeups
while (!predicate_fulfilled(&state_var)) {
// This unlocks, waits for cond_var to be signaled, and then locks again.
// The _whole_ point of cond_var is that unlocking and waiting for the
// signal happens atomically.
pthread_cond_wait(&cond_var, &lock);
}
// Here you may react to the state change. The state cannot change
// asynchronously as long as you still hold the lock (and didn't release
// and reacquire it).
// ...
pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock);
Signaler thread:
pthread_mutex_lock(&lock);
// Something changed. Update the shared variable with the new state.
update_state(&state_var);
// Notify that something changed. This will wake up the waiter thread if
// it's blocked in pthread_cond_wait(). If not, nothing happens.
pthread_cond_broadcast(&cond_var);
// Fun fact: good implementations wake up the waiter only when the lock is
// released, to reduce kernel scheduling overhead.
pthread_mutex_unlock(&lock);
Some basic rules:
1. Always access your state under proper locking
2. Always check your predicate before every call to pthread_cond_wait()
(And don't call pthread_cond_wait() if the predicate is fulfilled.)
3. Always call pthread_cond_wait() in a loop
(And only if your predicate failed without releasing the lock..)
4. Always call pthread_cond_broadcast()/_signal() inside of its associated
lock
mpv sometimes violates rule 3, and leaves "retrying" (i.e. looping) to the
caller.
Common pitfalls:
- Thinking that pthread_cond_t is some kind of semaphore, or holds any
application state or the user predicate (it _only_ wakes up threads
that are at the same time blocking on pthread_cond_wait() and friends,
nothing else)
- Changing the predicate, but not updating all pthread_cond_broadcast()/
_signal() calls correctly
- Forgetting that pthread_cond_wait() unlocks the lock (other threads can
and must acquire the lock)
- Holding multiple nested locks while trying to wait (=> deadlock, violates
the lock order anyway)
- Waiting for a predicate correctly, but unlocking/relocking before acting
on it (unlocking allows arbitrary state changes)
- Confusing which lock/condition var. is used to manage a bit of state
Generally available literature probably has better examples and explanations.
Using condition variables the proper way is generally preferred over using more
messy variants of them. (Just saying because on win32, "SetEvent" exists, and
it's inferior to condition variables. Try to avoid the win32 primitives, even if
you're dealing with Windows-only code.)
Threads
-------
Threading should be conservatively used. Normally, mpv code pretends to be
single-threaded, and provides thread-unsafe APIs. Threads are used coarsely,
and if you can avoid messing with threads, you should. For example, VOs and AOs
do not need to deal with threads normally, even though they run on separate
threads. The glue code "isolates" them from any threading issues.
+2 -2
View File
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ mpv's custom configure step on top of waf
To some extents mpv has a custom build system written on top of waf. This
document will not go over the standard waf behaviour as that is documented in
the `Waf book <https://waf.io/book/>`_.
the `Waf book <http://docs.waf.googlecode.com/git/book_17/single.html>`_.
All of the configuration process is handled with a declarative approach. Lists
of dictionaries define the checks, and some custom Python code traverses these
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ mpv's custom build step on top of waf
Build step is pretty much vanilla waf. The only difference being that the list
of source files can contain both strings or tuples. If a tuple is found,
the second element in the tuple will be used to match the features detected
the second element in the tuple will the used to match the features detected
in the configure step (the ``name`` field described above). If this feature
was not enabled during configure, the source file will not be compiled in.
+13 -12
View File
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
@@ -303,9 +303,10 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
@@ -335,5 +336,5 @@ necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.
-502
View File
@@ -1,502 +0,0 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
be combined with the library in order to run.
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!
+102 -130
View File
@@ -1,99 +1,61 @@
![mpv logo](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mpv-player/mpv.io/master/source/images/mpv-logo-128.png)
![http://mpv.io/](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mpv-player/mpv.io/master/source/images/mpv-logo-128.png)
# mpv
## mpv
--------------
* [External links](#external-links)
* [Overview](#overview)
* [System requirements](#system-requirements)
* [Downloads](#downloads)
* [Changelog](#changelog)
* [Compilation](#compilation)
* [FFmpeg vs. Libav](#ffmpeg-vs-libav)
* [Release cycle](#release-cycle)
* [Bug reports](#bug-reports)
* [Contributing](#contributing)
* [License](#license)
* [Contact](#contact)
## External links
* [Relation to MPlayer and mplayer2](#relation-to-mplayer-and-mplayer2)
* [Wiki](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki)
* [FAQ][FAQ]
* [Manual](https://mpv.io/manual/master/)
* [Man pages](http://mpv.io/manual/master/)
* [Contact](#contact)
* [License](#license)
## Overview
**mpv** is a free (as in freedom) media player for the command line. It supports
a wide variety of media file formats, audio and video codecs, and subtitle types.
There is a [FAQ][FAQ].
**mpv** is a media player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide
variety of video file formats, audio and video codecs, and subtitle types.
Releases can be found on the [release list][releases].
## System requirements
- A not too ancient Linux, Windows 7 or later, or OSX 10.8 or later.
- A somewhat capable CPU. Hardware decoding might help if the CPU is too slow to
decode video in realtime, but must be explicitly enabled with the `--hwdec`
option.
- A not too crappy GPU. mpv's focus is not on power-efficient playback on
embedded or integrated GPUs (for example, hardware decoding is not even
enabled by default). Low power GPUs may cause issues like tearing, stutter,
etc. The main video output uses shaders for video rendering and scaling,
rather than GPU fixed function hardware. On Windows, you might want to make
sure the graphics drivers are current. In some cases, ancient fallback video
output methods can help (such as `--vo=xv` on Linux), but this use is not
- A not too ancient Linux, or Windows Vista or later, or OSX 10.8 or later.
- A somewhat capable CPU. Hardware decoding might sometimes help if the CPU
is too slow to decode video realtime, but must be explicitly enabled with
the `--hwdec` option. On Windows, a CPU with SSE4 instruction set is required
to get decent hardware decoding performance.
- A not too crappy GPU. mpv is not intended to be used with bad GPUs. There are
many caveats with drivers or system compositors causing tearing, stutter,
etc. On Windows, you might want to make sure the graphics drivers are
current, especially OpenGL. In some cases, ancient fallback video output
methods can help (such as `--vo=xv` on Linux), but this use is not
recommended or supported.
## Downloads
For semi-official builds and third-party packages please see
[mpv.io/installation](https://mpv.io/installation/).
## Changelog
There is no complete changelog; however, changes to the player core interface
are listed in the [interface changelog][interface-changes].
Changes to the C API are documented in the [client API changelog][api-changes].
The [release list][releases] has a summary of most of the important changes
on every release.
Changes to the default key bindings are indicated in
[restore-old-bindings.conf][restore-old-bindings].
[mpv.io](http://mpv.io/installation/).
## Compilation
Compiling with full features requires development files for several
external libraries. One of the two build systems supported by mpv is required:
[meson](https://mesonbuild.com/index.html) or [waf](https://waf.io/). Meson
can be obtained from your distro or PyPI. Waf can be downloaded by using the
`./bootstrap.py` script. It will get the latest version of waf that was tested
with mpv. Some documentation about the differences between the build systems are
located in [build-system-differences][build-system-differences].
external libraries. Below is a list of some important requirements.
### Meson
After creating your build directory (e.g. `meson setup build`), you can view a list
of all the build options via `meson configure build`. You could also just simply
look at the `meson_options.txt` file. Logs are stored in `meson-logs` within
your build directory.
Example:
meson setup build
meson compile -C build
meson install -C build
### Waf
The mpv build system uses *waf* but we don't store it in your source tree. The
script './bootstrap.py' will download the latest version of waf that was tested
with the build system.
For a list of the available build options use `./waf configure --help`. If
you think you have support for some feature installed but configure fails to
@@ -101,77 +63,80 @@ detect it, the file `build/config.log` may contain information about the
reasons for the failure.
NOTE: To avoid cluttering the output with unreadable spam, `--help` only shows
one of the two switches for each option. If the option is autodetected or
enabled by default, the `--disable-***` switch is printed; if the option is
disabled by default, the `--enable-***` switch is printed. Either way, you can
use `--enable-***` or `--disable-**` regardless of what is printed by `--help`.
one of the two switches for each option. If the option is autodetected by
default, the `--disable-***` switch is printed; if the option is disabled by
default, the `--enable-***` switch is printed. Either way, you can use
`--enable-***` or `--disable-**` regardless of what is printed by `--help`.
To build the software you can use `./waf build`: the result of the compilation
will be located in `build/mpv`. You can use `./waf install` to install mpv
to the *prefix* after it is compiled.
Example:
./bootstrap.py
./waf configure
./waf
./waf install
Essential dependencies (incomplete list):
- gcc or clang
- X development headers (xlib, xrandr, xext, xscrnsaver, xinerama, libvdpau,
libGL, GLX, EGL, xv, ...)
- X development headers (xlib, X extensions, libvdpau, libGL, libXv, ...)
- Audio output development headers (libasound/ALSA, pulseaudio)
- FFmpeg libraries (libavutil libavcodec libavformat libswscale libavfilter
and either libswresample or libavresample)
At least FFmpeg 2.4.0 or Libav 11 is required.
- zlib
- iconv (normally provided by the system libc)
- libass (OSD, OSC, text subtitles)
- Lua (optional, required for the OSC pseudo-GUI and youtube-dl integration)
- libjpeg (optional, used for screenshots only)
- uchardet (optional, for subtitle charset detection)
- nvdec and vaapi libraries for hardware decoding on Linux (optional)
- vdpau and vaapi libraries for hardware decoding on Linux (optional)
Libass dependencies (when building libass):
Libass dependencies:
- gcc or clang, yasm on x86 and x86_64
- fribidi, freetype, fontconfig development headers (for libass)
- harfbuzz (required for correct rendering of combining characters, particularly
for correct rendering of non-English text on OSX, and Arabic/Indic scripts on
any platform)
- harfbuzz (optional, required for correct rendering of combining characters,
particularly for correct rendering of non-English text on OSX, and
Arabic/Indic scripts on any platform)
FFmpeg dependencies (when building FFmpeg):
FFmpeg dependencies:
- gcc or clang, yasm on x86 and x86_64
- OpenSSL or GnuTLS (have to be explicitly enabled when compiling FFmpeg)
- libx264/libmp3lame/libfdk-aac if you want to use encoding (have to be
explicitly enabled when compiling FFmpeg)
- For native DASH playback, FFmpeg needs to be built with --enable-libxml2
(although there are security implications, and DASH support has lots of bugs).
- AV1 decoding support requires dav1d.
- For good nvidia support on Linux, make sure nv-codec-headers is installed
and can be found by configure.
- OpenSSL (has to be explicitly enabled when compiling ffmpeg)
- libx264/libmp3lame/libfdk-aac if you want to use encoding (has to be
explicitly enabled when compiling ffmpeg)
- Libav also works, but some features will not work. (See section below.)
Most of the above libraries are available in suitable versions on normal
Linux distributions. For ease of compiling the latest git master of everything,
you may wish to use the separately available build wrapper ([mpv-build][mpv-build])
which first compiles FFmpeg libraries and libass, and then compiles the player
statically linked against those.
Linux distributions. However FFmpeg is an exception (distro versions may be
too old to work at all or work well). For that reason you may want to use
the separately available build wrapper ([mpv-build][mpv-build]) that first compiles FFmpeg
libraries and libass, and then compiles the player statically linked against
those.
If you want to build a Windows binary, you either have to use MSYS2 and MinGW,
or cross-compile from Linux with MinGW. See
[Windows compilation][windows_compilation].
or cross-compile from Linux with MinGW. See [Windows compilation][windows_compilation].
## FFmpeg vs. Libav
Generally, mpv should work with the latest release as well as the git version
of both FFmpeg and Libav. But FFmpeg is preferred, and some mpv features work
with FFmpeg only (subtitle formats in particular).
## Release cycle
Every other month, an arbitrary git snapshot is made, and is assigned
a 0.X.0 version number. No further maintenance is done.
The goal of releases is to make Linux distributions happy. Linux distributions
are also expected to apply their own patches in case of bugs and security
issues.
Every few months, a new release is cut off of the master branch and is assigned
a 0.X.0 version number.
As part of the maintenance process, minor releases are made, which are assigned
0.X.Y version numbers. Minor releases contain bug fixes only. They never merge
the master branch, and no features are added to it. Only the latest release is
maintained.
The goal of releases is to provide stability and an unchanged base for the sake
of Linux distributions. If you want the newest features, just use the master
branch, which is stable most of the time, except sometimes, when it's not.
Releases other than the latest release are unsupported and unmaintained.
@@ -181,53 +146,60 @@ See the [release policy document][release-policy] for more information.
Please use the [issue tracker][issue-tracker] provided by GitHub to send us bug
reports or feature requests. Follow the template's instructions or the issue
will likely be ignored or closed as invalid.
Using the bug tracker as place for simple questions is fine but IRC is
recommended (see [Contact](#Contact) below).
reports or feature requests.
## Contributing
Please read [contribute.md][contribute.md].
For small changes you can just send us pull requests through GitHub. For bigger
changes come and talk to us on IRC before you start working on them. It will
make code review easier for both parties later on.
You can check [the wiki](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/Stuff-to-do)
or the [issue tracker](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Ameta%3Afeature-request)
for ideas on what you could contribute with.
## Relation to MPlayer and mplayer2
## License
GPLv2 "or later" by default, LGPLv2.1 "or later" with `--enable-lgpl`.
See [details.](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/Copyright)
mpv is based on mplayer2, which in turn is based on the original MPlayer
(also called mplayer, mplayer-svn, mplayer1). Many changes have been made, a
large part of which is incompatible or completely changes how the player
behaves. Although there are still many similarities to its ancestors, mpv
should generally be treated as a completely different program.
## History
mpv was forked because we wanted to modernize MPlayer. This includes
removing cruft (including features which stopped making sense 10 years ago),
and of course adding modern features. Such huge and intrusive changes made it
infeasible to work directly with MPlayer, which is mostly focused on
preservation, so a fork had to be made. (Actually, mpv is based on mplayer2,
which already started this process of removing cruft.)
This software is based on the MPlayer project. Before mpv existed as a project,
the code base was briefly developed under the mplayer2 project. For details,
see the [FAQ][FAQ].
In general, mpv should be considered a completely new program, rather than a
MPlayer drop-in replacement.
If you are wondering what's different from mplayer2 and MPlayer, an incomplete
list of changes is located [here][mplayer-changes].
## Contact
Most activity happens on the IRC channel and the github issue tracker.
Most activity happens on the IRC channel and the github issue tracker. The
mailing lists are mostly unused.
- **GitHub issue tracker**: [issue tracker][issue-tracker] (report bugs here)
- **User IRC Channel**: `#mpv` on `irc.libera.chat`
- **Developer IRC Channel**: `#mpv-devel` on `irc.libera.chat`
- **GitHub issue tracker**: [issue tracker][issue-tracker] (report bugs here)
- **User IRC Channel**: `#mpv` on `irc.freenode.net`
- **Developer IRC Channel**: `#mpv-devel` on `irc.freenode.net`
To contact the `mpv` team in private write to `mpv-team@googlegroups.com`. Use
only if discretion is required.
[FAQ]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/FAQ
[releases]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
[mpv-build]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-build
[homebrew-mpv]: https://github.com/mpv-player/homebrew-mpv
[issue-tracker]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/issues
[ffmpeg_vs_libav]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/FFmpeg-versus-Libav
[release-policy]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/release-policy.md
[windows_compilation]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/compile-windows.md
[interface-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/interface-changes.rst
[api-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/client-api-changes.rst
[restore-old-bindings]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/etc/restore-old-bindings.conf
[contribute.md]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/contribute.md
[build-system-differences]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/build-system-differences.md
[mplayer-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/mplayer-changes.rst
## License
Mostly GPLv2 or later. See [details.](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/Copyright)
+1472 -123
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
View File
Whitespace-only changes.
-24
View File
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/bash
set -e
export DEST_OS=win32
export CC=gcc
export PKG_CONFIG=/usr/bin/pkg-config
export PERL=/usr/bin/perl
export PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3
"$PYTHON" bootstrap.py
"$PYTHON" waf configure \
--check-c-compiler=gcc \
--enable-spirv-cross \
--enable-d3d-hwaccel \
--enable-d3d11 \
--enable-jpeg \
--enable-lcms2 \
--enable-libarchive \
--enable-lua \
--enable-rubberband \
--enable-shaderc \
--enable-uchardet \
--enable-vulkan
"$PYTHON" waf build
-54
View File
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/bash
set -e
export PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3
# Write an empty fonts.conf to speed up fc-cache
export FONTCONFIG_FILE=/dummy-fonts.conf
cat >"$FONTCONFIG_FILE" <<EOF
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM "fonts.dtd">
<fontconfig></fontconfig>
EOF
# Install build dependencies for mpv
pacman -S --noconfirm --needed \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-toolchain \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-cmake \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-lcms2 \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libarchive \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libass \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libjpeg-turbo \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libplacebo \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-lua51 \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-ninja \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-rubberband \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-shaderc \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-spirv-cross \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-uchardet \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-vulkan
# Delete unused packages to reduce space used in the Appveyor cache
pacman -Sc --noconfirm
# Compile ffmpeg
(
git clone --depth=1 https://github.com/FFmpeg/ffmpeg.git && cd ffmpeg
mkdir build && cd build
../configure \
--prefix=$MINGW_PREFIX \
--target-os=mingw32 \
--arch=$MSYSTEM_CARCH \
--disable-static \
--disable-doc \
--disable-asm \
--enable-gpl \
--enable-version3 \
--enable-shared \
--enable-pic \
--enable-d3d11va \
--enable-dxva2 \
--enable-schannel
make -j4 install
)
+25 -61
View File
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
#!/usr/bin/env python3
#!/usr/bin/env python
import re
import os
@@ -20,24 +20,12 @@ def is_user_lib(objfile, libname):
not "libc." in libname and \
not "libgcc." in libname and \
not os.path.basename(libname) == 'Python' and \
not os.path.basename(objfile) in libname and \
not "libswift" in libname
not os.path.basename(objfile) in libname
def otool(objfile):
command = "otool -L '%s' | grep -e '\t' | awk '{ print $1 }'" % objfile
output = subprocess.check_output(command, shell = True, universal_newlines=True)
return set(filter(partial(is_user_lib, objfile), output.split()))
def get_rpaths_dev_tools(binary):
command = "otool -l '%s' | grep -A2 LC_RPATH | grep path | grep \"Xcode\|CommandLineTools\"" % binary
result = subprocess.check_output(command, shell = True, universal_newlines=True)
pathRe = re.compile("^\s*path (.*) \(offset \d*\)$")
output = []
for line in result.splitlines():
output.append(pathRe.search(line).group(1).strip())
return output
command = "otool -L %s | grep -e '\t' | awk '{ print $1 }'" % objfile
output = subprocess.check_output(command, shell = True)
return filter(partial(is_user_lib, objfile), output.split())
def install_name_tool_change(old, new, objfile):
subprocess.call(["install_name_tool", "-change", old, new, objfile])
@@ -45,15 +33,9 @@ def install_name_tool_change(old, new, objfile):
def install_name_tool_id(name, objfile):
subprocess.call(["install_name_tool", "-id", name, objfile])
def install_name_tool_add_rpath(rpath, binary):
subprocess.call(["install_name_tool", "-add_rpath", rpath, binary])
def install_name_tool_delete_rpath(rpath, binary):
subprocess.call(["install_name_tool", "-delete_rpath", rpath, binary])
def libraries(objfile, result = dict()):
libs_list = otool(objfile)
result[objfile] = libs_list
result[objfile] = set(libs_list)
for lib in libs_list:
if lib not in result:
@@ -61,19 +43,29 @@ def libraries(objfile, result = dict()):
return result
def leafs(libs_dict, processed = []):
result = []
processed = set(processed)
for objfile, libs in libs_dict.items():
if libs <= processed:
result.append(objfile)
return result
def lib_path(binary):
return os.path.join(os.path.dirname(binary), 'lib')
def lib_name(lib):
return os.path.join("@executable_path", "lib", os.path.basename(lib))
def process_libraries(libs_dict, binary):
libs_set = set(libs_dict)
# Remove binary from libs_set to prevent a duplicate of the binary being
# added to the libs directory.
libs_set.remove(binary)
def process_libraries(libs_dict, binary, processed = []):
ls = leafs(libs_dict, processed)
diff = set(ls) - set(processed)
if diff == set([binary]):
return
for src in libs_set:
for src in diff:
name = lib_name(src)
dst = os.path.join(lib_path(binary), os.path.basename(src))
@@ -84,47 +76,19 @@ def process_libraries(libs_dict, binary):
if src in libs_dict[binary]:
install_name_tool_change(src, name, binary)
for p in libs_set:
for p in processed:
if p in libs_dict[src]:
install_name_tool_change(p, lib_name(p), dst)
def process_swift_libraries(binary):
command = ['xcrun', '--find', 'swift-stdlib-tool']
swiftStdlibTool = subprocess.check_output(command, universal_newlines=True).strip()
# from xcode11 on the dynamic swift libs reside in a separate directory from
# the std one, might need versioned paths for future swift versions
swiftLibPath = os.path.join(swiftStdlibTool, '../../lib/swift-5.0/macosx')
swiftLibPath = os.path.abspath(swiftLibPath)
command = [swiftStdlibTool, '--copy', '--platform', 'macosx', '--scan-executable', binary, '--destination', lib_path(binary)]
if os.path.exists(swiftLibPath):
command.extend(['--source-libraries', swiftLibPath])
subprocess.check_output(command, universal_newlines=True)
print(">> setting additional rpath for swift libraries")
install_name_tool_add_rpath("@executable_path/lib", binary)
def remove_dev_tools_rapths(binary):
for path in get_rpaths_dev_tools(binary):
install_name_tool_delete_rpath(path, binary)
process_libraries(libs_dict, binary, ls)
def main():
binary = os.path.abspath(sys.argv[1])
if not os.path.exists(lib_path(binary)):
os.makedirs(lib_path(binary))
print(">> gathering all linked libraries")
libs = libraries(binary)
print(">> copying and processing all linked libraries")
print(libs)
process_libraries(libs, binary)
print(">> removing rpath definitions towards dev tools")
remove_dev_tools_rapths(binary)
print(">> copying and processing swift libraries")
process_swift_libraries(binary)
if __name__ == "__main__":
main()
+24
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
#! /usr/bin/env perl
use strict;
use warnings;
# Convert the contents of a file into a C string constant.
# Note that the compiler will implicitly add an extra 0 byte at the end
# of every string, so code using the string may need to remove that to get
# the exact contents of the original file.
# FIXME: why not a char array?
# treat only alphanumeric and punctuations (excluding " and ?) as safe
my $unsafe_chars = qr{[^][A-Za-z0-9!#%&'()*+,./:;<=>^_{|}~ -]};
for my $file (@ARGV) {
open my $fh, '<:raw', $file or next;
print "/* Generated from $file */\n";
while (<$fh>) {
# replace unsafe chars with their equivalent octal escapes
s/($unsafe_chars)/\\@{[sprintf '%03o', ord($1)]}/gos;
print "\"$_\"\n"
}
close $fh;
}
-48
View File
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/env python3
# Convert the contents of a file into a C string constant.
# Note that the compiler will implicitly add an extra 0 byte at the end
# of every string, so code using the string may need to remove that to get
# the exact contents of the original file.
#
# This file is part of mpv.
#
# mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License along with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
import sys
def file2string(infilename, infile, outfile):
outfile.write("// Generated from %s\n\n" % infilename)
conv = ["\\%03o" % c for c in range(256)]
safe_chars = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \
"0123456789!#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>[]^_{|}~ "
for c in safe_chars:
conv[ord(c)] = c
for c, esc in ("\nn", "\tt", r"\\", '""'):
conv[ord(c)] = '\\' + esc
for line in infile:
outfile.write('"' + ''.join(conv[c] for c in line) + '"\n')
if __name__ == "__main__":
if len(sys.argv) < 2:
outfile = sys.stdout
else:
outfile = open(sys.argv[2], "w")
with open(sys.argv[1], 'rb') as infile:
file2string(sys.argv[1], infile, outfile)
-9
View File
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
# This script is expected to be called as TOOLS/gen-osd-font.sh (it will access
# TOOLS/mpv-osd-symbols.sfdir), and it will write sub/osd_font.otf.
# Needs fontforge with python scripting
fontforge -lang=py -c 'f=open(argv[1]); f.generate(argv[2])' \
TOOLS/mpv-osd-symbols.sfdir sub/osd_font.otf
+15
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
#!/bin/sh
# This script is expected to be called as TOOLS/gen-x11-icon.sh (it will access
# etc/mpv-icon...), and it will write video/out/x11_icon.bin.
conv() {
echo
echo `identify -format "icon: %w %h" "$1"`
convert "$1" -depth 8 rgba:-
}
(echo "# File generated by gen-x11-icon.sh" ;
conv etc/mpv-icon-8bit-16x16.png ;
conv etc/mpv-icon-8bit-32x32.png ;
conv etc/mpv-icon-8bit-64x64.png) | gzip -c > video/out/x11_icon.bin
+30
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
use 5.008;
use strict;
use warnings;
# ABSTRACT: Module collection to parse Matroska files.
package Parse::Matroska;
=head1 DESCRIPTION
C<use>s L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>. See the documentation
of the modules mentioned in L</"SEE ALSO"> for more information
in how to use this module.
It's intended for this module to contain high-level interfaces
to the other modules in the distribution.
=head1 SOURCE CODE
L<https://github.com/Kovensky/Parse-Matroska>
=head1 SEE ALSO
L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>, L<Parse::Matroska::Element>,
L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions>.
=cut
use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
1;
+357
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
use 5.008;
use strict;
use warnings;
# ABSTRACT: internal EBML grammar definitions
package Parse::Matroska::Definitions;
use Parse::Matroska::Utils qw{uniq uncamelize};
use Exporter;
our @ISA = qw{Exporter};
our @EXPORT_OK = qw{elem_by_hexid %EBML_DEFINITION %MATROSKA_DEFINITION};
=head1 SYNOPSIS
use Parse::Matroska::Definitions qw{elem_by_hexid};
my $ebml_id = elem_by_hexid('1a45dfa3');
print "EBML ID $ebml_id->{elid}'s name: $ebml_id->{name}";
=head1 DESCRIPTION
Contains the definition of the EBML grammar as expected in
Matroska files. This module is meant mostly for internal use.
As this was extended from a script in mpv-player, some data
generated is apparently useless for regular module users
but is still relevant to the mpv-player script. Such data
is annotated as being for mpv compatibility.
=head1 NOTE
The API of this module is not yet considered stable.
=head1 GLOBALS
These global variables are considered B<immutable>.
=head2 @Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list
A global list of known matroska elements. Useful for
mpv's matroska script, used for generating C headers
that parse matroska.
=head2 %Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict
A global hash of known matroska elements. Used internally
by L</elem_by_hexid($id)>.
=cut
@Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list = ();
%Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict = ();
=head2 %EBML_DEFINITION
Optionally-importable hash of known EBML IDs belonging
to the EBML generic grammar.
=head2 %MATROSKA_DEFINITION
Optionally-importable hash of known EBML IDs belonging
to the Matroska-specific grammar.
=cut
our %EBML_DEFINITION = define_ebml();
our %MATROSKA_DEFINITION = define_matroska();
=method elem_by_hexid($id)
Returns an EBML Element Definition corresponding to the provided
hexadecimal string. Returns C<undef> if the element is unknown.
=cut
sub elem_by_hexid {
my ($elid) = @_;
return $Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict{$elid};
}
################################################
### Helper functions for document definition ###
################################################
# used by elem when setting the 'valname' key
use constant TYPE_MAP => {
uint => 'uint64_t',
str => 'char *',
binary => 'struct bstr',
ebml_id => 'uint32_t',
float => 'double',
sint => 'int64_t',
};
# this will be localized to "MATROSKA" or "EBML" on the elem declarations
our $ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE = undef;
=method elem($name,$elid,$valtype)
NOTE: never call this function yourself; it changes data structures
that are considered immutable outside of this package.
Internal API function that generates the EBML Element Definitions.
This API function returns an array which first element is C<$elid>
and the second is a generated hash. The generated hash is stored
in the @global_elem_list and %global_elem_dict.
The generated hash contains:
=for :list
= name
The EBML Element's name, given through C<$name>.
= elid
The EBML Element's hex id, given through C<$elid>. Used for lookups by L</elem_by_hexid($id)>.
= valtype
The EBML Element's type, given through C<$valtype>, except when C<$valtype> is an arrayref.
= multiple
If C<$name> ends with a C<*>, this is set as true and strips the C<*> from L</name>. Used to
mark elements that may be repeated.
= subelements
An arrayref of elements that may be children of this element, given through C<$valtype> if it
is an arrayref. Sets L</valtype> to C<sub> if there are subelements.
= subids
An arrayref listing all the L</elid>s of subelements, C<uniq>ified.
The following elements are for mpv compatibility:
=for :list
= definename
Name used for generating C #defines.
= fieldname
Name used for generating C struct fields.
= structname
Name used for generating C struct names.
= ebmltype
A pre-#defined constant to describe the element's type.
= valname
Typename used when declaring a struct field referring to this element.
=cut
sub elem {
my %e = (name => shift, elid => shift, valtype => shift);
# strip * from name, set 'multiple' if there was one
$e{multiple} = scalar $e{name} =~ s/\*$//;
# ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE is either MATROSKA or EBML
$e{definename} = "${ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE}_ID_".uc($e{name});
$e{fieldname} = uncamelize $e{name};
$e{structname} = "ebml_$e{fieldname}";
if (ref $e{valtype} eq 'HASH') {
$e{subelements} = $e{valtype};
$e{subids} = uniq map { $_->{elid} } values %{$e{subelements}};
$e{valtype} = 'sub';
$e{ebmltype} = 'EBML_TYPE_SUBELEMENTS';
$e{valname} = "struct $e{structname}";
} else {
$e{ebmltype} = "EBML_TYPE_\U$e{valtype}";
die "Unrecognized value type $e{valtype}" unless
defined ($e{valname} = TYPE_MAP->{$e{valtype}});
}
my $e = \%e;
push @Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list, $e;
$Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict{$e{elid}} = $e;
return ($e{elid}, $e);
}
#############################################
### EBML and Matroska document definitons ###
#############################################
=method define_ebml
Internal function that defines the EBML generic grammar.
Must not be called from outside the package.
=cut
sub define_ebml {
local $ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE = 'EBML';
return (
elem('EBML', '1a45dfa3', {
elem('EBMLVersion', '4286', 'uint'),
elem('EBMLReadVersion', '42f7', 'uint'),
elem('EBMLMaxIDLength', '42f2', 'uint'),
elem('EBMLMaxSizeLength', '42f3', 'uint'),
elem('DocType', '4282', 'str'),
elem('DocTypeVersion', '4287', 'uint'),
elem('DocTypeReadVersion', '4285', 'uint'),
}),
elem('CRC32', 'bf', 'binary'),
elem('Void', 'ec', 'binary'),
);
}
=method define_matroska
Internal function that defines the Matroska-specific EBML grammar.
Must not be called from outside the package.
=cut
sub define_matroska {
local $ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE = 'MATROSKA';
return (
elem('Segment', '18538067', {
elem('SeekHead*', '114d9b74', {
elem('Seek*', '4dbb', {
elem('SeekID', '53ab', 'ebml_id'),
elem('SeekPosition', '53ac', 'uint'),
}),
}),
elem('Info*', '1549a966', {
elem('SegmentUID', '73a4', 'binary'),
elem('PrevUID', '3cb923', 'binary'),
elem('NextUID', '3eb923', 'binary'),
elem('TimecodeScale', '2ad7b1', 'uint'),
elem('DateUTC', '4461', 'sint'),
elem('Title', '7ba9', 'str'),
elem('MuxingApp', '4d80', 'str'),
elem('WritingApp', '5741', 'str'),
elem('Duration', '4489', 'float'),
}),
elem('Cluster*', '1f43b675', {
elem('Timecode', 'e7', 'uint'),
elem('BlockGroup*', 'a0', {
elem('Block', 'a1', 'binary'),
elem('BlockDuration', '9b', 'uint'),
elem('ReferenceBlock*', 'fb', 'sint'),
elem('DiscardPadding', '75A2', 'sint'),
}),
elem('SimpleBlock*', 'a3', 'binary'),
}),
elem('Tracks*', '1654ae6b', {
elem('TrackEntry*', 'ae', {
elem('TrackNumber', 'd7', 'uint'),
elem('TrackUID', '73c5', 'uint'),
elem('TrackType', '83', 'uint'),
elem('FlagEnabled', 'b9', 'uint'),
elem('FlagDefault', '88', 'uint'),
elem('FlagForced', '55aa', 'uint'),
elem('FlagLacing', '9c', 'uint'),
elem('MinCache', '6de7', 'uint'),
elem('MaxCache', '6df8', 'uint'),
elem('DefaultDuration', '23e383', 'uint'),
elem('TrackTimecodeScale', '23314f', 'float'),
elem('MaxBlockAdditionID', '55ee', 'uint'),
elem('Name', '536e', 'str'),
elem('Language', '22b59c', 'str'),
elem('CodecID', '86', 'str'),
elem('CodecPrivate', '63a2', 'binary'),
elem('CodecName', '258688', 'str'),
elem('CodecDecodeAll', 'aa', 'uint'),
elem('CodecDelay', '56AA', 'uint'),
elem('SeekPreRoll', '56BB', 'uint'),
elem('Video', 'e0', {
elem('FlagInterlaced', '9a', 'uint'),
elem('PixelWidth', 'b0', 'uint'),
elem('PixelHeight', 'ba', 'uint'),
elem('DisplayWidth', '54b0', 'uint'),
elem('DisplayHeight', '54ba', 'uint'),
elem('DisplayUnit', '54b2', 'uint'),
elem('FrameRate', '2383e3', 'float'),
elem('ColourSpace', '2eb524', 'binary'),
elem('StereoMode', '53b8', 'uint'),
}),
elem('Audio', 'e1', {
elem('SamplingFrequency', 'b5', 'float'),
elem('OutputSamplingFrequency', '78b5', 'float'),
elem('Channels', '9f', 'uint'),
elem('BitDepth', '6264', 'uint'),
}),
elem('ContentEncodings', '6d80', {
elem('ContentEncoding*', '6240', {
elem('ContentEncodingOrder', '5031', 'uint'),
elem('ContentEncodingScope', '5032', 'uint'),
elem('ContentEncodingType', '5033', 'uint'),
elem('ContentCompression', '5034', {
elem('ContentCompAlgo', '4254', 'uint'),
elem('ContentCompSettings', '4255', 'binary'),
}),
}),
}),
}),
}),
elem('Cues', '1c53bb6b', {
elem('CuePoint*', 'bb', {
elem('CueTime', 'b3', 'uint'),
elem('CueTrackPositions*', 'b7', {
elem('CueTrack', 'f7', 'uint'),
elem('CueClusterPosition', 'f1', 'uint'),
elem('CueRelativePosition','f0', 'uint'),
elem('CueDuration', 'b2', 'uint'),
}),
}),
}),
elem('Attachments', '1941a469', {
elem('AttachedFile*', '61a7', {
elem('FileDescription', '467e', 'str'),
elem('FileName', '466e', 'str'),
elem('FileMimeType', '4660', 'str'),
elem('FileData', '465c', 'binary'),
elem('FileUID', '46ae', 'uint'),
}),
}),
elem('Chapters', '1043a770', {
elem('EditionEntry*', '45b9', {
elem('EditionUID', '45bc', 'uint'),
elem('EditionFlagHidden', '45bd', 'uint'),
elem('EditionFlagDefault', '45db', 'uint'),
elem('EditionFlagOrdered', '45dd', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterAtom*', 'b6', {
elem('ChapterUID', '73c4', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterTimeStart', '91', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterTimeEnd', '92', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterFlagHidden', '98', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterFlagEnabled', '4598', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterSegmentUID', '6e67', 'binary'),
elem('ChapterSegmentEditionUID', '6ebc', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterDisplay*', '80', {
elem('ChapString', '85', 'str'),
elem('ChapLanguage*', '437c', 'str'),
elem('ChapCountry*', '437e', 'str'),
}),
}),
}),
}),
elem('Tags*', '1254c367', {
elem('Tag*', '7373', {
elem('Targets', '63c0', {
elem('TargetTypeValue', '68ca', 'uint'),
elem('TargetTrackUID', '63c5', 'uint'),
elem('TargetEditionUID', '63c9', 'uint'),
elem('TargetChapterUID', '63c4', 'uint'),
elem('TargetAttachmentUID', '63c6', 'uint'),
}),
elem('SimpleTag*', '67c8', {
elem('TagName', '45a3', 'str'),
elem('TagLanguage', '447a', 'str'),
elem('TagString', '4487', 'str'),
}),
}),
}),
}),
);
}
1;
+331
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
use 5.008;
use strict;
use warnings;
# ABSTRACT: a mid-level representation of an EBML element
package Parse::Matroska::Element;
use Carp;
use List::Util qw{first};
=head1 SYNOPSIS
use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
my $reader = Parse::Matroska::Reader->new($path);
my $elem = $reader->read_element;
print "ID: $elem->{elid}\n";
print "Name: $elem->{name}\n";
print "Length: $elem->{content_len}\n";
print "Type: $elem->{type}\n";
print "Child count: ", scalar(@{$elem->all_children}), "\n";
if ($elem->{type} eq 'sub') {
while (my $chld = $elem->next_child) {
print "Child Name: $chld->{name}\n";
}
} else {
print "Value: ", $elem->get_value, "\n";
}
=head1 DESCRIPTION
Represents a single Matroska element as decoded by
L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>. This is essentially a hash
augmented with functions for delay-loading of binary
values and children elements.
=head1 NOTE
The API of this module is not yet considered stable.
=attr elid
The EBML Element ID, suitable for passing to
L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions/elem_by_hexid>.
=attr name
The EBML Element's name.
=attr type
The EBML Element's type. Can be C<uint>, C<sint>,
C<float>, C<ebml_id>, C<str> or C<binary>. See L</value>
for details.
Equivalent to
C<elem_by_hexid($elem-E<gt>{value})-E<gt>{valtype}>.
=attr value
The EBML Element's value. Should be obtained through
L</get_value>.
Is an unicode string if the L</type> is C<str>, that is,
the string has already been decoded by L<Encode/decode>.
Is C<undef> if the L</type> is C<binary> and the contents
were delay-loaded and not yet read. L</get_value> will
do the delayed load if needed.
Is an arrayref if the L</type> is C<sub>, containing
the children nodes that were already loaded.
Is a hashref if the L</type> is C<ebml_id>, containing
the referred element's information as defined in
L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions>. Calling
C<elem_by_hexid($elem-E<gt>{value}-E<gt>{elid})> will
return the same object as $elem->{value}.
=attr full_len
The entire length of this EBML Element, including
the header's.
=attr size_len
The length of the size marker. Used when calculating
L</full_len> from L</content_len>
=attr content_len
The length of the contents of this EBML Element,
which excludes the header.
=attr reader
A weakened reference to the associated
L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>.
=method new(%hash)
Creates a new Element initialized with the hash
given as argument.
=cut
sub new {
my $class = shift;
my $self = {};
bless $self, $class;
$self->initialize(@_);
return $self;
}
=method initialize(%hash)
Called by L</new> on initialization.
=cut
sub initialize {
my ($self, %args) = @_;
for (keys %args) {
$self->{$_} = $args{$_};
}
$self->{depth} = 0 unless $self->{depth};
}
=method skip
Called by the user to ignore the contents of this EBML node.
Needed when ignoring the children of a node.
=cut
sub skip {
my ($self) = @_;
my $reader = $self->{reader};
return unless $reader; # we don't have to skip if there's no reader
my $pos = $reader->getpos;
croak "Too late to skip, reads were already done"
if $pos ne $self->{data_pos};
$reader->skip($self->{content_len});
}
=method get_value($keep_bin)
Returns the value contained by this EBML element.
If the element has children, returns an arrayref to
the children elements that were already encountered.
If the element's type is C<binary> and the value was
delay-loaded, does the reading now.
If $keep_bin is true, the delay-loaded data is kept
as the L</value>, otherwise, further calls to
C<get_value> will reread the data from the L</reader>.
=cut
sub get_value {
my ($self, $keep_bin) = @_;
return undef if $self->{type} eq 'skip';
return $self->{value} if $self->{value};
my $reader = $self->{reader} or
croak "The associated Reader has been deleted";
# delay-loaded 'binary'
if ($self->{type} eq 'binary') {
croak "Cannot seek in the current Reader" unless $self->{data_pos};
# seek to the data position...
$reader->setpos($self->{data_pos});
# read the data, keeping it in value if requested
if ($keep_bin) {
$self->{value} = $reader->readlen($self->{content_len});
return $self->{value};
} else {
return $reader->readlen($self->{content_len});
}
}
}
=method next_child($read_bin)
Builtin iterator; reads and returns the next child element.
Always returns undef if the type isn't C<sub>.
Returns undef at the end of the iterator and resets itself to
point to the first element; so calling L</next_child($read_bin)>
after the iterator returned C<undef> will return the first child.
The optional C<$read_bin> parameter has the children elements
not delay-load their value if their type is C<binary>.
If all children elements have already been read, return
each element in-order as would be given by
L</all_children($recurse,$read_bin)>.
=cut
sub next_child {
my ($self, $read_bin) = @_;
return unless $self->{type} eq 'sub';
if ($self->{_all_children_read}) {
my $idx = $self->{_last_child} ||= 0;
if ($idx == @{$self->{value}}) {
# reset the iterator, returning undef once
$self->{_last_child} = 0;
return;
}
my $ret = $self->{value}->[$idx];
++$idx;
$self->{_last_child} = $idx;
return $ret;
}
my $len = defined $self->{remaining_len}
? $self->{remaining_len}
: $self->{content_len};
if ($len == 0) {
# we've read all children; switch into $self->{value} iteration mode
$self->{_all_children_read} = 1;
# return undef since the iterator will reset
return;
}
$self->{pos_offset} ||= 0;
my $pos = $self->{data_pos};
my $reader = $self->{reader} or croak "The associated reader has been deleted";
$reader->setpos($pos);
$reader->{fh}->seek($self->{pos_offset}, 1) if $pos;
my $chld = $reader->read_element($read_bin);
return undef unless defined $chld;
$self->{pos_offset} += $chld->{full_len};
$self->{remaining_len} = $len - $chld->{full_len};
if ($self->{remaining_len} < 0) {
croak "Child elements consumed $self->{remaining_len} more bytes than parent $self->{name} contained";
}
$chld->{depth} = $self->{depth} + 1;
$self->{value} ||= [];
push @{$self->{value}}, $chld;
return $chld;
}
=method all_children($recurse,$read_bin)
Calls L</populate_children($recurse,$read_bin)> on self
and returns an arrayref with the children nodes.
Both C<$recurse> and C<$read_bin> are optional and default
to false.
=cut
sub all_children {
my ($self, $recurse, $read_bin) = @_;
$self->populate_children($recurse, $read_bin);
return $self->{value};
}
=method children_by_name($name)
Searches in the already read children elements for all
elements with the EBML name C<$name>. Returns an array
containing all found elements. On scalar context,
returns only the first element found.
Croaks if the element's C<type> isn't C<sub>.
=cut
sub children_by_name {
my ($self, $name) = @_;
return unless defined wantarray; # don't do work if work isn't wanted
croak "Element can't have children" unless $self->{type} eq 'sub';
my @found = grep { $_->{name} eq $name } @{$self->{value}};
return @found if wantarray; # list
return shift @found if defined wantarray; # scalar
}
=method populate_children($recurse,$read_bin)
Populates the internal array of children elements, that is,
requests that the associated L<Matroska::Parser::Reader> reads
all children elements. Returns itself.
Returns false if the element's C<type> isn't C<sub>.
If C<$recurse> is provided and is true, the method will call
itself in the children elements with the same parameters it
received; this will build a full EBML tree.
If C<$read_bin> is provided and is true, disables delay-loading
of the contents of C<binary>-type nodes, reading the contents
to memory.
If both C<$recurse> and C<$read_bin> are true, entire EBML trees
can be loaded without requiring seeks, thus behaving correctly
on unseekable streams. If C<$read_bin> is false, the entire EBML
tree is still loaded, but calling L</get_value> on C<binary>-type
nodes will produce an error on unseekable streams.
=cut
sub populate_children {
my ($self, $recurse, $read_bin) = @_;
return unless $self->{type} eq 'sub';
if (@{$self->{value}} && $recurse) {
# only recurse
foreach (@{$self->{value}}) {
$_->populate_children($recurse, $read_bin);
}
return $self;
}
while (my $chld = $self->next_child($read_bin)) {
$chld->populate_children($recurse, $read_bin) if $recurse;
}
return $self;
}
1;
+426
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
use 5.008;
use strict;
use warnings;
# ABSTRACT: a low-level reader for EBML files
package Parse::Matroska::Reader;
use Parse::Matroska::Definitions qw{elem_by_hexid};
use Parse::Matroska::Element;
use Carp;
use Scalar::Util qw{openhandle weaken};
use IO::Handle;
use IO::File;
use List::Util qw{first};
use Encode;
use constant BIGINT_TRY => 'Pari,GMP,FastCalc';
use Math::BigInt try => BIGINT_TRY;
use Math::BigRat try => BIGINT_TRY;
=head1 SYNOPSIS
use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
my $reader = Parse::Matroska::Reader->new($path);
$reader->close;
$reader->open(\$string_with_matroska_data);
my $elem = $reader->read_element;
print "Element ID: $elem->{elid}\n";
print "Element name: $elem->{name}\n";
if ($elem->{type} ne 'sub') {
print "Element value: $elem->get_value\n";
} else {
while (my $child = $elem->next_child) {
print "Child element: $child->{name}\n";
}
}
$reader->close;
=head1 DESCRIPTION
Reads EBML data, which is used in Matroska files.
This is a low-level reader which is meant to be used as a backend
for higher level readers. TODO: write the high level readers :)
=head1 NOTE
The API of this module is not yet considered stable.
=method new
Creates a new reader.
Calls L</open($arg)> with its arguments if provided.
=cut
sub new {
my $class = shift;
my $self = {};
bless $self, $class;
$self->open(@_) if @_;
return $self;
}
=method open($arg)
Creates the internal filehandle. The argument can be:
=for :list
* An open filehandle or L<IO::Handle> object.
The filehandle is not C<dup()>ed, so calling L</close> in this
object will close the given filehandle as well.
* A scalar containing a path to a file.
* On perl v5.14 or newer, a scalarref pointing to EBML data.
For similar functionality in older perls, give an L<IO::String> object
or the handle to an already C<open>ed scalarref.
=cut
sub open {
my ($self, $arg) = @_;
$self->{fh} = openhandle($arg) || IO::File->new($arg, "<:raw")
or croak "Can't open $arg: $!";
}
=method close
Closes the internal filehandle.
=cut
sub close {
my ($self) = @_;
$self->{fh}->close;
delete $self->{fh};
}
# equivalent to $self->readlen(1), possibly faster
sub _getc {
my ($self) = @_;
my $c = $self->{fh}->getc;
croak "Can't do read of length 1: $!" if !defined $c && $!;
return $c;
}
=method readlen($length)
Reads C<$length> bytes from the internal filehandle.
=cut
sub readlen {
my ($self, $len) = @_;
my $data;
my $readlen = $self->{fh}->read($data, $len);
croak "Can't do read of length $len: $!"
unless defined $readlen;
return $data;
}
# converts a byte string into an integer
# we do so by converting the integer into a hex string (big-endian)
# and then reading the hex-string into an integer
sub _bin2int($) {
my ($bin) = @_;
# if the length is larger than 3
# the resulting integer might be larger than INT_MAX
if (length($bin) > 3) {
return Math::BigInt->from_hex(unpack("H*", $bin));
}
return hex(unpack("H*", $bin));
}
# creates a floating-point number with the given mantissa and exponent
sub _ldexp {
my ($mantissa, $exponent) = @_;
my $r = new Math::BigRat($mantissa);
return $r * Math::BigRat->new(2)**$exponent;
}
# NOTE: the read_* functions are hard to read because they're ports
# of even harder to read python functions.
# TODO: make them readable
=method read_id
Reads an EBML ID atom in hexadecimal string format, suitable
for passing to L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions/elem_by_hexid($id)>.
=cut
sub read_id {
my ($self) = @_;
my $t = $self->_getc;
return undef unless defined $t;
my $i = 0;
my $mask = 1<<7;
if (ord($t) == 0) {
croak "Matroska Syntax error: first byte of ID was \\0"
}
until (ord($t) & $mask) {
++$i;
$mask >>= 1;
}
# return hex string of the bytes we just read
return unpack "H*", ($t . $self->readlen($i));
}
=method read_size
Reads an EBML Data Size atom, which immediately follows
an EBML ID atom.
This returns an array consisting of:
=for :list
0. The length of the Data Size atom.
1. The value encoded in the Data Size atom, which is the length of all the data following it.
=cut
sub read_size {
my ($self) = @_;
my $t = $self->_getc;
my $i = 0;
my $mask = 1<<7;
if (ord($t) == 0) {
croak "Matroska Syntax error: first byte of data size was \\0"
}
until (ord($t) & $mask) {
++$i;
$mask >>= 1;
}
$t = $t & chr($mask-1); # strip length bits (keep only significant bits)
return ($i+1, _bin2int $t . $self->readlen($i));
}
=method read_str($length)
Reads a string of length C<$length> bytes from the internal filehandle.
The string is already L<Encode/decode>d from C<UTF-8>, which is the
standard Matroska string encoding.
=cut
{
my $utf8 = find_encoding("UTF-8");
sub read_str {
my ($self, $length) = @_;
return $utf8->decode($self->readlen($length));
}
}
=method read_uint($length)
Reads an unsigned integer of length C<$length> bytes
from the internal filehandle.
Returns a L<Math::BigInt> object if C<$length> is greater
than 4.
=cut
sub read_uint {
my ($self, $length) = @_;
return _bin2int $self->readlen($length);
}
=method read_sint($length)
Reads a signed integer of length C<$length> bytes
from the internal filehandle.
Returns a L<Math::BigInt> object if C<$length> is greater
than 4.
=cut
sub read_sint {
my ($self, $length) = @_;
my $i = $self->read_uint($length);
# Apply 2's complement to the unsigned int
my $mask = int(2 ** ($length * 8 - 1));
# if the most significant bit is set...
if ($i & $mask) {
# subtract the MSB twice
$i -= 2 * $mask;
}
return $i;
}
=method read_float($length)
Reads an IEEE floating point number of length C<$length>
bytes from the internal filehandle.
Only lengths C<4> and C<8> are supported (C C<float> and C<double>).
=cut
{
my $b1 = new Math::BigInt 1;
sub read_float {
my ($self, $length) = @_;
my $i = new Math::BigInt $self->read_uint($length)->bstr;
my $f;
# These evil expressions reinterpret an unsigned int as IEEE binary floats
if ($length == 4) {
$f = _ldexp(($i & ((1<<23) - 1)) + (1<<23), ($i>>23 & ((1<<8) - 1)) - 150);
$f = -$f if $i & ($b1<<31);
} elsif ($length == 8) {
$f = _ldexp(($i & (($b1<<52) - 1)) + ($b1<<52), ($i>>52 & ((1<<12) - 1)) - 1075);
$f = -$f if $i & ($b1<<63);
} else {
croak "Matroska Syntax error: unsupported IEEE float byte size $length";
}
return $f;
}
}
=method read_ebml_id($length)
Reads an EBML ID when it's encoded as the data inside another
EBML element, that is, when the enclosing element's C<type> is
C<ebml_id>.
This returns a hashref with the EBML element description as
defined in L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions>.
=cut
sub read_ebml_id {
my ($self, $length) = @_;
return elem_by_hexid(unpack("H*", $self->readlen($length)));
}
=method skip($length)
Skips C<$length> bytes in the internal filehandle.
=cut
sub skip {
my ($self, $len) = @_;
return if $self->{fh}->can('seek') && $self->{fh}->seek($len, 1);
$self->readlen($len);
return;
}
=method getpos
Wrapper for L<IO::Seekable/$io-E<gt>getpos> in the internal filehandle.
Returns undef if the internal filehandle can't C<getpos>.
=cut
sub getpos {
my ($self) = @_;
return undef unless $self->{fh}->can('getpos');
return $self->{fh}->getpos;
}
=method setpos($pos)
Wrapper for L<IO::Seekable/$io-E<gt>setpos> in the internal filehandle.
Returns C<undef> if the internal filehandle can't C<setpos>.
Croaks if C<setpos> does not seek to the requested position,
that is, if calling C<getpos> does not yield the same object
as the C<$pos> argument.
=cut
sub setpos {
my ($self, $pos) = @_;
return undef unless $pos && $self->{fh}->can('setpos');
my $ret = $self->{fh}->setpos($pos);
croak "Cannot seek to correct position"
unless $self->getpos eq $pos;
return $ret;
}
=method read_element($read_bin)
Reads a full EBML element from the internal filehandle.
Returns a L<Parse::Matroska::Element> object initialized with
the read data. If C<read_bin> is not present or is false, will
delay-load the contents of C<binary> type elements, that is,
they will only be loaded when calling C<get_value> on the
returned L<Parse::Matroska::Element> object.
Does not read the children of the element if its type is
C<sub>. Look into the L<Parse::Matroska::Element> interface
for details in how to read children elements.
Pass a true C<$read_bin> if the stream being read is not
seekable (C<getpos> is undef) and the contents of C<binary>
elements is desired, otherwise seeking errors or internal
filehandle corruption might occur.
=cut
sub read_element {
my ($self, $read_bin) = @_;
return undef if $self->{fh}->eof;
my $elem_pos = $self->getpos;
my $elid = $self->read_id;
my $elem_def = elem_by_hexid($elid);
my ($size_len, $content_len) = $self->read_size;
my $full_len = length($elid)/2 + $size_len + $content_len;
my $elem = Parse::Matroska::Element->new(
elid => $elid,
name => $elem_def && $elem_def->{name},
type => $elem_def && $elem_def->{valtype},
size_len => $size_len,
content_len => $content_len,
full_len => $full_len,
reader => $self,
elem_pos => $elem_pos,
data_pos => $self->getpos,
);
weaken($elem->{reader});
if (defined $elem_def) {
if ($elem->{type} eq 'sub') {
$elem->{value} = [];
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'str') {
$elem->{value} = $self->read_str($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'ebml_id') {
$elem->{value} = $self->read_ebml_id($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'uint') {
$elem->{value} = $self->read_uint($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'sint') {
$elem->{value} = $self->read_sint($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'float') {
$elem->{value} = $self->read_float($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'skip') {
$self->skip($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'binary') {
if ($read_bin) {
$elem->{value} = $self->readlen($content_len);
} else {
$self->skip($content_len);
}
} else {
die "Matroska Definition error: type $elem->{valtype} unknown"
}
} else {
$self->skip($content_len);
}
return $elem;
}
1;
=head1 CAVEATS
Children elements have to be processed as soon as an element
with children is found, or their children ignored with
L<Parse::Matroska::Element/skip>. Not doing so doesn't cause
errors but results in an invalid structure, with constant C<0>
depth.
To work correctly in unseekable streams, either the contents
of C<binary>-type elements has to be ignored or the C<read_bin>
flag to C<read_element> has to be true.
+37
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
use strict;
use warnings;
# ABSTRACT: internally-used helper functions
package Parse::Matroska::Utils;
use Exporter;
our @ISA = qw{Exporter};
our @EXPORT_OK = qw{uniq uncamelize};
=method uniq(@array)
The same as L<List::MoreUtils/"uniq LIST">.
Included to avoid depending on it since it's
not a core module.
=cut
sub uniq(@) {
my %seen;
return grep { !$seen{$_}++ } @_;
}
=method uncamelize($string)
Converts a "StringLikeTHIS" into a
"string_like_this".
=cut
sub uncamelize($) {
local $_ = shift;
# lc followed by UC: lc_UC
s/(?<=[a-z])([A-Z])/_\L$1/g;
# UC followed by two lc: _UClclc
s/([A-Z])(?=[a-z]{2})/_\L$1/g;
# strip leading _ that the second regexp might add; lowercase all
s/^_//; lc
}
+1 -7
View File
@@ -11,10 +11,4 @@ to mpv's command line.
Where appropriate, they may also be placed in ~/.config/mpv/scripts/ from
where they will be automatically loaded when mpv starts.
This is only a small selection of internally maintained scripts. Some of them
are just for testing mpv internals, or serve as examples. An extensive
user-edited list of 3rd party scripts is available here:
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/User-Scripts
(Anyone can add their own scripts to that list.)
Some of these are just for testing mpv internals.
-155
View File
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-- This script adds control to the dynamic range compression ffmpeg
-- filter including key bindings for adjusting parameters.
--
-- See https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html#acompressor for explanation
-- of the parameters.
local mp = require 'mp'
local options = require 'mp.options'
local o = {
default_enable = false,
show_osd = true,
osd_timeout = 4000,
filter_label = mp.get_script_name(),
key_toggle = 'n',
key_increase_threshold = 'F1',
key_decrease_threshold = 'Shift+F1',
key_increase_ratio = 'F2',
key_decrease_ratio = 'Shift+F2',
key_increase_knee = 'F3',
key_decrease_knee = 'Shift+F3',
key_increase_makeup = 'F4',
key_decrease_makeup = 'Shift+F4',
key_increase_attack = 'F5',
key_decrease_attack = 'Shift+F5',
key_increase_release = 'F6',
key_decrease_release = 'Shift+F6',
default_threshold = -25.0,
default_ratio = 3.0,
default_knee = 2.0,
default_makeup = 8.0,
default_attack = 20.0,
default_release = 250.0,
step_threshold = -2.5,
step_ratio = 1.0,
step_knee = 1.0,
step_makeup = 1.0,
step_attack = 10.0,
step_release = 10.0,
}
options.read_options(o)
local params = {
{ name = 'attack', min=0.01, max=2000, hide_default=true, dB='' },
{ name = 'release', min=0.01, max=9000, hide_default=true, dB='' },
{ name = 'threshold', min= -30, max= 0, hide_default=false, dB='dB' },
{ name = 'ratio', min= 1, max= 20, hide_default=false, dB='' },
{ name = 'knee', min= 1, max= 10, hide_default=true, dB='dB' },
{ name = 'makeup', min= 0, max= 24, hide_default=false, dB='dB' },
}
local function parse_value(value)
-- Using nil here because tonumber differs between lua 5.1 and 5.2 when parsing fractions in combination with explicit base argument set to 10.
-- And we can't omit it because gsub returns 2 values which would get unpacked and cause more problems. Gotta love scripting languages.
return tonumber(value:gsub('dB$', ''), nil)
end
local function format_value(value, dB)
return string.format('%g%s', value, dB)
end
local function show_osd(filter)
if not o.show_osd then
return
end
if not filter.enabled then
mp.commandv('show-text', 'Dynamic range compressor: disabled', o.osd_timeout)
return
end
local pretty = {}
for _,param in ipairs(params) do
local value = parse_value(filter.params[param.name])
if not (param.hide_default and value == o['default_' .. param.name]) then
pretty[#pretty+1] = string.format('%s: %g%s', param.name:gsub("^%l", string.upper), value, param.dB)
end
end
if #pretty == 0 then
pretty = ''
else
pretty = '\n(' .. table.concat(pretty, ', ') .. ')'
end
mp.commandv('show-text', 'Dynamic range compressor: enabled' .. pretty, o.osd_timeout)
end
local function get_filter()
local af = mp.get_property_native('af', {})
for i = 1, #af do
if af[i].label == o.filter_label then
return af, i
end
end
af[#af+1] = {
name = 'acompressor',
label = o.filter_label,
enabled = false,
params = {},
}
for _,param in pairs(params) do
af[#af].params[param.name] = format_value(o['default_' .. param.name], param.dB)
end
return af, #af
end
local function toggle_acompressor()
local af, i = get_filter()
af[i].enabled = not af[i].enabled
mp.set_property_native('af', af)
show_osd(af[i])
end
local function update_param(name, increment)
for _,param in pairs(params) do
if param.name == string.lower(name) then
local af, i = get_filter()
local value = parse_value(af[i].params[param.name])
value = math.max(param.min, math.min(value + increment, param.max))
af[i].params[param.name] = format_value(value, param.dB)
af[i].enabled = true
mp.set_property_native('af', af)
show_osd(af[i])
return
end
end
mp.msg.error('Unknown parameter "' .. name .. '"')
end
mp.add_key_binding(o.key_toggle, "toggle-acompressor", toggle_acompressor)
mp.register_script_message('update-param', update_param)
for _,param in pairs(params) do
for direction,step in pairs({increase=1, decrease=-1}) do
mp.add_key_binding(o['key_' .. direction .. '_' .. param.name],
'acompressor-' .. direction .. '-' .. param.name,
function() update_param(param.name, step*o['step_' .. param.name]); end,
{ repeatable = true })
end
end
if o.default_enable then
local af, i = get_filter()
af[i].enabled = true
mp.set_property_native('af', af)
end
+5
View File
@@ -6,3 +6,8 @@ mp.observe_property("audio-device-list", "native", function(name, val)
print(" - '" .. e.name .. "' (" .. e.description .. ")")
end
end)
mp.observe_property("audio-out-detected-device", "native", function(name, val)
print("Detected audio device changed:")
print(" - '" .. val)
end)
+85 -301
View File
@@ -1,329 +1,113 @@
--[[
This script uses the lavfi cropdetect filter to automatically
insert a crop filter with appropriate parameters for the
currently playing video.
It will automatically crop the video, when playback starts.
Also It registers the key-binding "C" (shift+c). You can manually
crop the video by pressing the "C" (shift+c) key.
If the "C" key is pressed again, the crop filter is removed
restoring playback to its original state.
The workflow is as follows: First, it inserts the filter
vf=lavfi=cropdetect. After <detect_seconds> (default is 1)
seconds, it then inserts the filter vf=crop=w:h:x:y, where
w,h,x,y are determined from the vf-metadata gathered by
cropdetect. The cropdetect filter is removed immediately after
the crop filter is inserted as it is no longer needed.
Since the crop parameters are determined from the 1 second of
video between inserting the cropdetect and crop filters, the "C"
key should be pressed at a position in the video where the crop
region is unambiguous (i.e., not a black frame, black background
title card, or dark scene).
The default options can be overridden by adding
script-opts-append=autocrop-<parameter>=<value> into mpv.conf
List of available parameters (For default values, see <options>):
auto: bool - Whether to automatically apply crop at the start of
playback. If you don't want to crop automatically, set it to
false or add "script-opts-append=autocrop-auto=no" into
mpv.conf.
auto_delay: seconds - Delay before starting crop in auto mode.
You can try to increase this value to avoid dark scene or
fade in at beginning. Automatic cropping will not occur if
the value is larger than the remaining playback time.
detect_limit: number[0-255] - Black threshold for cropdetect.
Smaller values will generally result in less cropping.
See limit of https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html#cropdetect
detect_round: number[2^n] - The value which the width/height
should be divisible by. Smaller values ​​have better detection
accuracy. If you have problems with other filters,
you can try to set it to 4 or 16.
See round of https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html#cropdetect
detect_min_ratio: number[0.0-1.0] - The ratio of the minimum clip
size to the original. If the picture is over cropped or under
cropped, try adjusting this value.
detect_seconds: seconds - How long to gather cropdetect data.
Increasing this may be desirable to allow cropdetect more
time to collect data.
suppress_osd: bool - Whether the OSD shouldn't be used when filters
are applied and removed.
--]]
-- This script uses the lavfi cropdetect filter to automatically
-- insert a crop filter with appropriate parameters for the currently
-- playing video.
--
-- It registers the key-binding "C" (shift+c), which when pressed,
-- inserts the filter vf=lavfi=cropdetect. After 1 second, it then
-- inserts the filter vf=crop=w:h:x:y, where w,h,x,y are determined
-- from the vf-metadata gathered by cropdetect. The cropdetect filter
-- is removed immediately after the crop filter is inserted as it is
-- no longer needed.
--
-- If the "C" key is pressed again, the crop filter is removed
-- restoring playback to its original state.
--
-- Since the crop parameters are determined from the 1 second of video
-- between inserting the cropdetect and crop filters, the "C" key
-- should be pressed at a position in the video where the crop region
-- is unambiguous (i.e., not a black frame, black background title
-- card, or dark scene).
--
-- The default delay between insertion of the cropdetect and
-- crop filters may be overridden by adding
--
-- --script-opts=autocrop.detect_seconds=<number of seconds>
--
-- to mpv's arguments. This may be desirable to allow cropdetect more
-- time to collect data.
require "mp.msg"
require 'mp.options'
local options = {
auto = true,
auto_delay = 4,
detect_limit = "24/255",
detect_round = 2,
detect_min_ratio = 0.5,
detect_seconds = 1,
suppress_osd = false,
}
read_options(options)
script_name = mp.get_script_name()
cropdetect_label = string.format("%s-cropdetect", script_name)
crop_label = string.format("%s-crop", script_name)
local label_prefix = mp.get_script_name()
local labels = {
crop = string.format("%s-crop", label_prefix),
cropdetect = string.format("%s-cropdetect", label_prefix)
}
-- number of seconds to gather cropdetect data
detect_seconds = tonumber(mp.get_opt(string.format("%s.detect_seconds", script_name)))
if not detect_seconds then
detect_seconds = 1
end
timers = {
auto_delay = nil,
detect_crop = nil
}
local command_prefix = options.suppress_osd and 'no-osd' or ''
function is_filter_present(label)
local filters = mp.get_property_native("vf")
for index, filter in pairs(filters) do
if filter["label"] == label then
function del_filter_if_present(label)
-- necessary because mp.command('vf del @label:filter') raises an
-- error if the filter doesn't exist
local vfs = mp.get_property_native("vf")
for i,vf in pairs(vfs) do
if vf["label"] == label then
table.remove(vfs, i)
mp.set_property_native("vf", vfs)
return true
end
end
return false
end
function is_enough_time(seconds)
-- Plus 1 second for deviation.
local time_needed = seconds + 1
local playtime_remaining = mp.get_property_native("playtime-remaining")
return playtime_remaining and time_needed < playtime_remaining
end
function is_cropable()
for _, track in pairs(mp.get_property_native('track-list')) do
if track.type == 'video' and track.selected then
return not track.albumart
end
end
return false
end
function remove_filter(label)
if is_filter_present(label) then
mp.command(string.format('%s vf remove @%s', command_prefix, label))
return true
end
return false
end
function cleanup()
-- Remove all existing filters.
for key, value in pairs(labels) do
remove_filter(value)
end
-- Kill all timers.
for index, timer in pairs(timers) do
if timer then
timer:kill()
timer = nil
end
end
end
function detect_crop()
-- If it's not cropable, exit.
if not is_cropable() then
mp.msg.warn("autocrop only works for videos.")
function autocrop_start()
-- exit if cropdetection is already in progress
if timer then
mp.msg.warn("already cropdetecting!")
return
end
-- Verify if there is enough time to detect crop.
local time_needed = options.detect_seconds
if not is_enough_time(time_needed) then
mp.msg.warn("Not enough time to detect crop.")
-- if there's a crop filter, remove it and exit
if del_filter_if_present(crop_label) then
return
end
-- Insert the cropdetect filter.
local limit = options.detect_limit
local round = options.detect_round
mp.command(
-- insert the cropdetect filter
ret=mp.command(
string.format(
'%s vf pre @%s:cropdetect=limit=%s:round=%d:reset=0',
command_prefix, labels.cropdetect, limit, round
'vf add @%s:lavfi=graph="cropdetect=limit=24:round=2:reset=0"',
cropdetect_label
)
)
-- Wait to gather data.
timers.detect_crop = mp.add_timeout(time_needed, detect_end)
-- wait to gather data
timer=mp.add_timeout(detect_seconds, do_crop)
end
function detect_end()
-- Get the metadata and remove the cropdetect filter.
local cropdetect_metadata =
mp.get_property_native(
string.format("vf-metadata/%s",
labels.cropdetect
)
function do_crop()
-- get the metadata
local cropdetect_metadata = mp.get_property_native(
string.format("vf-metadata/%s", cropdetect_label)
)
remove_filter(labels.cropdetect)
-- Remove the timer of detect crop.
if timers.detect_crop then
timers.detect_crop:kill()
timers.detect_crop = nil
end
local meta = {}
-- Verify the existence of metadata.
-- use it to crop if its valid
if cropdetect_metadata then
meta = {
w = cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.w"],
h = cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.h"],
x = cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.x"],
y = cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.y"],
}
else
mp.msg.error("No crop data.")
mp.msg.info("Was the cropdetect filter successfully inserted?")
mp.msg.info("Does your version of ffmpeg/libav support AVFrame metadata?")
return
end
-- Verify that the metadata meets the requirements and convert it.
if meta.w and meta.h and meta.x and meta.y then
local width = mp.get_property_native("width")
local height = mp.get_property_native("height")
meta = {
w = tonumber(meta.w),
h = tonumber(meta.h),
x = tonumber(meta.x),
y = tonumber(meta.y),
min_w = width * options.detect_min_ratio,
min_h = height * options.detect_min_ratio,
max_w = width,
max_h = height
}
else
mp.msg.error("Got empty crop data.")
mp.msg.info("You might need to increase detect_seconds.")
return
end
apply_crop(meta)
end
function apply_crop(meta)
-- Verify if it is necessary to crop.
local is_effective = meta.x > 0 or meta.y > 0
or meta.w < meta.max_w or meta.h < meta.max_h
if not is_effective then
mp.msg.info("No area detected for cropping.")
return
end
-- Verify it is not over cropped.
local is_excessive = meta.w < meta.min_w and meta.h < meta.min_h
if is_excessive then
mp.msg.info("The area to be cropped is too large.")
mp.msg.info("You might need to decrease detect_min_ratio.")
return
end
-- Remove existing crop.
remove_filter(labels.crop)
-- Apply crop.
mp.command(
string.format("%s vf pre @%s:lavfi-crop=w=%s:h=%s:x=%s:y=%s",
command_prefix, labels.crop, meta.w, meta.h, meta.x, meta.y
)
)
end
function on_start()
-- Clean up at the beginning.
cleanup()
-- If auto is not true, exit.
if not options.auto then
return
end
-- If it is the beginning, wait for detect_crop
-- after auto_delay seconds, otherwise immediately.
local playback_time = mp.get_property_native("playback-time")
local is_delay_needed = playback_time
and options.auto_delay > playback_time
if is_delay_needed then
-- Verify if there is enough time for autocrop.
local time_needed = options.auto_delay + options.detect_seconds
if not is_enough_time(time_needed) then
mp.msg.warn("Not enough time for autocrop.")
return
if cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.w"]
and cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.h"]
and cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.x"]
and cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.y"]
then
mp.command(string.format("vf add @%s:crop=%s:%s:%s:%s",
crop_label,
cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.w"],
cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.h"],
cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.x"],
cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.y"]))
else
mp.msg.error(
"Got empty crop data. You might need to increase detect_seconds."
)
end
timers.auto_delay = mp.add_timeout(time_needed,
function()
detect_crop()
-- Remove the timer of auto delay.
timers.auto_delay:kill()
timers.auto_delay = nil
end
)
else
detect_crop()
mp.msg.error(
"No crop data. Was the cropdetect filter successfully inserted?"
)
mp.msg.error(
"Does your version of ffmpeg/libav support AVFrame metadata?"
)
end
-- remove the cropdetect filter
del_filter_if_present(cropdetect_label)
timer=nil
end
function on_toggle()
-- If it is during auto_delay, kill the timer.
if timers.auto_delay then
timers.auto_delay:kill()
timers.auto_delay = nil
end
-- Cropped => Remove it.
if remove_filter(labels.crop) then
return
end
-- Detecting => Leave it.
if timers.detect_crop then
mp.msg.warn("Already cropdetecting!")
return
end
-- Neither => Do delectcrop.
detect_crop()
end
mp.add_key_binding("C", "toggle_crop", on_toggle)
mp.register_event("end-file", cleanup)
mp.register_event("file-loaded", on_start)
mp.add_key_binding("C", "auto_crop", autocrop_start)
+27 -38
View File
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
-- currently playing video.
--
-- It registers the key-binding ctrl+d, which when pressed, inserts the filters
-- ``vf=idet,lavfi-pullup,idet``. After 4 seconds, it removes these
-- ``vf=lavfi=idet,pullup,vf=lavfi=idet``. After 4 seconds, it removes these
-- filters and decides whether the content is progressive, interlaced, or
-- telecined and the interlacing field dominance.
--
-- Based on this information, it may set mpv's ``deinterlace`` property (which
-- usually inserts the yadif filter), or insert the ``pullup`` filter if the
-- content is telecined. It also sets field dominance with lavfi setfield.
-- content is telecined. It also sets mpv's ``field-dominance`` property.
--
-- OPTIONS:
-- The default detection time may be overridden by adding
@@ -22,14 +22,16 @@
-- To see counts of the various types of frames for each detection phase,
-- the verbosity can be increased with
--
-- --msg-level=autodeint=v
-- --msg-level autodeint=v
--
-- This script requires a recent version of ffmpeg for which the idet
-- filter adds the required metadata.
require "mp.msg"
script_name = mp.get_script_name()
detect_label = string.format("%s-detect", script_name)
pullup_label = string.format("%s", script_name)
dominance_label = string.format("%s-dominance", script_name)
ivtc_detect_label = string.format("%s-ivtc-detect", script_name)
-- number of seconds to gather cropdetect data
@@ -53,10 +55,6 @@ function del_filter_if_present(label)
return false
end
local function add_vf(label, filter)
return mp.command(('vf add @%s:%s'):format(label, filter))
end
function start_detect()
-- exit if detection is already in progress
if timer then
@@ -66,13 +64,11 @@ function start_detect()
mp.set_property("deinterlace","no")
del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
del_filter_if_present(dominance_label)
-- insert the detection filters
if not (add_vf(detect_label, 'idet') and
add_vf(dominance_label, 'setfield=mode=auto') and
add_vf(pullup_label, 'lavfi-pullup') and
add_vf(ivtc_detect_label, 'idet')) then
-- insert the detection filter
local cmd = string.format('vf add @%s:lavfi=graph="idet",@%s:pullup,@%s:lavfi=graph="idet"',
detect_label, pullup_label, ivtc_detect_label)
if not mp.command(cmd) then
mp.msg.error("failed to insert detection filters")
return
end
@@ -92,12 +88,12 @@ progressive, interlaced_tff, interlaced_bff, interlaced = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
function judge(label)
-- get the metadata
local result = mp.get_property_native(string.format("vf-metadata/%s", label))
local num_tff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.tff"])
local num_bff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.bff"])
local num_progressive = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.progressive"])
local num_undetermined = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.undetermined"])
local num_interlaced = num_tff + num_bff
local num_determined = num_interlaced + num_progressive
num_tff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.tff"])
num_bff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.bff"])
num_progressive = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.progressive"])
num_undetermined = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.undetermined"])
num_interlaced = num_tff + num_bff
num_determined = num_interlaced + num_progressive
mp.msg.verbose(label.." progressive = "..num_progressive)
mp.msg.verbose(label.." interlaced-tff = "..num_tff)
@@ -120,33 +116,26 @@ end
function select_filter()
-- handle the first detection filter results
local verdict = judge(detect_label)
local ivtc_verdict = judge(ivtc_detect_label)
local dominance = "auto"
verdict = judge(detect_label)
if verdict == progressive then
mp.msg.info("progressive: doing nothing")
stop_detect()
del_filter_if_present(dominance_label)
del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
return
else
if verdict == interlaced_tff then
dominance = "tff"
add_vf(dominance_label, 'setfield=mode='..dominance)
elseif verdict == interlaced_bff then
dominance = "bff"
add_vf(dominance_label, 'setfield=mode='..dominance)
else
del_filter_if_present(dominance_label)
end
elseif verdict == interlaced_tff then
mp.set_property("field-dominance", "top")
elseif verdict == interlaced_bff then
mp.set_property("field-dominance", "bottom")
elseif verdict == interlaced then
mp.set_property("field-dominance", "auto")
end
-- handle the ivtc detection filter results
if ivtc_verdict == progressive then
mp.msg.info(string.format("telecined with %s field dominance: using pullup", dominance))
verdict = judge(ivtc_detect_label)
if verdict == progressive then
mp.msg.info(string.format("telecinied with %s field dominance: using pullup", mp.get_property("field-dominance")))
stop_detect()
else
mp.msg.info(string.format("interlaced with %s field dominance: setting deinterlace property", dominance))
mp.msg.info(string.format("interlaced with %s field dominance: setting deinterlace property", mp.get_property("field-dominance")))
del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
mp.set_property("deinterlace","yes")
stop_detect()
+31 -129
View File
@@ -2,78 +2,30 @@
-- the currently played file. It does so by scanning the directory a file is
-- located in when starting playback. It sorts the directory entries
-- alphabetically, and adds entries before and after the current file to
-- the internal playlist. (It stops if it would add an already existing
-- the internal playlist. (It stops if the it would add an already existing
-- playlist entry at the same position - this makes it "stable".)
-- Add at most 5000 * 2 files when starting a file (before + after).
--[[
To configure this script use file autoload.conf in directory script-opts (the "script-opts"
directory must be in the mpv configuration directory, typically ~/.config/mpv/).
Example configuration would be:
disabled=no
images=no
videos=yes
audio=yes
ignore_hidden=yes
--]]
MAXENTRIES = 5000
local msg = require 'mp.msg'
local options = require 'mp.options'
local utils = require 'mp.utils'
o = {
disabled = false,
images = true,
videos = true,
audio = true,
ignore_hidden = true
}
options.read_options(o)
function Set (t)
local set = {}
for _, v in pairs(t) do set[v] = true end
return set
end
function SetUnion (a,b)
local res = {}
for k in pairs(a) do res[k] = true end
for k in pairs(b) do res[k] = true end
return res
end
EXTENSIONS_VIDEO = Set {
'3g2', '3gp', 'avi', 'flv', 'm2ts', 'm4v', 'mj2', 'mkv', 'mov',
'mp4', 'mpeg', 'mpg', 'ogv', 'rmvb', 'webm', 'wmv', 'y4m'
EXTENSIONS = Set {
'mkv', 'avi', 'mp4', 'ogv', 'webm', 'rmvb', 'flv', 'wmv', 'mpeg', 'mpg', 'm4v', '3gp',
'mp3', 'wav', 'ogv', 'flac', 'm4a', 'wma',
}
EXTENSIONS_AUDIO = Set {
'aiff', 'ape', 'au', 'flac', 'm4a', 'mka', 'mp3', 'oga', 'ogg',
'ogm', 'opus', 'wav', 'wma'
}
EXTENSIONS_IMAGES = Set {
'avif', 'bmp', 'gif', 'j2k', 'jp2', 'jpeg', 'jpg', 'jxl', 'png',
'svg', 'tga', 'tif', 'tiff', 'webp'
}
EXTENSIONS = Set {}
if o.videos then EXTENSIONS = SetUnion(EXTENSIONS, EXTENSIONS_VIDEO) end
if o.audio then EXTENSIONS = SetUnion(EXTENSIONS, EXTENSIONS_AUDIO) end
if o.images then EXTENSIONS = SetUnion(EXTENSIONS, EXTENSIONS_IMAGES) end
mputils = require 'mp.utils'
function add_files_at(index, files)
index = index - 1
local oldcount = mp.get_property_number("playlist-count", 1)
for i = 1, #files do
mp.commandv("loadfile", files[i], "append")
mp.commandv("playlist-move", oldcount + i - 1, index + i - 1)
mp.commandv("playlist_move", oldcount + i - 1, index + i - 1)
end
end
@@ -94,99 +46,46 @@ table.filter = function(t, iter)
end
end
-- splitbynum and alnumcomp from alphanum.lua (C) Andre Bogus
-- Released under the MIT License
-- http://www.davekoelle.com/files/alphanum.lua
-- split a string into a table of number and string values
function splitbynum(s)
local result = {}
for x, y in (s or ""):gmatch("(%d*)(%D*)") do
if x ~= "" then table.insert(result, tonumber(x)) end
if y ~= "" then table.insert(result, y) end
end
return result
end
function clean_key(k)
k = (' '..k..' '):gsub("%s+", " "):sub(2, -2):lower()
return splitbynum(k)
end
-- compare two strings
function alnumcomp(x, y)
local xt, yt = clean_key(x), clean_key(y)
for i = 1, math.min(#xt, #yt) do
local xe, ye = xt[i], yt[i]
if type(xe) == "string" then ye = tostring(ye)
elseif type(ye) == "string" then xe = tostring(xe) end
if xe ~= ye then return xe < ye end
end
return #xt < #yt
end
local autoloaded = nil
function get_playlist_filenames()
local filenames = {}
for n = 0, pl_count - 1, 1 do
local filename = mp.get_property('playlist/'..n..'/filename')
local _, file = utils.split_path(filename)
filenames[file] = true
end
return filenames
end
function find_and_add_entries()
local path = mp.get_property("path", "")
local dir, filename = utils.split_path(path)
msg.trace(("dir: %s, filename: %s"):format(dir, filename))
if o.disabled then
msg.verbose("stopping: autoload disabled")
return
elseif #dir == 0 then
msg.verbose("stopping: not a local path")
local dir, filename = mputils.split_path(path)
if #dir == 0 then
return
end
pl_count = mp.get_property_number("playlist-count", 1)
-- check if this is a manually made playlist
if (pl_count > 1 and autoloaded == nil) or
local pl_count = mp.get_property_number("playlist-count", 1)
if (pl_count > 1 and autoload == nil) or
(pl_count == 1 and EXTENSIONS[string.lower(get_extension(filename))] == nil) then
msg.verbose("stopping: manually made playlist")
return
else
autoloaded = true
autoload = true
end
local pl = mp.get_property_native("playlist", {})
local pl_current = mp.get_property_number("playlist-pos-1", 1)
msg.trace(("playlist-pos-1: %s, playlist: %s"):format(pl_current,
utils.to_string(pl)))
local files = utils.readdir(dir, "files")
local files = mputils.readdir(dir, "files")
if files == nil then
msg.verbose("no other files in directory")
return
end
table.filter(files, function (v, k)
-- The current file could be a hidden file, ignoring it doesn't load other
-- files from the current directory.
if (o.ignore_hidden and not (v == filename) and string.match(v, "^%.")) then
return false
end
local ext = get_extension(v)
if ext == nil then
return false
end
return EXTENSIONS[string.lower(ext)]
end)
table.sort(files, alnumcomp)
table.sort(files, function (a, b)
local len = string.len(a) - string.len(b)
if len ~= 0 then -- case for ordering filename ending with such as X.Y.Z
local ext = string.len(get_extension(a)) + 1
return string.sub(a, 1, -ext) < string.sub(b, 1, -ext)
end
return string.lower(a) < string.lower(b)
end)
if dir == "." then
dir = ""
end
local pl = mp.get_property_native("playlist", {})
local pl_current = mp.get_property_number("playlist-pos", 0) + 1
-- Find the current pl entry (dir+"/"+filename) in the sorted dir list
local current
for i = 1, #files do
@@ -198,28 +97,31 @@ function find_and_add_entries()
if current == nil then
return
end
msg.trace("current file position in files: "..current)
local append = {[-1] = {}, [1] = {}}
local filenames = get_playlist_filenames()
for direction = -1, 1, 2 do -- 2 iterations, with direction = -1 and +1
for i = 1, MAXENTRIES do
local file = files[current + i * direction]
local pl_e = pl[pl_current + i * direction]
if file == nil or file[1] == "." then
break
end
local filepath = dir .. file
-- skip files already in playlist
if filenames[file] then break end
if pl_e then
-- If there's a playlist entry, and it's the same file, stop.
if pl_e.filename == filepath then
break
end
end
if direction == -1 then
if pl_current == 1 then -- never add additional entries in the middle
msg.info("Prepending " .. file)
mp.msg.info("Prepending " .. file)
table.insert(append[-1], 1, filepath)
end
else
msg.info("Adding " .. file)
mp.msg.info("Adding " .. file)
table.insert(append[1], filepath)
end
end
-124
View File
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-- Test script for some command API details.
local utils = require("mp.utils")
function join(sep, arr, count)
local r = ""
if count == nil then
count = #arr
end
for i = 1, count do
if i > 1 then
r = r .. sep
end
r = r .. utils.to_string(arr[i])
end
return r
end
mp.observe_property("vo-configured", "bool", function(_, v)
if v ~= true then
return
end
print("async expand-text")
mp.command_native_async({"expand-text", "hello ${path}!"},
function(res, val, err)
print("done async expand-text: " .. join(" ", {res, val, err}))
end)
-- make screenshot writing very slow
mp.set_property("screenshot-format", "png")
mp.set_property("screenshot-png-compression", "9")
timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(0.1, function() print("I'm alive") end)
timer:resume()
print("Slow screenshot command...")
res, err = mp.command_native({"screenshot"})
print("done, res: " .. utils.to_string(res))
print("Slow screenshot async command...")
res, err = mp.command_native_async({"screenshot"}, function(res)
print("done (async), res: " .. utils.to_string(res))
timer:kill()
end)
print("done (sending), res: " .. utils.to_string(res))
print("Broken screenshot async command...")
mp.command_native_async({"screenshot-to-file", "/nonexistent/bogus.png"},
function(res, val, err)
print("done err scr.: " .. join(" ", {res, val, err}))
end)
mp.command_native_async({name = "subprocess", args = {"sh", "-c", "echo hi && sleep 10s"}, capture_stdout = true},
function(res, val, err)
print("done subprocess: " .. join(" ", {res, val, err}))
end)
local x = mp.command_native_async({name = "subprocess", args = {"sleep", "inf"}},
function(res, val, err)
print("done sleep inf subprocess: " .. join(" ", {res, val, err}))
end)
mp.add_timeout(15, function()
print("aborting sleep inf subprocess after timeout")
mp.abort_async_command(x)
end)
-- (assuming this "freezes")
local y = mp.command_native_async({name = "sub-add", url = "-"},
function(res, val, err)
print("done sub-add stdin: " .. join(" ", {res, val, err}))
end)
mp.add_timeout(20, function()
print("aborting sub-add stdin after timeout")
mp.abort_async_command(y)
end)
mp.command_native_async({name = "subprocess", args = {"wc", "-c"},
stdin_data = "hello", capture_stdout = true},
function(res, val, err)
print("Should be '5': " .. val.stdout)
end)
-- blocking stdin by default
mp.command_native_async({name = "subprocess", args = {"cat"},
capture_stdout = true},
function(res, val, err)
print("Should be 0: " .. #val.stdout)
end)
-- stdin + detached
mp.command_native_async({name = "subprocess",
args = {"bash", "-c", "(sleep 5s ; cat)"},
stdin_data = "this should appear after 5s.\n",
detach = true},
function(res, val, err)
print("5s test: " .. val.status)
end)
-- This should get killed on script exit.
mp.command_native_async({name = "subprocess", playback_only = false,
args = {"sleep", "inf"}}, function()end)
-- Runs detached; should be killed on player exit (forces timeout)
mp.command_native({_flags={"async"}, name = "subprocess",
playback_only = false, args = {"sleep", "inf"}})
end)
function freeze_test(playback_only)
-- This "freezes" the script, should be killed via timeout.
counter = counter and counter + 1 or 0
print("freeze! " .. counter)
local x = mp.command_native({name = "subprocess",
playback_only = playback_only,
args = {"sleep", "inf"}})
print("done, killed=" .. utils.to_string(x.killed_by_us))
end
mp.register_event("shutdown", function()
freeze_test(false)
end)
mp.register_event("idle", function()
freeze_test(true)
end)
+99
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
-- This script enables live control of the dynamic range compression
-- (drc) audio filter while the video is playing back. This can be
-- useful to avoid having to stop and restart mpv to adjust filter
-- parameters. See the entry for "drc" under the "AUDIO FILTERS"
-- section of the man page for a complete description of the filter.
--
-- This script registers the key-binding "\" to toggle the filter between
--
-- * off
-- * method=1 (single-sample smoothing)
-- * method=2 (multi-sample smoothing)
--
-- It registers the keybindings ctrl+9/ctrl+0 to decrease/increase the
-- target ampltiude. These keys will insert the filter at the default
-- target amplitude of 0.25 if it was not previously present.
--
-- OSD feedback of the current filter state is displayed on pressing
-- each bound key.
script_name = mp.get_script_name()
function print_state(params)
if params then
mp.osd_message(script_name..":\n"
.."method = "..params["method"].."\n"
.."target = "..params["target"])
else
mp.osd_message(script_name..":\noff")
end
end
function get_index_of_drc(afs)
for i,af in pairs(afs) do
if af["label"] == script_name then
return i
end
end
end
function append_drc(afs)
afs[#afs+1] = {
name = "drc",
label = script_name,
params = {
method = "1",
target = "0.25"
}
}
print_state(afs[#afs]["params"])
end
function modify_or_create_af(fun)
afs = mp.get_property_native("af")
i = get_index_of_drc(afs)
if not i then
append_drc(afs)
else
fun(afs, i)
end
mp.set_property_native("af", afs)
end
function drc_toggle_method_handler()
modify_or_create_af(
function (afs, i)
new_method=(afs[i]["params"]["method"]+1)%3
if new_method == 0 then
table.remove(afs, i)
print_state(nil)
else
afs[i]["params"]["method"] = tostring((afs[i]["params"]["method"])%2+1)
print_state(afs[i]["params"])
end
end
)
end
function drc_scale_target(factor)
modify_or_create_af(
function (afs)
afs[i]["params"]["target"] = tostring(afs[i]["params"]["target"]*factor)
print_state(afs[i]["params"])
end
)
end
function drc_louder_handler()
drc_scale_target(2.0)
end
function drc_quieter_handler()
drc_scale_target(0.5)
end
-- toggle between off, method 1 and method 2
mp.add_key_binding("\\", "drc_toggle_method", drc_toggle_method_handler)
-- increase or decrease target volume
mp.add_key_binding("ctrl+9", "drc_quieter", drc_quieter_handler)
mp.add_key_binding("ctrl+0", "drc_louder", drc_louder_handler)
-37
View File
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-- Test a float property which internally uses NaN.
-- Run with --no-config (or just scale-param1 not set).
local utils = require 'mp.utils'
prop_name = "scale-param1"
-- internal NaN, return string "default" instead of NaN
v = mp.get_property_native(prop_name, "fail")
print("Exp:", "string", "\"default\"")
print("Got:", type(v), utils.to_string(v))
v = mp.get_property(prop_name)
print("Exp:", "default")
print("Got:", v)
-- not representable -> return provided fallback value
v = mp.get_property_number(prop_name, -100)
print("Exp:", -100)
print("Got:", v)
mp.set_property_native(prop_name, 123)
v = mp.get_property_number(prop_name, -100)
print("Exp:", "number", 123)
print("Got:", type(v), utils.to_string(v))
-- try to set an actual NaN
st, msg = mp.set_property_number(prop_name, 0.0/0)
print("Exp:", nil, "<message>")
print("Got:", st, msg)
-- set default
mp.set_property(prop_name, "default")
v = mp.get_property(prop_name)
print("Exp:", "default")
print("Got:", v)
+1 -9
View File
@@ -6,17 +6,9 @@
local utils = require("mp.utils")
function observe(name)
for i,name in ipairs(mp.get_property_native("property-list")) do
mp.observe_property(name, "native", function(name, val)
print("property '" .. name .. "' changed to '" ..
utils.to_string(val) .. "'")
end)
end
for i,name in ipairs(mp.get_property_native("property-list")) do
observe(name)
end
for i,name in ipairs(mp.get_property_native("options")) do
observe("options/" .. name)
end
-35
View File
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
local assdraw = require 'mp.assdraw'
local utils = require 'mp.utils'
things = {}
for i = 1, 2 do
things[i] = {
osd1 = mp.create_osd_overlay("ass-events"),
osd2 = mp.create_osd_overlay("ass-events")
}
end
things[1].text = "{\\an5}hello\\Nworld"
things[2].text = "{\\pos(400, 200)}something something"
mp.add_periodic_timer(2, function()
for i, thing in ipairs(things) do
thing.osd1.data = thing.text
thing.osd1.compute_bounds = true
--thing.osd1.hidden = true
local res = thing.osd1:update()
print("res " .. i .. ": " .. utils.to_string(res))
thing.osd2.hidden = true
if res ~= nil and res.x0 ~= nil then
local draw = assdraw.ass_new()
draw:append("{\\alpha&H80}")
draw:draw_start()
draw:pos(0, 0)
draw:rect_cw(res.x0, res.y0, res.x1, res.y1)
draw:draw_stop()
thing.osd2.hidden = false
thing.osd2.data = draw.text
end
thing.osd2:update()
end
end)
-265
View File
@@ -1,265 +0,0 @@
--[[
Automatically skip in files if video frames with pre-supplied fingerprints are
detected. This will skip ahead by a pre-configured amount of time if a matching
video frame is detected.
This requires the vf_fingerprint video filter to be compiled in. Read the
documentation of this filter for caveats (which will automatically apply to
this script as well), such as no support for zero-copy hardware decoding.
You need to manually gather and provide fingerprints for video frames and add
them to a configuration file in script-opts/skip-logo.conf (the "script-opts"
directory must be in the mpv configuration directory, typically ~/.config/mpv/).
Example script-opts/skip-logo.conf:
cases = {
{
-- Skip ahead 10 seconds if a black frame was detected
-- Note: this is dangerous non-sense. It's just for demonstration.
name = "black frame", -- print if matched
skip = 10, -- number of seconds to skip forward
score = 0.3, -- required score
fingerprint = "00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000",
},
{
-- Skip ahead 20 seconds if a white frame was detected
-- Note: this is dangerous non-sense. It's just for demonstration.
name = "fun2",
skip = 20,
fingerprint = "ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff",
},
}
This is actually a lua file. Lua was chosen because it seemed less of a pain to
parse. Future versions of this script may change the format.
The fingerprint is a video frame, converted to "gray" (8 bit per pixels), full
range, each pixel concatenated into an array, converted to a hex string. You
can produce these fingerprints by running this manually:
mpv --vf=fingerprint:print yourfile.mkv
This will log the fingerprint of each video frame to the console, along with its
timestamp. You find the fingerprint of a unique-enough looking frame, and add
it as entry to skip-logo.conf.
You can provide a score for "fuzziness". If no score is provided, a default
value of 0.3 is used. The score is inverse: 0 means exactly the same, while a
higher score means a higher difference. Currently, the score is computed as
euclidean distance between the video frame and the pre-provided fingerprint,
thus the highest score is 16. You probably want a score lower than 1 at least.
(This algorithm is very primitive, but also simple and fast to compute.)
There's always the danger of false positives, which might be quite annoying.
It's up to you what you hate more, the logo, or random skips if false positives
are detected. Also, it's always active, and might eat too much CPU with files
that have a high resolution or framerate. To temporarily disable the script,
having a keybind like this in your input.conf will be helpful:
ctrl+k vf toggle @skip-logo
This will disable/enable the fingerprint filter, which the script automatically
adds at start.
Another important caveat is that the script currently disables matching during
seeking or playback initialization, which means it cannot match the first few
frames of a video. This could be fixed, but the author was too lazy to do so.
--]]
local utils = require "mp.utils"
local msg = require "mp.msg"
local label = "skip-logo"
local meta_property = string.format("vf-metadata/%s", label)
local config = {}
local cases = {}
local cur_bmp
local seeking = false
local playback_start_pts = nil
-- Convert a hex string to an array. Convert each byte to a [0,1] float by
-- interpreting it as normalized uint8_t.
-- The data parameter, if not nil, may be used as storage (avoiding garbage).
local function hex_to_norm8(hex, data)
local size = math.floor(#hex / 2)
if #hex ~= size * 2 then
return nil
end
local res
if (data ~= nil) and (#data == size) then
res = data
else
res = {}
end
for i = 1, size do
local num = tonumber(hex:sub(i * 2, i * 2 + 1), 16)
if num == nil then
return nil
end
res[i] = num / 255.0
end
return res
end
local function compare_bmp(a, b)
if #a ~= #b then
return nil -- can't compare
end
local sum = 0
for i = 1, #a do
local diff = a[i] - b[i]
sum = sum + diff * diff
end
return math.sqrt(sum)
end
local function load_config()
local conf_file = mp.find_config_file("script-opts/skip-logo.conf")
local conf_fn
local err = nil
if conf_file then
if setfenv then
conf_fn, err = loadfile(conf_file)
if conf_fn then
setfenv(conf_fn, config)
end
else
conf_fn, err = loadfile(conf_file, "t", config)
end
else
err = "config file not found"
end
if conf_fn and (not err) then
local ok, err2 = pcall(conf_fn)
err = err2
end
if err then
msg.error("Failed to load config file:", err)
end
if config.cases then
for n, case in ipairs(config.cases) do
local err = nil
case.bitmap = hex_to_norm8(case.fingerprint)
if case.bitmap == nil then
err = "invalid or missing fingerprint field"
end
if case.score == nil then
case.score = 0.3
end
if type(case.score) ~= "number" then
err = "score field is not a number"
end
if type(case.skip) ~= "number" then
err = "skip field is not a number or missing"
end
if case.name == nil then
case.name = ("Entry %d"):format(n)
end
if err == nil then
cases[#cases + 1] = case
else
msg.error(("Entry %s: %s, ignoring."):format(case.name, err))
end
end
end
end
load_config()
-- Returns true on match and if something was done.
local function check_fingerprint(hex, pts)
local bmp = hex_to_norm8(hex, cur_bmp)
cur_bmp = bmp
-- If parsing the filter's result failed (well, it shouldn't).
assert(bmp ~= nil, "filter returned nonsense")
for _, case in ipairs(cases) do
local score = compare_bmp(case.bitmap, bmp)
if (score ~= nil) and (score <= case.score) then
msg.warn(("Matching %s: score=%f (required: %f) at %s, skipping %f seconds"):
format(case.name, score, case.score, mp.format_time(pts), case.skip))
mp.commandv("seek", pts + case.skip, "absolute+exact")
return true
end
end
return false
end
local function read_frames()
local result = mp.get_property_native(meta_property)
if result == nil then
return
end
-- Try to get all entries. Out of laziness, assume that there are at most
-- 100 entries. (In fact, vf_fingerprint limits it to 10.)
for i = 0, 99 do
local prefix = string.format("fp%d.", i)
local hex = result[prefix .. "hex"]
local pts = tonumber(result[prefix .. "pts"])
if (hex == nil) or (pts == nil) then
break
end
local skip = false -- blame Lua for not having "continue" or "goto", not me
-- If seeking just stopped, there will be frames before the seek target,
-- ignore them by checking the timestamps.
if playback_start_pts ~= nil then
if pts >= playback_start_pts then
playback_start_pts = nil -- just for robustness
else
skip = true
end
end
if not skip then
if check_fingerprint(hex, pts) then
break
end
end
end
end
mp.observe_property(meta_property, "none", function()
-- Ignore frames that are decoded/filtered during seeking.
if seeking then
return
end
read_frames()
end)
mp.observe_property("seeking", "bool", function(name, val)
seeking = val
if seeking == false then
playback_start_pts = mp.get_property_number("playback-time")
read_frames()
end
end)
local filters = mp.get_property_native("option-info/vf/choices", {})
local found = false
for _, f in ipairs(filters) do
if f == "fingerprint" then
found = true
break
end
end
if found then
mp.command(("no-osd vf add @%s:fingerprint"):format(label, filter))
else
msg.warn("vf_fingerprint not found")
end
+6 -27
View File
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ function update_status_line()
atsl("(Buffering) ")
end
if mp.get_property("aid") ~= "no" then
if mp.get_property("vid") ~= "no" then
atsl("A")
end
if mp.get_property("vid") ~= "no" then
if mp.get_property("aid") ~= "no" then
atsl("V")
end
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ function update_status_line()
r = mp.get_property_number("avsync", nil)
if r ~= nil then
atsl(string.format(" A-V: %f", r))
atsl(string.format(" A-V: %7.3f", r))
end
r = mp.get_property("total-avsync-change", 0)
@@ -51,24 +51,12 @@ function update_status_line()
atsl(string.format(" ct:%7.3f", r))
end
r = mp.get_property_number("decoder-drop-frame-count", -1)
r = mp.get_property_number("drop-frame-count", -1)
if r > 0 then
atsl(" Late: ")
atsl(r)
end
r = mp.get_property_osd("video-bitrate")
if r ~= nil and r ~= "" then
atsl(" Vb: ")
atsl(r)
end
r = mp.get_property_osd("audio-bitrate")
if r ~= nil and r ~= "" then
atsl(" Ab: ")
atsl(r)
end
r = mp.get_property_number("cache", 0)
if r > 0 then
atsl(string.format(" Cache: %d%% ", r))
@@ -78,15 +66,6 @@ function update_status_line()
mp.set_property("options/term-status-msg", newStatus)
end
timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, update_status_line)
-- Register the event
mp.register_event("tick", update_status_line)
function on_pause_change(name, value)
if value == false then
timer:resume()
else
timer:stop()
end
mp.add_timeout(0.1, update_status_line)
end
mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change)
mp.register_event("seek", update_status_line)
-32
View File
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
local utils = require("mp.utils")
function hardsleep()
os.execute("sleep 1s")
end
local hooks = {"on_before_start_file", "on_load", "on_load_fail",
"on_preloaded", "on_unload", "on_after_end_file"}
for _, name in ipairs(hooks) do
mp.add_hook(name, 0, function()
print("--- hook: " .. name)
hardsleep()
print(" ... continue")
end)
end
local events = {"start-file", "end-file", "file-loaded", "seek",
"playback-restart", "idle", "shutdown"}
for _, name in ipairs(events) do
mp.register_event(name, function()
print("--- event: " .. name)
end)
end
local props = {"path", "metadata"}
for _, name in ipairs(props) do
mp.observe_property(name, "native", function(name, val)
print("property '" .. name .. "' changed to '" ..
utils.to_string(val) .. "'")
end)
end
Loaded 100 of 905 files, more files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff. Show more